Sample records for width mirrors renormalization

  1. Spectral Analysis of the Shuttle Glow. AIS Science Support

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-06-23

    Prism (Total Internal Cylindrical Mirror Lens Reflection) Cylindrical Folding \\ Lens Plane Mirror -Cylindrical Slt Slit Mirror Fig. 7. Cron section...on Zerodur blanks, which width of the FOV to 0.14’ outward from the lens. have a coefficient of thermal expansion near zero. The width of the grating...oummambne toathe window of the iMag hunte~air. 3002. APPLIED OPTICS I VOL 3 .No, 16 / I June I02 68 Vacondry Minrror Prmr Mirror -luterence rlZters cm

  2. The mirrors for the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Finley, David S.; Green, James C.; Bowyer, Stuart; Malina, Roger F.

    1986-01-01

    Flight mirrors for the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer satellite are currently under fabrication. The grazing incidence metal mirrors are Wolter-Schwarzschild Type I and II and are figured by diamond turning. Imaging performance is excellent, with the figure after polishing for the best mirror being such that the full width-half maximum is 1.0 arc seconds and the half energy width is 8 arc seconds measured at visible wavelengths. Surface finish, as determined from scattering measurements in the extreme ultraviolet, is about 20 A rms.

  3. 49 CFR 571.111 - Standard No. 111; Rearview mirrors.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... mirror that reflect images, excluding the mirror rim or mounting brackets. Unit magnification mirror... image of an object is equal to the angular height and width of the object when viewed directly at the... WHILE BUS IS MOVING. IMAGES IN SUCH MIRRORS DO NOT ACCURATELY SHOW ANOTHER VEHICLE'S LOCATION.” S9.4(a...

  4. 49 CFR 571.111 - Standard No. 111; Rearview mirrors.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... mirror that reflect images, excluding the mirror rim or mounting brackets. Unit magnification mirror... image of an object is equal to the angular height and width of the object when viewed directly at the... WHILE BUS IS MOVING. IMAGES IN SUCH MIRRORS DO NOT ACCURATELY SHOW ANOTHER VEHICLE'S LOCATION.” S9.4(a...

  5. Positive Behavioral and Electrophysiological Changes following Neurofeedback Training in Children with Autism

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Pineda, J. A.; Brang, D.; Hecht, E.; Edwards, L.; Carey, S.; Bacon, M.; Futagaki, C.; Suk, D.; Tom, J.; Birnbaum, C.; Rork, A.

    2008-01-01

    Two electrophysiological studies tested the hypothesis that operant conditioning of mu rhythms via neurofeedback training can renormalize mu suppression, an index of mirror neuron activity, and improve behavior in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). In Study 1, eight high-functioning ASD participants were assigned to placebo…

  6. Precision calculations for h → WW/ZZ → 4 fermions in the Two-Higgs-Doublet Model with Prophecy4f

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Altenkamp, Lukas; Dittmaier, Stefan; Rzehak, Heidi

    2018-03-01

    We have calculated the next-to-leading-order electroweak and QCD corrections to the decay processes h → WW/ZZ → 4 fermions of the light CP-even Higgs boson h of various types of Two-Higgs-Doublet Models (Types I and II, "lepton-specific" and "flipped" models). The input parameters are defined in four different renormalization schemes, where parameters that are not directly accessible by experiments are defined in the \\overline{MS} scheme. Numerical results are presented for the corrections to partial decay widths for various benchmark scenarios previously motivated in the literature, where we investigate the dependence on the \\overline{MS} renormalization scale and on the choice of the renormalization scheme in detail. We find that it is crucial to be precise with these issues in parameter analyses, since parameter conversions between different schemes can involve sizeable or large corrections, especially in scenarios that are close to experimental exclusion limits or theoretical bounds. It even turns out that some renormalization schemes are not applicable in specific regions of parameter space. Our investigation of differential distributions shows that corrections beyond the Standard Model are mostly constant offsets induced by the mixing between the light and heavy CP-even Higgs bosons, so that differential analyses of h→4 f decay observables do not help to identify Two-Higgs-Doublet Models. Moreover, the decay widths do not significantly depend on the specific type of those models. The calculations are implemented in the public Monte Carlo generator Prophecy4f and ready for application.

  7. Spectral Analysis of the Shuttle Glow. SPAS II/IBSS Mission - AIS hardware

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-04-23

    Mirror Lens C Reflection) CiraCylindrical/-Lens • Plane Mirror j _Slit Slit Mro Fig. 7. Cross section through the reflective foreoptics of the UV Fig. 6...selection. The gratings in the The slit width of 0.045 mm restricted the angular spectrograph are deposited on Zerodur blanks, which width of the FOV...of th*i short fee-1 hlaa, t do, lmw b*WdW 3Wa APO=E OPTIC I VOL 31, ft. 16 1 1~ toes I 48 Secondary Mlirror Primary Mirror - lntaeranas Ptten Image

  8. Degeneracy relations in QCD and the equivalence of two systematic all-orders methods for setting the renormalization scale

    DOE PAGES

    Bi, Huan -Yu; Wu, Xing -Gang; Ma, Yang; ...

    2015-06-26

    The Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC) eliminates QCD renormalization scale-setting uncertainties using fundamental renormalization group methods. The resulting scale-fixed pQCD predictions are independent of the choice of renormalization scheme and show rapid convergence. The coefficients of the scale-fixed couplings are identical to the corresponding conformal series with zero β-function. Two all-orders methods for systematically implementing the PMC-scale setting procedure for existing high order calculations are discussed in this article. One implementation is based on the PMC-BLM correspondence (PMC-I); the other, more recent, method (PMC-II) uses the R δ-scheme, a systematic generalization of the minimal subtraction renormalization scheme. Both approaches satisfymore » all of the principles of the renormalization group and lead to scale-fixed and scheme-independent predictions at each finite order. In this work, we show that PMC-I and PMC-II scale-setting methods are in practice equivalent to each other. We illustrate this equivalence for the four-loop calculations of the annihilation ratio R e+e– and the Higgs partial width I'(H→bb¯). Both methods lead to the same resummed (‘conformal’) series up to all orders. The small scale differences between the two approaches are reduced as additional renormalization group {β i}-terms in the pQCD expansion are taken into account. In addition, we show that special degeneracy relations, which underly the equivalence of the two PMC approaches and the resulting conformal features of the pQCD series, are in fact general properties of non-Abelian gauge theory.« less

  9. Performance of large aperture tapered fiber phase conjugate mirror with high pulse energy and 1-kHz repetition rate.

    PubMed

    Zhao, Zhigang; Dong, Yantao; Pan, Sunqiang; Liu, Chong; Chen, Jun; Tong, Lixin; Gao, Qingsong; Tang, Chun

    2012-01-16

    A large aperture fused silica tapered fiber phase conjugate mirror is presented with a maximum 70% stimulated Brillouin scattering (SBS) reflectivity, which is obtained with 1 kHz repetition rate, 15 ns pulse width and 38 mJ input pulse energy. To the best of our knowledge, this is the highest SBS reflectivity ever reported by using optical fiber as a phase conjugate mirror for such high pulse repetition rate (1 kHz) and several tens of millijoule (mJ) input pulse energy. The influences of fiber end surface quality and pump pulse widths on SBS reflectivity are investigated experimentally. The results show that finer fiber end surface quality and longer input pulse widths are preferred for obtaining higher SBS reflectivity with higher input pulse energy. Double passing amplification experiments are also performed. 52 mJ pulse energy is achieved at 1 kHz repetition rate, with a reflected SBS pulse width of 1.5 ns and a M(2) factor of 2.3. The corresponding peak power reaches 34.6 MW. Obvious beam quality improvement is observed.

  10. Grazing incidence metal optics for the Berkeley Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer satellite - A progress report

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Finley, D.; Malina, R. F.; Bowyer, S.

    1985-01-01

    The four flight Wolter-Schwarzschild mirrors currently under fabrication for the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer (EUVE) satellite are described. The principal figuring operation of these grazing incidence metal mirrors (gold over nickel on an aluminum substrate) is carried out by diamond turning at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratories. Turning has been accomplished and optical testing results analyzed for three of the mirrors. As-turned values of 1.7 arc sec full width at half maximum (FWHM) and half energy width (HEW) of 5 arc seconds in the visible have been achieved. These results illustrate the great potential of precision fabrication technology for the production of large grazing incidence optics.

  11. Renormalization group study of the melting of a two-dimensional system of collapsing hard disks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ryzhov, V. N.; Tareyeva, E. E.; Fomin, Yu. D.; Tsiok, E. N.; Chumakov, E. S.

    2017-06-01

    We consider the melting of a two-dimensional system of collapsing hard disks (a system with a hard-disk potential to which a repulsive step is added) for different values of the repulsive-step width. We calculate the system phase diagram by the method of the density functional in crystallization theory using equations of the Berezinskii-Kosterlitz-Thouless-Halperin-Nelson-Young theory to determine the lines of stability with respect to the dissociation of dislocation pairs, which corresponds to the continuous transition from the solid to the hexatic phase. We show that the crystal phase can melt via a continuous transition at low densities (the transition to the hexatic phase) with a subsequent transition from the hexatic phase to the isotropic liquid and via a first-order transition. Using the solution of renormalization group equations with the presence of singular defects (dislocations) in the system taken into account, we consider the influence of the renormalization of the elastic moduli on the form of the phase diagram.

  12. Narrow line width dual wavelength semiconductor optical amplifier based random fiber laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shawki, Heba A.; Kotb, Hussein E.; Khalil, Diaa

    2018-02-01

    A novel narrow line-width Single longitudinal mode (SLM) dual wavelength random fiber laser of 20 nm separation between wavelengths of 1530 and 1550 nm is presented. The laser is based on Rayleigh backscattering in a standard single mode fiber of 2 Km length as distributed mirrors, and a semiconductor optical amplifier (SOA) as the optical amplification medium. Two optical bandpass filters are used for the two wavelengths selectivity, and two Faraday Rotator mirrors are used to stabilize the two lasing wavelengths against fiber random birefringence. The optical signal to noise ratio (OSNR) was measured to be 38 dB. The line-width of the laser was measured to be 13.3 and 14 KHz at 1530 and 1550 nm respectively, at SOA pump current of 370 mA.

  13. Semi-analytical model for a slab one-dimensional photonic crystal

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Libman, M.; Kondratyev, N. M.; Gorodetsky, M. L.

    2018-02-01

    In our work we justify the applicability of a dielectric mirror model to the description of a real photonic crystal. We demonstrate that a simple one-dimensional model of a multilayer mirror can be employed for modeling of a slab waveguide with periodically changing width. It is shown that this width change can be recalculated to the effective refraction index modulation. The applicability of transfer matrix method of reflection properties calculation was demonstrated. Finally, our 1-D model was employed to analyze reflection properties of a 2-D structure - a slab photonic crystal with a number of elliptic holes.

  14. Computation of Bragg Reflection for Layered Microstructures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Underwood, J. W.; Barbee, T. W.

    1984-01-01

    Bragg diffractors analyzed for use in X-ray mirrors and other applications. SLM tailored to specific applications by varying layer thicknesses and number of layers to control reflectivity diffraction width, and wavelength resolution. Applications as glancing incidence mirrors or filters for wavelengths of few to few hundred angstroms.

  15. Non-Hookean statistical mechanics of clamped graphene ribbons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bowick, Mark J.; Košmrlj, Andrej; Nelson, David R.; Sknepnek, Rastko

    2017-03-01

    Thermally fluctuating sheets and ribbons provide an intriguing forum in which to investigate strong violations of Hooke's Law: Large distance elastic parameters are in fact not constant but instead depend on the macroscopic dimensions. Inspired by recent experiments on free-standing graphene cantilevers, we combine the statistical mechanics of thin elastic plates and large-scale numerical simulations to investigate the thermal renormalization of the bending rigidity of graphene ribbons clamped at one end. For ribbons of dimensions W ×L (with L ≥W ), the macroscopic bending rigidity κR determined from cantilever deformations is independent of the width when W <ℓth , where ℓth is a thermal length scale, as expected. When W >ℓth , however, this thermally renormalized bending rigidity begins to systematically increase, in agreement with the scaling theory, although in our simulations we were not quite able to reach the system sizes necessary to determine the fully developed power law dependence on W . When the ribbon length L >ℓp , where ℓp is the W -dependent thermally renormalized ribbon persistence length, we observe a scaling collapse and the beginnings of large scale random walk behavior.

  16. Wavelength tunable ultrafast fiber laser via reflective mirror with taper structure.

    PubMed

    Fang, Li; Huang, Chuyun; Liu, Ting; Gogneau, Noelle; Bourhis, Eric; Gierak, Jacques; Oudar, Jean-Louis

    2016-12-20

    Laser sources with a controllable flexible wavelength have found widespread applications in optical fiber communication, optical sensing, and microscopy. Here, we report a tunable mode-locked fiber laser using a graphene-based saturable absorber and a tapered mirror as an end mirror in the cavity. The phase layer in the mirror is precisely etched by focused ion beam (FIB) milling technology, and the resonant wavelength of the mirror shifts correspond to the different etch depths. By scanning the tapered mirror mechanically, the center wavelength of a mode-locked fiber laser can be continuously tuned from 1562 to 1532 nm, with a pulse width in the sub-ps level and repetition rate of 27 MHz.

  17. Relation between proton and neutron asymptotic normalization coefficients for light mirror nuclei and its relevance to nuclear astrophysics.

    PubMed

    Timofeyuk, N K; Johnson, R C; Mukhamedzhanov, A M

    2003-12-05

    We show how the charge symmetry of strong interactions can be used to relate the proton and neutron asymptotic normalization coefficients (ANCs) of the one-nucleon overlap integrals for light mirror nuclei. This relation extends to the case of real proton decay where the mirror analog is a virtual neutron decay of a loosely bound state. In this case, a link is obtained between the proton width and the squared ANC of the mirror neutron state. The relation between mirror overlaps can be used to study astrophysically relevant proton capture reactions based on information obtained from transfer reactions with stable beams.

  18. Study of the spectral width of intermode beats and optical spectrum of an actively mode-locked three-mirror semiconductor laser

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zakharyash, Valerii F; Kashirsky, Aleksandr V; Klementyev, Vasilii M

    2005-09-30

    Various oscillation regimes of an actively mode-locked semiconductor laser are studied experimentally. Two types of regimes are found in which the minimal spectral width ({approx}3.5 kHz) of intermode beats is achieved. The width of the optical spectrum of modes is studied as a function of their locking and the feedback coefficients. The maximum width of the spectrum is {approx}3.7 THz. (control of laser radiation parameters)

  19. Physics implications of the diphoton excess from the perspective of renormalization group flow

    DOE PAGES

    Gu, Jiayin; Liu, Zhen

    2016-04-06

    A very plausible explanation for the recently observed diphoton excess at the 13 TeV LHC is a (pseudo)scalar with mass around 750 GeV, which couples to a gluon pair and to a photon pair through loops involving vector-like quarks (VLQs). To accommodate the observed rate, the required Yukawa couplings tend to be large. A large Yukawa coupling would rapidly run up with the scale and quickly reach the perturbativity bound, indicating that new physics, possibly with a strong dynamics origin, is near by. The case becomes stronger especially if the ATLAS observation of a large width persists. In this papermore » we study the implication on the scale of new physics from the 750 GeV diphoton excess using the method of renormalization group running with careful treatment of different contributions and perturbativity criterion. Our results suggest that the scale of new physics is generically not much larger than the TeV scale, in particular if the width of the hinted (pseudo)scalar is large. Introducing multiple copies of VLQs, lowing the VLQ masses and enlarging VLQ electric charges help reduce the required Yukawa couplings and can push the cutoff scale to higher values. Nevertheless, if the width of the 750 GeV resonance turns out to be larger than about 1 GeV, it is very hard to increase the cutoff scale beyond a few TeVs. This is a strong hint that new particles in addition to the 750 GeV resonance and the vector-like quarks should be around the TeV scale.« less

  20. Apparatus and process for removing a predetermined portion of reflective material from mirror

    DOEpatents

    Perry, Stephen J.; Steinmetz, Lloyd L.

    1994-01-01

    An apparatus and process are disclosed for removal of a stripe of soft reflective material of uniform width from the surface of a mirror by using a blade having a large included angle to inhibit curling of the blade during the cutting operation which could result in damage to the glass substrate of the mirror. The cutting blade is maintained at a low blade angle with respect to the mirror surface to produce minimal chipping along the cut edge and to minimize the force exerted on the coating normal to the glass surface which could deform the flat mirror. The mirror is mounted in a cutting mechanism containing a movable carriage on which the blade is mounted to provide very accurate straightness of the travel of the blade along the mirror.

  1. Over 10-watt pico-second diffraction-limited output from a Nd:YVO4 slab amplifier with a phase conjugate mirror.

    PubMed

    Ojima, Yasukuni; Nawata, Kouji; Omatsu, Takashige

    2005-10-31

    We have produced a high beam quality pico-second laser based on a continuous-wave diode pumped Nd:YVO4 slab amplifier with a photorefractive phase conjugate mirror. 12.8W diffraction-limited output with a pulse width of 8.7ps was obtained.

  2. Critical temperature of metallic hydrogen sulfide at 225-GPa pressure

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kudryashov, N. A.; Kutukov, A. A.; Mazur, E. A., E-mail: EAMazur@mephi.ru

    2017-01-15

    The Eliashberg theory generalized for electron—phonon systems with a nonconstant density of electron states and with allowance made for the frequency behavior of the electron mass and chemical potential renormalizations is used to study T{sub c} in the SH{sub 3} phase of hydrogen sulfide under pressure. The phonon contribution to the anomalous electron Green’s function is considered. The pairing within the total width of the electron band and not only in a narrow layer near the Fermi surface is taken into account. The frequency and temperature dependences of the complex mass renormalization ReZ(ω), the density of states N(ε) renormalized bymore » the electron—phonon interactions, and the electron—phonon spectral function obtained computationally are used to calculate the anomalous electron Green’s function. A generalized Eliashberg equation with a variable density of electron states has been solved. The frequency dependence of the real and imaginary parts of the order parameter in the SH{sub 3} phase has been obtained. The value of T{sub c} ≈ 177 K in the SH{sub 3} phase of hydrogen sulfide at pressure P = 225 GPa has been determined by solving the system of Eliashberg equations.« less

  3. Hard X-ray nanofocusing using adaptive focusing optics based on piezoelectric deformable mirrors

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Goto, Takumi; Nakamori, Hiroki; Sano, Yasuhisa

    2015-04-15

    An adaptive Kirkpatrick–Baez mirror focusing optics based on piezoelectric deformable mirrors was constructed at SPring-8 and its focusing performance characteristics were demonstrated. By adjusting the voltages applied to the deformable mirrors, the shape errors (compared to a target elliptical shape) were finely corrected on the basis of the mirror shape determined using the pencil-beam method, which is a type of at-wavelength figure metrology in the X-ray region. The mirror shapes were controlled with a peak-to-valley height accuracy of 2.5 nm. A focused beam with an intensity profile having a full width at half maximum of 110 × 65 nm (Vmore » × H) was achieved at an X-ray energy of 10 keV.« less

  4. LASER APPLICATIONS AND OTHER TOPICS IN QUANTUM ELECTRONICS: Fabry—Perot interferometer with resonant mirrors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Troitskii, Yu V.

    1995-06-01

    An analysis is made of the task of construction of an interferometer with an output signal weakly dependent on the frequency of the incident light and yet highly sensitive to a change in the distance between the mirrors. This can be achieved by the use of resonant dielectric mirrors with the reflection phase and amplitude strongly dependent on the frequency within the width of the response function of the interferometer. The interferometer can be reduced to a four-mirror configuration in the case of the proposed types of mirrors. The relevant expressions are derived for this configuration. It is shown that the distance between the mirrors can be considerably greater than has been assumed earlier. A system of parameters is introduced and specific examples are considered.

  5. Opto-Mechanics of the Constellation-X SXT Mirrors: Challenges in Mounting and Assembling the Mirror Segments

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chan, Kai-Wing; Zhang, WIlliam W.; Saha, Timo; Lehan, John P.; Mazzarella, James; Lozipone, Lawrence; Hong, Melinda; Byron, Glenn

    2008-01-01

    The Constellation-X Spectroscopy X-Ray Telescopes consists of segmented glass mirrors with an axial length of 200 mm, a width of up to 400 mm, and a thickness of 0.4 mm. To meet the requirement of less than 15 arc-second half-power diameter with the small thickness and relatively large size is a tremendous challenge in opto-mechanics. How shall we limit distortion of the mirrors due to gravity in ground tests, that arises from thermal stress, and that occurs in the process of mounting, affixing and assembling of these mirrors? In this paper, we will describe our current opto-mechanical approach to these problems. We will discuss, in particular, the approach and experiment where the mirrors are mounted vertically by first suspending it at two points.

  6. The Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer - Optics fabrication and performance

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Green, J.; Finley, D.; Bowyer, S.; Malina, R. F.

    1986-01-01

    The fabrication methods, testing and evaluation techniques, and performance results are presented for the mirrors for the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer (EUVE). The finest mirror produced to date has a measured half energy width of 8 arcsec at optical wavelengths. With a polished nickel surface, the telescope throughput was 35 percent at 44 A and 60 percent at 256 A. The surface roughness is 20 A rms.

  7. Micro ring cavity resonator incorporating total internal reflection mirrors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Doo Gun; Choi, Woon Kyung; Choi, Young Wan; Yi, Jong Chang; Chung, Youngchul; Dagli, Nadir

    2007-02-01

    We investigate the properties of a multimode-interference (MMI) coupled micro ring cavity resonator with total-internal-reflection (TIR) mirrors and a semiconductor optical amplifier (SOA). The TIR mirrors were fabricated by the self-aligned process with a loss of 0.7 dB per mirror. The length and width of an MMI are 142 μm and 10 μm, respectively. The resulting free spectral range (FSR) of the resonator was approximately 1.698 nm near 1571 nm and the extinction ratio was about 17 dB. These devices might be useful as optical switching and add-drop filters in a photonic integrated circuit or as small and fast resonator devices.

  8. Holographic renormalization group and cosmology in theories with quasilocalized gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Csáki, Csaba; Erlich, Joshua; Hollowood, Timothy J.; Terning, John

    2001-03-01

    We study the long distance behavior of brane theories with quasilocalized gravity. The five-dimensional (5D) effective theory at large scales follows from a holographic renormalization group flow. As intuitively expected, the graviton is effectively four dimensional at intermediate scales and becomes five dimensional at large scales. However, in the holographic effective theory the essentially 4D radion dominates at long distances and gives rise to scalar antigravity. The holographic description shows that at large distances the Gregory-Rubakov-Sibiryakov (GRS) model is equivalent to the model recently proposed by Dvali, Gabadadze, and Porrati (DGP), where a tensionless brane is embedded into 5D Minkowski space, with an additional induced 4D Einstein-Hilbert term on the brane. In the holographic description the radion of the GRS model is automatically localized on the tensionless brane, and provides the ghostlike field necessary to cancel the extra graviton polarization of the DGP model. Thus, there is a holographic duality between these theories. This analysis provides physical insight into how the GRS model works at intermediate scales; in particular it sheds light on the size of the width of the graviton resonance, and also demonstrates how the holographic renormalization group can be used as a practical tool for calculations.

  9. Holographic renormalization group and cosmology in theories with quasilocalized gravity

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Csaki, Csaba; Erlich, Joshua; Hollowood, Timothy J.

    2001-03-15

    We study the long distance behavior of brane theories with quasilocalized gravity. The five-dimensional (5D) effective theory at large scales follows from a holographic renormalization group flow. As intuitively expected, the graviton is effectively four dimensional at intermediate scales and becomes five dimensional at large scales. However, in the holographic effective theory the essentially 4D radion dominates at long distances and gives rise to scalar antigravity. The holographic description shows that at large distances the Gregory-Rubakov-Sibiryakov (GRS) model is equivalent to the model recently proposed by Dvali, Gabadadze, and Porrati (DGP), where a tensionless brane is embedded into 5D Minkowskimore » space, with an additional induced 4D Einstein-Hilbert term on the brane. In the holographic description the radion of the GRS model is automatically localized on the tensionless brane, and provides the ghostlike field necessary to cancel the extra graviton polarization of the DGP model. Thus, there is a holographic duality between these theories. This analysis provides physical insight into how the GRS model works at intermediate scales; in particular it sheds light on the size of the width of the graviton resonance, and also demonstrates how the holographic renormalization group can be used as a practical tool for calculations.« less

  10. Enhanced backscattering through a deep random phase screen

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jakeman, E.

    1988-10-01

    The statistical properties of radiation scattered by a system consisting of a plane mirror placed in the Fresnel region behind a smoothly varying deep random-phase screen with off-axis beam illumination are studied. It is found that two mechanisms cause enhanced scattering around the backward direction, according to the mirror position with respect to the focusing plane of the screen. In all of the plane mirror geometries considered, the scattered field remains a complex Gaussian process with a spatial coherence function identical to that expected for a single screen, and a speckle size smaller than the width of backscatter enhancement.

  11. High peak power actively Q-switched mid-infrared fiber lasers at 3 μm

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shen, Yanlong; Wang, Yishan; Luan, Kunpeng; Chen, Hongwei; Tao, Mengmeng; Si, Jinhai

    2017-04-01

    Diode-pumped pulsed Er3+-doped ZBLAN fiber lasers at 2.8 μm actively Q-switched by using an mechanical Q-switch with feedbacks of a protected gold mirror and a blazing grating were investigated, respectively. A pulse energy of 0.13 mJ and repetition rate of 10 kHz with a pulse width of 127.3 ns at 2.78 μm was obtained when using a protected gold mirror as the feedback. By replacing the mirror with a blazing grating in Littrow configuration, the wavelength of the Q-switched pulse train was tunable with over 100 nm tuning range from 2.71 to 2.82 μm and a linewidth of 1.5 nm. A maxinmum pulse energy of up to 0.15 mJ and repetition rate of 10 kHz with a pulse width of 92.6 ns was achieved, yielding the maximum peak power of exceeding 1.6 kW. The pulse energy and peak power, to our knowledge, are the highest ever reported in the mid-infrared Q-switched fiber lasers.

  12. Asymptotics of surface-plasmon redshift saturation at subnanometric separations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schnitzer, Ory; Giannini, Vincenzo; Craster, Richard V.; Maier, Stefan A.

    2016-01-01

    Many promising nanophotonics endeavors hinge upon the unique plasmonic properties of nanometallic structures with narrow nonmetallic gaps, which support superconcentrated bonding modes that singularly redshift with decreasing separations. In this Rapid Communication, we present a descriptive physical picture, complemented by elementary asymptotic formulas, of a nonlocal mechanism for plasmon redshift saturation at subnanometric gap widths. Thus, by considering the electron-charge and field distributions in the close vicinity of the metal-vacuum interface, we show that nonlocality is asymptotically manifested as an effective potential discontinuity. For bonding modes in the near-contact limit, the latter discontinuity is shown to be effectively equivalent to a widening of the gap. As a consequence, the resonance-frequency near-contact asymptotics are a renormalization of the corresponding local ones. Specifically, the renormalization furnishes an asymptotic plasmon-frequency lower bound that scales with the 1 /4 power of the Fermi wavelength. We demonstrate these remarkable features in the prototypical cases of nanowire and nanosphere dimers, showing agreement between our elementary expressions and previously reported numerical computations.

  13. Method for pulse control in a laser including a stimulated brillouin scattering mirror system

    DOEpatents

    Dane, C. Brent; Hackel, Lloyd; Harris, Fritz B.

    2007-10-23

    A laser system, such as a master oscillator/power amplifier system, comprises a gain medium and a stimulated Brillouin scattering SBS mirror system. The SBS mirror system includes an in situ filtered SBS medium that comprises a compound having a small negative non-linear index of refraction, such as a perfluoro compound. An SBS relay telescope having a telescope focal point includes a baffle at the telescope focal point which blocks off angle beams. A beam splitter is placed between the SBS mirror system and the SBS relay telescope, directing a fraction of the beam to an alternate beam path for an alignment fiducial. The SBS mirror system has a collimated SBS cell and a focused SBS cell. An adjustable attenuator is placed between the collimated SBS cell and the focused SBS cell, by which pulse width of the reflected beam can be adjusted.

  14. Stimulated Brillouin scattering mirror system, high power laser and laser peening method and system using same

    DOEpatents

    Dane, C Brent [Livermore, CA; Hackel, Lloyd [Livermore, CA; Harris, Fritz B [Rocklin, CA

    2007-04-24

    A laser system, such as a master oscillator/power amplifier system, comprises a gain medium and a stimulated Brillouin scattering SBS mirror system. The SBS mirror system includes an in situ filtered SBS medium that comprises a compound having a small negative non-linear index of refraction, such as a perfluoro compound. An SBS relay telescope having a telescope focal point includes a baffle at the telescope focal point which blocks off angle beams. A beam splitter is placed between the SBS mirror system and the SBS relay telescope, directing a fraction of the beam to an alternate beam path for an alignment fiducial. The SBS mirror system has a collimated SBS cell and a focused SBS cell. An adjustable attenuator is placed between the collimated SBS cell and the focused SBS cell, by which pulse width of the reflected beam can be adjusted.

  15. A 15 W 1152 nm Raman fiber laser with 6 nm spectral width for Ho3+-doped crystal's pumping source

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Xiuyan; Jiang, Huawei

    2016-12-01

    A 11.5 W 1152 nm Raman fiber laser with 6 nm spectral width was demonstrated based on the resonator constructed with one fiber loop mirror and one fiber Bragg grating. By mans of experimental measurement and theoretical calculation, the reflectivity of the fiber loop mirror was confirmed as 0.93. The Yb3+-doped 1090 nm fiber length was about 5 m. When the maximum pumping power of 976 nm laser was 54.8 W, 32.2 W 1090 nm laser was obtained and the optical to optical conversion efficiency from 1090 nm to 1152 nm light was 48%. Finally, the 1152 nm Raman fiber laser was used for pumping Ho3+:LLF crystal, and the 1194 nm fluorescence emission peak was detected for the first time.

  16. Simultaneous frequency stabilization and high-power dense wavelength division multiplexing (HP-DWDM) using an external cavity based on volume Bragg gratings (VBGs)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hengesbach, Stefan; Klein, Sarah; Holly, Carlo; Witte, Ulrich; Traub, Martin; Hoffmann, Dieter

    2016-03-01

    Multiplexing technologies enable the development of high-brightness diode lasers for direct industrial applications. We present a High-Power Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexer (HP-DWDM) with an average channel spacing of 1.7 (1.5) nm and a subsequent external cavity mirror to provide feedback for frequency stabilization and multiplexing in one step. The "self-optimizing" multiplexing unit consists of four reflective Volume Bragg Gratings (VBGs) with 99% diffraction efficiency and seven dielectric mirrors to overlay the radiation of five input channels with an adjustable channel spacing of 1-2 nm. In detail, we focus on the analysis of the overall optical efficiency, the change of the beam parameter product and the spectral width. The performance is demonstrated using five 90 μm multimode 9xx single emitters with M2<=17. Because of the feedback the lateral (multimodal) spatial and angular intensity distribution changes strongly and the beam parameter product decreases by a factor of 1.2 to 1.9. Thereby the angular intensity distribution is more affected than the width of the beam waist. The spectral width per emitter decreases to 3-200 pm (FWHM) depending on the injection current and the reflectance of the feedback mirror (0.75%, 1.5%, 4%, 6% or 8%). The overall optical multiplexing efficiency ranges between 77% and 86%. With some modifications (e.g. enhanced AR-coatings) we expect 90-95%.

  17. Importance of proper renormalization scale-setting for QCD testing at colliders

    DOE PAGES

    Wu, Xing -Gang; Wang, Sheng -Quan; Brodsky, Stanley J.

    2015-12-22

    A primary problem affecting perturbative quantum chromodynamic (pQCD) analyses is the lack of a method for setting the QCD running-coupling renormalization scale such that maximally precise fixed-order predictions for physical observables are obtained. The Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC) eliminates the ambiguities associated with the conventional renormalization scale-setting procedure, yielding predictions that are independent of the choice of renormalization scheme. The QCD coupling scales and the effective number of quark flavors are set order-by-order in the pQCD series. The PMC has a solid theoretical foundation, satisfying the standard renormalization group invariance condition and all of the self-consistency conditions derived frommore » the renormalization group. The PMC scales at each order are obtained by shifting the arguments of the strong force coupling constant αs to eliminate all non-conformal {βi} terms in the pQCD series. The {βi} terms are determined from renormalization group equations without ambiguity. The correct behavior of the running coupling at each order and at each phase-space point can then be obtained. The PMC reduces in the N C → 0 Abelian limit to the Gell-Mann-Low method. In this brief report, we summarize the results of our recent application of the PMC to a number of collider processes, emphasizing the generality and applicability of this approach. A discussion of hadronic Z decays shows that, by applying the PMC, one can achieve accurate predictions for the total and separate decay widths at each order without scale ambiguities. We also show that, if one employs the PMC to determine the top-quark pair forward-backward asymmetry at the next-to-next-to-leading order level, one obtains a comprehensive, self-consistent pQCD explanation for the Tevatron measurements of the asymmetry. This accounts for the “increasing-decreasing” behavior observed by the D0 collaboration for increasing tt¯ invariant mass. At lower energies, the angular distributions of heavy quarks can be used to obtain a direct determination of the heavy quark potential. A discussion of the angular distributions of massive quarks and leptons is also presented, including the fermionic component of the two-loop corrections to the electromagnetic form factors. Furthermore, these results demonstrate that the application of the PMC systematically eliminates a major theoretical uncertainty for pQCD predictions, thus increasing collider sensitivity to possible new physics beyond the Standard Model.« less

  18. X-ray microfocusing with off-axis ellipsoidal mirror

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yumoto, Hirokatsu, E-mail: yumoto@spring8.or.jp; Koyama, Takahisa; Matsuyama, Satoshi

    2016-07-27

    High-precision ellipsoidal mirrors for two-dimensionally focusing X-rays to nanometer sizes have not been realized because of technical problems in their fabrication processes. The objective of the present study is to develop fabrication techniques for ellipsoidal focusing mirrors in the hard-X-ray region. We design an off-axis ellipsoidal mirror for use under total reflection conditions up to the X-ray energy of 8 keV. We fabricate an ellipsoidal mirror with a surface roughness of 0.3 nm RMS (root-mean-square) and a surface figure error height of 3.0 nm RMS by utilizing a surface profiler and surface finishing method developed by us. The focusing propertiesmore » of the mirror are evaluated at the BL29XUL beamline in SPring-8. A focusing beam size of 270 nm × 360 nm FWHM (full width at half maximum) at an X-ray energy of 7 keV is observed with the use of the knife-edge scanning method. We expect to apply the developed fabrication techniques to construct ellipsoidal nanofocusing mirrors.« less

  19. Development of a slicer integral field unit for the existing optical imaging spectrograph FOCAS

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ozaki, Shinobu; Tanaka, Yoko; Hattori, Takashi; Mitsui, Kenji; Fukusima, Mitsuhiro; Okada, Norio; Obuchi, Yoshiyuki; Miyazaki, Satoshi; Yamashita, Takuya

    2012-09-01

    We are developing an integral field unit (IFU) with an image slicer for the existing optical imaging spectrograph, Faint Object Camera And Spectrograph (FOCAS), on the Subaru Telescope. Basic optical design has already finished. The slice width is 0.4 arcsec, slice number is 24, and field of view is 13.5x 9.6 arcsec. Sky spectra separated by about 3 arcmin from an object field can be simultaneously obtained, which allows us precise background subtraction. The IFU will be installed as a mask plate and set by the mask exchanger mechanism of FOCAS. Slice mirrors, pupil mirrors and slit mirrors are all made of glass, and their mirror surfaces are fabricated by polishing. Multilayer dielectric reflective coating with high reflectivity (< 98%) is made on each mirror surface. Slicer IFU consists of many mirrors which need to be arraigned with high accuracy. For such alignment, we will make alignment jigs and mirror holders made with high accuracy. Some pupil mirrors need off-axis ellipsoidal surfaces to reduce aberration. We are conducting some prototyping works including slice mirrors, an off-axis ellipsoidal surface, alignment jigs and a mirror support. In this paper, we will introduce our project and show those prototyping works.

  20. Water window imaging x ray microscope

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hoover, Richard B. (Inventor)

    1992-01-01

    A high resolution x ray microscope for imaging microscopic structures within biological specimens has an optical system including a highly polished primary and secondary mirror coated with identical multilayer coatings, the mirrors acting at normal incidence. The coatings have a high reflectivity in the narrow wave bandpass between 23.3 and 43.7 angstroms and have low reflectivity outside of this range. The primary mirror has a spherical concave surface and the secondary mirror has a spherical convex surface. The radii of the mirrors are concentric about a common center of curvature on the optical axis of the microscope extending from the object focal plane to the image focal plane. The primary mirror has an annular configuration with a central aperture and the secondary mirror is positioned between the primary mirror and the center of curvature for reflecting radiation through the aperture to a detector. An x ray filter is mounted at the stage end of the microscope, and film sensitive to x rays in the desired band width is mounted in a camera at the image plane of the optical system. The microscope is mounted within a vacuum chamber for minimizing the absorption of x rays in air from a source through the microscope.

  1. Passive Q switching and mode-locking of Er:glass lasers using VO2 mirrors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pollack, S. A.; Chang, D. B.; Chudnovky, F. A.; Khakhaev, I. A.

    1995-09-01

    Passive Q switching of an Er:glass laser with the pulse width varying between 14 and 80 ns has been demonstrated, using three resonator vanadium-dioxide-coated (VO2) mirror samples with temperature-dependent reflectivity and differing in the reflectivity contrast. The reflectivity changes because of a phase transition from a semiconductor to a metallic state. Broad band operating characteristics of VO2 mirrors provide Q switching over a wide range of wavelengths. In addition, mode-locked pulses with much shorter time scales have been observed, due to exciton formation and recombination. A simple criterion is derived for the allowable ambient temperatures at which the Q switching operates effectively. A simple relation has also been found relating the duration of the Q-switched pulse to the contrast in reflectivities of the two mirror phases.

  2. STEREO/LET Observations of Solar Energetic Particle Pitch Angle Distributions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Leske, Richard; Cummings, Alan; Cohen, Christina; Mewaldt, Richard; Labrador, Allan; Stone, Edward; Wiedenbeck, Mark; Christian, Eric; von Rosenvinge, Tycho

    2015-04-01

    As solar energetic particles (SEPs) travel through interplanetary space, the shape of their pitch angle distributions is determined by magnetic focusing and scattering. Measurements of SEP anisotropies therefore probe interplanetary conditions far from the observer and can provide insight into particle transport. Bidirectional flows of SEPs are often seen within interplanetary coronal mass ejections (ICMEs), resulting from injection of particles at both footpoints of the CME or from mirroring of a unidirectional beam. Mirroring is clearly implicated in those cases that show a loss cone distribution, in which particles with large pitch angles are reflected but the magnetic field enhancement at the mirror point is too weak to turn around particles with the smallest pitch angles. The width of the loss cone indicates the magnetic field strength at the mirror point far from the spacecraft, while if timing differences are detectable between outgoing and mirrored particles they may help constrain the location of the reflecting boundary.The Low Energy Telescopes (LETs) onboard both STEREO spacecraft measure energetic particle anisotropies for protons through iron at energies of about 2-12 MeV/nucleon. With these instruments we have observed loss cone distributions in several SEP events, as well as other interesting anisotropies, such as unusual oscillations in the widths of the pitch angle distributions on a timescale of several minutes during the 23 July 2012 SEP event and sunward-flowing particles when the spacecraft was magnetically connected to the back side of a distant shock well beyond 1 AU. We present the STEREO/LET anisotropy observations and discuss their implications for SEP transport. In particular, we find that the shapes of the pitch angle distributions generally vary with energy and particle species, possibly providing a signature of the rigidity dependence of the pitch angle diffusion coefficient.

  3. Precision calculations for h → WW/ZZ → 4 fermions in a singlet extension of the Standard Model with P rophecy4 f

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Altenkamp, Lukas; Boggia, Michele; Dittmaier, Stefan

    2018-04-01

    We consider an extension of the Standard Model by a real singlet scalar field with a ℤ2-symmetric Lagrangian and spontaneous symmetry breaking with vacuum expectation value for the singlet. Considering the lighter of the two scalars of the theory to be the 125 GeV Higgs particle, we parametrize the scalar sector by the mass of the heavy Higgs boson, a mixing angle α, and a scalar Higgs self-coupling λ 12. Taking into account theoretical constraints from perturbativity and vacuum stability, we compute next-to-leading-order electroweak and QCD corrections to the decays h → WW/ZZ → 4 fermions of the light Higgs boson for some scenarios proposed in the literature. We formulate two renormalization schemes and investigate the conversion of the input parameters between the schemes, finding sizeable effects. Solving the renormalization-group equations for the \\overline{MS} parameters α and λ 12, we observe a significantly reduced scale and scheme dependence in the next-to-leading-order results. For some scenarios suggested in the literature, the total decay width for the process h → 4 f is computed as a function of the mixing angle and compared to the width of a corresponding Standard Model Higgs boson, revealing deviations below 10%. Differential distributions do not show significant distortions by effects beyond the Standard Model. The calculations are implemented in the Monte Carlo generator P rophecy4 f, which is ready for applications in data analyses in the framework of the singlet extension.

  4. Graphene Statistical Mechanics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bowick, Mark; Kosmrlj, Andrej; Nelson, David; Sknepnek, Rastko

    2015-03-01

    Graphene provides an ideal system to test the statistical mechanics of thermally fluctuating elastic membranes. The high Young's modulus of graphene means that thermal fluctuations over even small length scales significantly stiffen the renormalized bending rigidity. We study the effect of thermal fluctuations on graphene ribbons of width W and length L, pinned at one end, via coarse-grained Molecular Dynamics simulations and compare with analytic predictions of the scaling of width-averaged root-mean-squared height fluctuations as a function of distance along the ribbon. Scaling collapse as a function of W and L also allows us to extract the scaling exponent eta governing the long-wavelength stiffening of the bending rigidity. A full understanding of the geometry-dependent mechanical properties of graphene, including arrays of cuts, may allow the design of a variety of modular elements with desired mechanical properties starting from pure graphene alone. Supported by NSF grant DMR-1435794

  5. Mirroring of fast solar flare electrons on a downstream corotating interaction region

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Anderson, K. A.; Sommers, J.; Lin, R. P.; Pick, M.; Chaizy, P.; Murphy, N.; Smith, E. J.; Phillips, J. L.

    1995-01-01

    We discuss an example of confinement of fast solar electrons by a discrete solar wind-interplanetary magnetic field structure on February 22, 1991. The structure is about 190,000 km in width and is clearly defined by changes in the direction of the magnetic field at the Ulysses spacecraft. This structure carries electrons moving toward the Sun as well as away from the Sun. A loss cone in the angular distribution of the fast electrons shows that mirroring, presumably magnetic, takes place downstream from the spacecraft. Following passage of this narrow structure, the return flux vanishes for 21 min after which time the mirroring resumes and persists for several hours. We identify the enhanced magnetic field region lying downstream from the Ulysses spacecraft that is responsible for the mirroring to be a corotating stream interaction region. Backstreaming suprathermal electron measurements by the Los Alamos National Laboratory plasma experiment on the Ulysses spacecraft support this interpretation.

  6. Lateral mode control in edge-emitting lasers with modified mirrors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Payusov, A.; Serin, A.; Mukhin, I.; Shernyakov, Y.; Zadiranov, Y.; Maximov, M.; Gordeev, N.

    2017-11-01

    We present a study on lateral mode control in edge-emitting lasers with profiled mirror reflectivity. The object was to eliminate high-order lateral modes in conventional ridge-waveguide InAs/InGaAs QD (quantum dot) lasers with the stripe width of 10 μm. We have used a FIB (focused ion beam) technique to selectively etch windows in the AR (anti-reflection) facet coatings in order to introduce extra mirror losses for the high order modes. This approach allowed us to eliminate the first-order mode lasing without deterioration of the laser parameters. We suppose that further optimisation of the laser heterostructure and window designs may lead to a pure lateral single-mode lasing in the broadened ridge waveguides.

  7. Simulation of mirror surfaces for virtual estimation of visibility lines for 3D motor vehicle collision reconstruction.

    PubMed

    Leipner, Anja; Dobler, Erika; Braun, Marcel; Sieberth, Till; Ebert, Lars

    2017-10-01

    3D reconstructions of motor vehicle collisions are used to identify the causes of these events and to identify potential violations of traffic regulations. Thus far, the reconstruction of mirrors has been a problem since they are often based on approximations or inaccurate data. Our aim with this paper was to confirm that structured light scans of a mirror improve the accuracy of simulating the field of view of mirrors. We analyzed the performances of virtual mirror surfaces based on structured light scans using real mirror surfaces and their reflections as references. We used an ATOS GOM III scanner to scan the mirrors and processed the 3D data using Geomagic Wrap. For scene reconstruction and to generate virtual images, we used 3ds Max. We compared the simulated virtual images and photographs of real scenes using Adobe Photoshop. Our results showed that we achieved clear and even mirror results and that the mirrors behaved as expected. The greatest measured deviation between an original photo and the corresponding virtual image was 20 pixels in the transverse direction for an image width of 4256 pixels. We discussed the influences of data processing and alignment of the 3D models on the results. The study was limited to a distance of 1.6m, and the method was not able to simulate an interior mirror. In conclusion, structured light scans of mirror surfaces can be used to simulate virtual mirror surfaces with regard to 3D motor vehicle collision reconstruction. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Scattering matrix of arbitrary tight-binding Hamiltonians

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ramírez, C., E-mail: carlos@ciencias.unam.mx; Medina-Amayo, L.A.

    2017-03-15

    A novel efficient method to calculate the scattering matrix (SM) of arbitrary tight-binding Hamiltonians is proposed, including cases with multiterminal structures. In particular, the SM of two kinds of fundamental structures is given, which can be used to obtain the SM of bigger systems iteratively. Also, a procedure to obtain the SM of layer-composed periodic leads is described. This method allows renormalization approaches, which permits computations over macroscopic length systems without introducing additional approximations. Finally, the transmission coefficient of a ring-shaped multiterminal system and the transmission function of a square-lattice nanoribbon with a reduced width region are calculated.

  9. AXAF VETA-I mirror ring focus measurements

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tananbaum, H. D.; Zhao, P.

    1994-01-01

    The AXAF VETA-I mirror ring focus measurements were made with an HRI (microchannel plate) X-ray detector. The ring focus is a sharply focused ring formed by X-rays before they reach the VEAT-I focal plane. It is caused by spherical aberrations due to the finite source distance and the despace in the VETA-I test. The ring focus test reveals some aspects fo the test system distortions and the mirror surface figure which are difficult or impossible to detect at the focal plane. The test results show periodic modulations of the ring radius and width which could be caused by gravity, thermal, and/or epoxy shrinkage distortions. The strongest component of the modulation had a 12-fold symmetry, because these distortions were exerted on the mirror through 12 flexures of the VETA-I mount. Ring focus models were developed to simulate the ring image. The models were compared with the data to understand the test system distortions and the mirror glass imperfection. Further studies will be done to complete this work. The ring focus measurement is a very powerful test. We expect that a similar test for the finally assembled mirror of AXAD-I will be highly valuable.

  10. [Near infrared spectroscopy system structure with MOEMS scanning mirror array].

    PubMed

    Luo, Biao; Wen, Zhi-Yu; Wen, Zhong-Quan; Chen, Li; Qian, Rong-Rong

    2011-11-01

    A method which uses MOEMS mirror array optical structure to reduce the high cost of infrared spectrometer is given in the present paper. This method resolved the problem that MOEMS mirror array can not be used in simple infrared spectrometer because the problem of imaging irregularity in infrared spectroscopy and a new structure for spectral imaging was designed. According to the requirements of imaging spot, this method used optical design software ZEMAX and standard-specific aberrations of the optimization algorithm, designed and optimized the optical structure. It works from 900 to 1 400 nm. The results of design analysis showed that with the light source slit width of 50 microm, the spectrophotometric system is superior to the theoretical resolution of 6 nm, and the size of the available spot is 0.042 mm x 0.08 mm. Verification examples show that the design meets the requirements of the imaging regularity, and can be used for MOEMS mirror reflectance scan. And it was also verified that the use of a new MOEMS mirror array spectrometer model is feasible. Finally, analyze the relationship between the location of the detector and the maximum deflection angle of micro-mirror was analyzed.

  11. Wave-optical assessment of alignment tolerances in nano-focusing with ellipsoidal mirror

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yumoto, Hirokatsu, E-mail: yumoto@spring8.or.jp; Koyama, Takahisa; Matsuyama, Satoshi

    2016-01-28

    High-precision ellipsoidal mirrors, which can efficiently focus X-rays to the nanometer dimension with a mirror, have not been realized because of the difficulties in the fabrication process. The purpose of our study was to develop nano-focusing ellipsoidal mirrors in the hard X-ray region. We developed a wave-optical focusing simulator for investigating alignment tolerances in nano-focusing with a designed ellipsoidal mirror, which produce a diffraction-limited focus size of 30 × 35 nm{sup 2} in full width at half maximum at an X-ray energy of 7 keV. The simulator can calculate focusing intensity distributions around the focal point under conditions of misalignment. Themore » wave-optical simulator enabled the calculation of interference intensity distributions, which cannot be predicted by the conventional ray-trace method. The alignment conditions with a focal length error of ≲ ±10 µm, incident angle error of ≲ ±0.5 µrad, and in-plane rotation angle error of ≲ ±0.25 µrad must be satisfied for nano-focusing.« less

  12. Damage threshold of coating materials on x-ray mirror for x-ray free electron laser

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Koyama, Takahisa, E-mail: koyama@spring8.or.jp; Yumoto, Hirokatsu; Tono, Kensuke

    2016-05-15

    We evaluated the damage threshold of coating materials such as Mo, Ru, Rh, W, and Pt on Si substrates, and that of uncoated Si substrate, for mirror optics of X-ray free electron lasers (XFELs). Focused 1 μm (full width at half maximum) XFEL pulses with the energies of 5.5 and 10 keV, generated by the SPring-8 angstrom compact free electron laser (SACLA), were irradiated under the grazing incidence condition. The damage thresholds were evaluated by in situ measurements of X-ray reflectivity degradation during irradiation by multiple pulses. The measured damage fluences below the critical angles were sufficiently high compared withmore » the unfocused SACLA beam fluence. Rh coating was adopted for two mirror systems of SACLA. One system was a beamline transport mirror system that was partially coated with Rh for optional utilization of a pink beam in the photon energy range of more than 20 keV. The other was an improved version of the 1 μm focusing mirror system, and no damage was observed after one year of operation.« less

  13. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SEMICONDUCTOR INJECTION LASERS SELCO-87: Influence of spontaneous fluctuations on the emission spectrum of an injection semiconductor laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gulyaev, Yurii V.; Suris, Robert A.; Tager, A. A.; Élenkrig, B. B.

    1988-11-01

    A theoretical investigation is made of fluctuation-induced excitation of side longitudinal modes in the emission spectra of semiconductor lasers, including those with an external mirror. It is shown that nonlinear refraction of light in the active region of a semiconductor laser may result in a noise redistribution of the radiation between longitudinal resonator modes and can be responsible for the multimode nature of the average emission spectrum. An analysis is made of the influence of selectivity of an external mirror on the stability of cw operation, minimum line width, and mode composition of the emission spectra of semiconductor lasers. The conditions for maximum narrowing of the emission spectrum of a semiconductor laser with an external selective mirror are identified.

  14. The Kondo problem. II. Crossover from asymptotic freedom to infrared slavery

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schlottmann, P.

    1982-04-01

    In the preceding paper we transformed the s-d Hamiltonian onto a resonance level with a large perturbation and derived the scaling equations for the vertices, the invariant coupling, and the resonance width. The scaling equations are integrated under the assumption that the energy dependence of the resonance width can be neglected. The transcendental equation obtained in this way for the renormalized resonance width is solved in the relevant limits and allows a calculation of the static and dynamical susceptibility. At high temperatures the perturbation expansion for the relaxation rate and the susceptibility is reproduced up to third order in Jρ. At low temperatures the lifetime and χ0 remain finite and vary according to a Fermi-liquid theory. The approximation scheme interpolates in this way between the asymptotic freedom and the infrared slavery, yielding a smooth crossover. The present results are in quantitative agreement with previous ones obtained with the relaxation-kernel method by Götze and Schlottmann. The advantages and drawbacks of the method are discussed. The calculation of the dynamical susceptibility is extended to nonzero external magnetic fields. The quasielastic peak of χ''(ω)ω is suppressed at low temperatures and large magnetic fields and shoulders develop at ω=+/-B.

  15. Compact multi-bounce projection system for extreme ultraviolet projection lithography

    DOEpatents

    Hudyma, Russell M.

    2002-01-01

    An optical system compatible with short wavelength (extreme ultraviolet) radiation comprising four optical elements providing five reflective surfaces for projecting a mask image onto a substrate. The five optical surfaces are characterized in order from object to image as concave, convex, concave, convex and concave mirrors. The second and fourth reflective surfaces are part of the same optical element. The optical system is particularly suited for ring field step and scan lithography methods. The invention uses aspheric mirrors to minimize static distortion and balance the static distortion across the ring field width, which effectively minimizes dynamic distortion.

  16. Precision interferometric measurements of mirror birefringence in high-finesse optical resonators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fleisher, Adam J.; Long, David A.; Liu, Qingnan; Hodges, Joseph T.

    2016-01-01

    High-finesse optical resonators found in ultrasensitive laser spectrometers utilize supermirrors ideally consisting of isotropic high-reflectivity coatings. Strictly speaking, however, the optical coatings are often nonuniformly stressed during the deposition process and therefore do possess some small amount of birefringence. When physically mounted the cavity mirrors can be additionally stressed in such a way that large optical birefringence is induced. Here we report a direct measurement of optical birefringence in a two-mirror Fabry-Pérot cavity with R =99.99 % by observing TEM00 mode beating during cavity decays. Experiments were performed at a wavelength of 4.53 μ m , with precision limited by both quantum and technical noise sources. We report a splitting of δν=618 (1 ) Hz, significantly less than the intrinsic cavity line width of δcav≈3 kHz. With a cavity free spectral range of 96.9 MHz, the equivalent fractional change in mirror refractive index due to birefringence is therefore Δ n /n =6.38 (1 ) ×10-6 .

  17. Instability of enclosed horizons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kay, Bernard S.

    2015-03-01

    We point out that there are solutions to the scalar wave equation on dimensional Minkowski space with finite energy tails which, if they reflect off a uniformly accelerated mirror due to (say) Dirichlet boundary conditions on it, develop an infinite stress-energy tensor on the mirror's Rindler horizon. We also show that, in the presence of an image mirror in the opposite Rindler wedge, suitable compactly supported arbitrarily small initial data on a suitable initial surface will develop an arbitrarily large stress-energy scalar near where the two horizons cross. Also, while there is a regular Hartle-Hawking-Israel-like state for the quantum theory between these two mirrors, there are coherent states built on it for which there are similar singularities in the expectation value of the renormalized stress-energy tensor. We conjecture that in other situations with analogous enclosed horizons such as a (maximally extended) Schwarzschild black hole in equilibrium in a (stationary spherical) box or the (maximally extended) Schwarzschild-AdS spacetime, there will be similar stress-energy singularities and almost-singularities—leading to instability of the horizons when gravity is switched on and matter and gravity perturbations are allowed for. All this suggests it is incorrect to picture a black hole in equilibrium in a box or a Schwarzschild-AdS black hole as extending beyond the past and future horizons of a single Schwarzschild (/Schwarzschild-AdS) wedge. It would thus provide new evidence for 't Hooft's brick wall model while seeming to invalidate the picture in Maldacena's ` Eternal black holes in AdS'. It would thereby also support the validity of the author's matter-gravity entanglement hypothesis and of the paper ` Brick walls and AdS/CFT' by the author and Ortíz.

  18. Aesthetic phenomena as supernormal stimuli: the case of eye, lip, and lower-face size and roundness in artistic portraits.

    PubMed

    Costa, Marco; Corazza, Leonardo

    2006-01-01

    In the first study, eye and lip size and roundness, and lower-face roundness were compared between a control sample of 289 photographic portraits and an experimental sample of 776 artistic portraits covering the whole period of the history of art. Results showed that eye roundness, lip roundness, eye height, eye width, and lip height were significantly enhanced in artistic portraits compared to photographic ones. Lip width and lower-face roundness, on the contrary, were less prominent in artistic than in photographic portraits. In a second study, forty-two art academy students were requested to draw two self-portraits, one with a mirror and one without (from memory). Eye, lip, and lower-face roundness in artistic self-portraits was compared to the same features derived from photographic portraits of the participants. The results obtained confirmed those found in the first study. Eye and lip size and roundness were greater in artistic self-portraits, while lower-face roundness was significantly reduced. The same degree of modification was found also when a mirror was available to the subjects. In a third study the effect of lower-face roundness on the perception of attractiveness was assessed: fifty-three participants had to adjust the face width of 24 photographic portraits in order to achieve the highest level of attractiveness. Participants contracted the face width by a mean value of 5.26%, showing a preference for a reduced lower-face roundness. All results are discussed in terms of the importance of the 'supernormalisation' process as a means of assigning aesthetic value to perceptual stimuli.

  19. ANALYSIS OF DEUTERON STRIPPING EXPERIMENTS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Amado, R.D.

    1959-05-01

    Deuteron stripping experiments analyzed according to the theory of Butter are a nearly unique source of information on the orbital angular momentum and single-particle widths of nuclear bound states. A number of problems in the Butter theory remain. Chew and Low show that in reactions in which there is a contribution from thc exchange of a single particles there can appear isolated poles in the normalized Born approximation to the cross section and that the residue at these poles can be related to quantities of physical interest. Stripping is such a reactions and the Butter theory is the renormalized Bornmore » approximation. (A.C.)« less

  20. Actively Q-switched laser with novel Nd:YAG/YAG polygonal active-mirror

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lang, Ye; Chen, Yanzhong; Ge, Wenqi; He, Jianguo; Zhang, Hongbo; Liao, Lifen; Xin, Jianguo; Zhang, Jian; Fan, Zhongwei

    2018-03-01

    In this work, we demonstrate an efficient actively Q-switched laser based on a novel crystal Nd:YAG/YAG polygonal active mirror. A passively cooled crystal Nd:YAG/YAG polygonal active mirror with an end pump scheme was used as the gain medium. For the overlap between the TEM00 laser mode and large gain profile, a cavity was carefully designed with a large fundamental mode volume. With a maximum absorbed power of 3.1 W, a 685 mW average output power with a pulse repetition of 5 kHz was attained, and the corresponding optical-optical and slope efficiency were 22.1% and 27.7%, respectively. The pulse width was 133.9 ns. The beam quality (M 2) was 1.561 in the horizontal direction and 1.261 in the vertical direction.

  1. Towards next-to-next-to-leading-log accuracy for the width difference in the {B}_s-{\\overline{B}}_s system: fermionic contributions to order ( m c /m b )0 and ( m c /m b )1

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Asatrian, H. M.; Hovhannisyan, A.; Nierste, U.; Yeghiazaryan, A.

    2017-10-01

    We calculate a class of three-loop Feynman diagrams which contribute to the next-to-next-to-leading logarithmic approximation for the width difference ΔΓ s in the {B}_s-{\\overline{B}}_s system. The considered diagrams contain a closed fermion loop in a gluon propagator and constitute the order α s 2 N f , where N f is the number of light quarks. Our results entail a considerable correction in that order, if ΔΓ s is expressed in terms of the pole mass of the bottom quark. If the \\overline{MS} scheme is used instead, the correction is much smaller. As a result, we find a decrease of the scheme dependence. Our result also indicates that the usually quoted value of the NLO renormalization scale dependence underestimates the perturbative error.

  2. 750 GeV diphotons: implications for supersymmetric unification

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hall, Lawrence J.; Harigaya, Keisuke; Nomura, Yasunori

    2016-03-03

    A recent signal of 750 GeV diphotons at the LHC can be explained within the framework of supersymmetric unification by the introduction of vector quarks and leptons with Yukawa couplings to a singlet S that describes the 750 GeV resonance. We study the most general set of theories that allow successful gauge coupling unification, and find that these Yukawa couplings are severely constrained by renormalization group behavior: they are independent of ultraviolet physics and flow to values at the TeV scale that we calculate precisely. As a consequence the vector quarks and leptons must be light; typically in the regionmore » of 375 GeV to 700 GeV, and in certain cases up to 1 TeV. The 750 GeV resonance may have a width less than the experimental resolution; alternatively, with the mass splitting between scalar and pseudoscalar components of S arising from one-loop diagrams involving vector fermions, we compute an apparent width of 10s of GeV.« less

  3. Next-to-Next-to-Leading-Order QCD Corrections to the Hadronic Width of Pseudoscalar Quarkonium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Feng, Feng; Jia, Yu; Sang, Wen-Long

    2017-12-01

    We compute the next-to-next-to-leading-order QCD corrections to the hadronic decay rates of the pseudoscalar quarkonia, at the lowest order in velocity expansion. The validity of nonrelativistic QCD (NRQCD) factorization for inclusive quarkonium decay process, for the first time, is verified to relative order αs2. As a by-product, the renormalization group equation of the leading NRQCD four-fermion operator O1(1S0 ) is also deduced to this perturbative order. By incorporating this new piece of correction together with available relativistic corrections, we find that there exists severe tension between the state-of-the-art NRQCD predictions and the measured ηc hadronic width and, in particular, the branching fraction of ηc→γ γ . NRQCD appears to be capable of accounting for ηb hadronic decay to a satisfactory degree, and our most refined prediction is Br(ηb→γ γ )=(4.8 ±0.7 )×10-5.

  4. Electron-phonon interaction in three-barrier nanosystems as active elements of quantum cascade detectors

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tkach, N. V., E-mail: ktf@chnu.edu.ua; Seti, Ju. A.; Grynyshyn, Yu. B.

    2015-04-15

    The theory of electron tunneling through an open nanostructure as an active element of a quantum cascade detector is developed, which takes into account the interaction of electrons with confined and interface phonons. Using the method of finite-temperature Green’s functions and the electron-phonon Hamiltonian in the representation of second quantization over all system variables, the temperature shifts and electron-level widths are calculated and the contributions of different electron-phonon-interaction mechanisms to renormalization of the spectral parameters are analyzed depending on the geometrical configuration of the nanosystem. Due to weak electron-phonon coupling in a GaAs/Al{sub 0.34}Ga{sub 0.66}As-based resonant tunneling nanostructure, the temperaturemore » shift and rf field absorption peak width are not very sensitive to the electron-phonon interaction and result from a decrease in potential barrier heights caused by a difference in the temperature dependences of the well and barrier band gaps.« less

  5. Detection of Ammonia-Oxidizing Bacteria (AOB) Using a Porous Silicon Optical Biosensor Based on a Multilayered Double Bragg Mirror Structure.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Hongyan; Lv, Jie; Jia, Zhenhong

    2018-01-01

    We successfully demonstrate a porous silicon (PS) double Bragg mirror by electrochemical etching at room temperature as a deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) label-free biosensor for detecting ammonia-oxidizing bacteria (AOB). Compared to various other one-dimension photonic crystal configurations of PS, the double Bragg mirror structure is quite easy to prepare and exhibits interesting optical properties. The width of high reflectivity stop band of the PS double Bragg mirror is about 761 nm with a sharp and deep resonance peak at 1328 nm in the reflectance spectrum, which gives a high sensitivity and distinguishability for sensing performance. The detection sensitivity of such a double Bragg mirror structure is illustrated through the investigation of AOB DNA hybridization in the PS pores. The redshifts of the reflectance spectra show a good linear relationship with both complete complementary and partial complementary DNA. The lowest detection limit for complete complementary DNA is 27.1 nM and the detection limit of the biosensor for partial complementary DNA is 35.0 nM, which provides the feasibility and effectiveness for the detection of AOB in a real environment. The PS double Bragg mirror structure is attractive for widespread biosensing applications and provides great potential for the development of optical applications.

  6. Quantum oscillations in a bilayer with broken mirror symmetry: A minimal model for YBa 2 Cu 3 O 6 + δ

    DOE PAGES

    Maharaj, Akash V.; Zhang, Yi; Ramshaw, B. J.; ...

    2016-03-01

    Using an exact numerical solution and semiclassical analysis, we investigate quantum oscillations (QOs) in a model of a bilayer system with an anisotropic (elliptical) electron pocket in each plane. Key features of QO experiments in the high temperature superconducting cuprate YBCO can be reproduced by such a model, in particular the pattern of oscillation frequencies (which reflect “magnetic breakdown” between the two pockets) and the polar and azimuthal angular dependence of the oscillation amplitudes. However, the requisite magnetic breakdown is possible only under the assumption that the horizontal mirror plane symmetry is spontaneously broken and that the bilayer tunneling t ⊥ is substantially renormalized from its ‘bare’ value. Lastly, under the assumption that t ⊥ =more » $$\\sim\\atop{Z}_t$$ $$(0)\\atop{⊥}$$, where $$\\sim\\atop{Z}$$ is a measure of the quasiparticle weight, this suggests that $$\\sim\\atop{Z}$$ ≲ 1/20. Detailed comparisons with new YBa 2Cu 3O 6.58 QO data, taken over a very broad range of magnetic field, confirm specific predictions made by the breakdown scenario.« less

  7. Effect of laser cavity parameters on saturation of light – current characteristics of high-power pulsed lasers

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Veselov, D A; Pikhtin, N A; Lyutetskiy, A V

    2015-07-31

    We report an experimental study of power characteristics of semiconductor lasers based on MOVPE-grown asymmetric separate-confinement heterostructures with a broadened waveguide as functions of cavity length, stripe contact width and mirror reflectivities. It is shown that at high current pump levels, the variation of the cavity parameters of a semiconductor laser (width, length and mirror reflectivities) influences the light – current (L – I) characteristic saturation and maximum optical power by affecting such laser characteristics, as the current density and the optical output loss. A model is elaborated and an optical power of semiconductor lasers is calculated by taking intomore » account the dependence of the internal optical loss on pump current density and concentration distribution of charge carriers and photons along the cavity axis of the cavity. It is found that only introduction of the dependence of the internal optical loss on pump current density to the calculation model provides a good agreement between experimental and calculated L – I characteristics for all scenarios of variations in the laser cavity parameters. (lasers)« less

  8. Support optimization of the ring primary mirror of a 2m solar telescope

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Dehua; Jin, Zhenyu; Liu, Zhong

    2016-08-01

    A special 2-m Ring Solar Telescope (2-m RST) is to be built by YNAO-Yunnan Astronomical Observatory, Kunming, China. Its distinct primary mirror is distinctively shaped in a ring with an outer diameter of 2.02 m and a ring width of 0.35 m. Careful calculation and optimization of the mirror support pattern have been carried out first of all to define optimum blank parameters in view of performance balance of support design, fabrication and cost. This paper is to review the special consideration and optimization of the support design for the unique ring mirror. Schott zerodur is the prevailing candidate for the primary mirror blank. Diverse support patterns with various blank thicknesses have been discussed by extensive calculation of axial support pattern of the mirror. We reached an optimum design of 36 axial supports for a blank thickness of 0.15 m with surface error of 5 nm RMS. Afterwards, lateral support scheme was figured out for the mirror with settled parameters. A classical push-and-pull scheme was used. Seeing the relative flexibility of the ring mirror, special consideration was taken to unusually set the acting direction of the support forces not in the mirror gravity plane, but along the gravity of the local virtual slices of the mirror blank. Nine couples of the lateral push-pull force are considered. When pointing to horizon, the mirror surface exhibits RMS error of 5 nm with three additional small force couples used to compensate for the predominant astigmatism introduced by lateral supports. Finally, error estimation has been performed to evaluate the surface degradation with introduced errors in support force and support position, respectively, for both axial and lateral supports. Monte Carlo approach was applied using unit seeds for amplitude and position of support forces. The comprehensive optimization and calculation suggests the support systems design meet the technic requirements of the ring mirror of the 2-m RST.

  9. Renormalization shielding effect on the Wannier-ridge mode for double-electron continua in partially ionized dense hydrogen plasmas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lee, Myoung-Jae; Jung, Young-Dae, E-mail: ydjung@hanyang.ac.kr; Department of Physics, Applied Physics, and Astronomy, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 110 8th Street, Troy, New York 12180-3590

    2016-01-15

    The influence of renormalization shielding on the Wannier threshold law for the double-electron escapes by the electron-impact ionization is investigated in partially ionized dense plasmas. The renormalized electron charge and Wannier exponent are obtained by considering the equation of motion in the Wannier-ridge including the renormalization shielding effect. It is found that the renormalization shielding effect reduces the magnitude of effective electron charge, especially, within the Bohr radius in partially ionized dense plasmas. The maximum position of the renormalized electron charge approaches to the center of the target atom with an increase of the renormalization parameter. In addition, the Wanniermore » exponent increases with an increase of the renormalization parameter. The variations of the renormalized electron charge and Wannier exponent due to the renormalization shielding effect are also discussed.« less

  10. Development of a slicer integral field unit for the existing optical spectrograph FOCAS: progress

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ozaki, Shinobu; Tanaka, Yoko; Hattori, Takashi; Mitsui, Kenji; Fukushima, Mitsuhiro; Okada, Norio; Obuchi, Yoshiyuki; Tsuzuki, Toshihiro; Miyazaki, Satoshi; Yamashita, Takuya

    2014-07-01

    We are developing an integral field unit (IFU) with an image slicer for the existing optical spectrograph, Faint Object Camera And Spectrograph (FOCAS), on the Subaru Telescope. The slice width is 0.43 arcsec, the slice number is 23, and the field of view is 13.5 × 9.89 arcsec2. Sky spectrum separated by about 5.7 arcmin from an object field can be simultaneously obtained, which allows us precise background subtraction. Slice mirrors, pupil mirrors and slit mirrors are all glass, and their mirror surfaces are fabricated by polishing. Our IFU is about 200 mm × 300 mm × 80 mm in size and 1 kg in weight. It is installed into a mask storage in FOCAS along with one or two mask plates, and inserted into the optical path by using the existing mask exchange mechanism. This concept allow us flexible operation such as Targets of Opportunity observations. High reflectivity of multilayer dielectric coatings offers high throughput (>80%) of the IFU. In this paper, we will report a final optical layout, its performances, and results of prototyping works.

  11. Coherent Detector for Near-Angle Scattering and Polarization Characterization of Telescope Mirror Coatings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Macenka, Steven A.; Chipman, Russell A.; Daugherty, Brian J.; McClain, Stephen C.

    2012-01-01

    A report discusses the difficulty of measuring scattering properties of coated mirrors extremely close to the specular reflection peak. A prototype Optical Hetero dyne Near-angle Scatterometer (OHNS) was developed. Light from a long-coherence-length (>150 m) 532-nm laser is split into two arms. Acousto-optic modulators frequency shift the sample and reference beams, establishing a fixed beat frequency between the beams. The sample beam is directed at very high f/# onto a mirror sample, and the point spread function (PSF) formed after the mirror sample is scanned with a pinhole. This light is recombined by a non-polarizing beam splitter and measured through heterodyne detection with a spectrum analyzer. Polarizers control the illuminated and analyzed polarization states, allowing the polarization dependent scatter to be measured. The bidirectional reflective or scattering distribution function is normally measured through use of a scattering goniometer instrument. The instrumental beam width (collection angle span) over which the scatterometer responds is typically many degrees. The OHNS enables measurement at angles as small as the first Airy disk diameter.

  12. Angular distribution measurement of fragment ions from a molecule using a new beamline consisting of a Grasshopper monochromator

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Saito, N.; Suzuki, I. H.; Onuki, H.

    1989-07-01

    Optical characteristics of a new beamline consisting of a premirror, a Grasshopper monochromator, and a refocusing mirror have been investigated. The intensity of the monochromatic soft x-ray was estimated to be about 10/sup 8/ photons/(s 100 mA) at 500 eV with the storage electron energy of 600 MeV and the minimum slit width. This slit width provides a resolution of about 500. Angular distributions of fragment ions from an inner-shell excited nitrogen molecule have been measured with a rotatable time-of-flight mass spectrometer by using this beamline.

  13. Transmission-enabled fiber Fabry-Perot cavity based on a deeply etched slotted micromirror.

    PubMed

    Othman, Muhammad A; Sabry, Yasser M; Sadek, Mohamed; Nassar, Ismail M; Khalil, Diaa A

    2018-06-01

    In this work, we report the analysis, fabrication, and characterization of an optical cavity built using a Bragg-coated fiber (BCF) mirror and a metal-coated microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) slotted micromirror, where the latter allows transmission output from the cavity. Theoretical modeling, using Fourier optics analysis for the cavity response based on tracing the propagation of light back and forth between the mirrors, is presented. Detailed simulation analysis is carried out for the spectral response of the cavity under different design conditions. MEMS chips of the slotted micromirror are fabricated using deep reactive ion etching of a silicon-on-insulator substrate with different device-etching depths of 150 μm and 80 μm with aluminum and gold metal coating, respectively. The cavity is characterized as an optical filter using a BCF with reflectivity that is larger than 95% in a 300 nm range across the E-band and the L-band. Versatile filter characteristics were obtained for different values of the MEMS micromirror slit width and cavity length. A free spectral range (FSR) of about 33 nm and a quality factor of about 196 were obtained for a 5.5 μm width aluminum slit, while an FSR of about 148 nm and a quality factor of about 148 were obtained for a 1.5 μm width gold slit. The presented structure opens the door for wide spectral response transmission-type MEMS filters.

  14. High-performance sub-terahertz transmission imaging system for food inspection

    PubMed Central

    Ok, Gyeongsik; Park, Kisang; Chun, Hyang Sook; Chang, Hyun-Joo; Lee, Nari; Choi, Sung-Wook

    2015-01-01

    Unlike X-ray systems, a terahertz imaging system can distinguish low-density materials in a food matrix. For applying this technique to food inspection, imaging resolution and acquisition speed ought to be simultaneously enhanced. Therefore, we have developed the first continuous-wave sub-terahertz transmission imaging system with a polygonal mirror. Using an f-theta lens and a polygonal mirror, beam scanning is performed over a range of 150 mm. For obtaining transmission images, the line-beam is incorporated with sample translation. The imaging system demonstrates that a pattern with 2.83 mm line-width at 210 GHz can be identified with a scanning speed of 80 mm/s. PMID:26137392

  15. High numerical aperture projection system for extreme ultraviolet projection lithography

    DOEpatents

    Hudyma, Russell M.

    2000-01-01

    An optical system is described that is compatible with extreme ultraviolet radiation and comprises five reflective elements for projecting a mask image onto a substrate. The five optical elements are characterized in order from object to image as concave, convex, concave, convex, and concave mirrors. The optical system is particularly suited for ring field, step and scan lithography methods. The invention uses aspheric mirrors to minimize static distortion and balance the static distortion across the ring field width which effectively minimizes dynamic distortion. The present invention allows for higher device density because the optical system has improved resolution that results from the high numerical aperture, which is at least 0.14.

  16. Adaptive optics with a magnetic deformable mirror: applications in the human eye

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fernandez, Enrique J.; Vabre, Laurent; Hermann, Boris; Unterhuber, Angelika; Povazay, Boris; Drexler, Wolfgang

    2006-10-01

    A novel deformable mirror using 52 independent magnetic actuators (MIRAO 52, Imagine Eyes) is presented and characterized for ophthalmic applications. The capabilities of the device to reproduce different surfaces, in particular Zernike polynomials up to the fifth order, are investigated in detail. The study of the influence functions of the deformable mirror reveals a significant linear response with the applied voltage. The correcting device also presents a high fidelity in the generation of surfaces. The ranges of production of Zernike polynomials fully cover those typically found in the human eye, even for the cases of highly aberrated eyes. Data from keratoconic eyes are confronted with the obtained ranges, showing that the deformable mirror is able to compensate for these strong aberrations. Ocular aberration correction with polychromatic light, using a near Gaussian spectrum of 130 nm full width at half maximum centered at 800 nm, in five subjects is accomplished by simultaneously using the deformable mirror and an achromatizing lens, in order to compensate for the monochromatic and chromatic aberrations, respectively. Results from living eyes, including one exhibiting 4.66 D of myopia and a near pathologic cornea with notable high order aberrations, show a practically perfect aberration correction. Benefits and applications of simultaneous monochromatic and chromatic aberration correction are finally discussed in the context of retinal imaging and vision.

  17. [The optimizing design and experiment for a MOEMS micro-mirror spectrometer].

    PubMed

    Mo, Xiang-xia; Wen, Zhi-yu; Zhang, Zhi-hai; Guo, Yuan-jun

    2011-12-01

    A MOEMS micro-mirror spectrometer, which uses micro-mirror as a light switch so that spectrum can be detected by a single detector, has the advantages of transforming DC into AC, applying Hadamard transform optics without additional template, high pixel resolution and low cost. In this spectrometer, the vital problem is the conflict between the scales of slit and the light intensity. Hence, in order to improve the resolution of this spectrometer, the present paper gives the analysis of the new effects caused by micro structure, and optimal values of the key factors. Firstly, the effects of diffraction limitation, spatial sample rate and curved slit image on the resolution of the spectrum were proposed. Then, the results were simulated; the key values were tested on the micro mirror spectrometer. Finally, taking all these three effects into account, this micro system was optimized. With a scale of 70 mm x 130 mm, decreasing the height of the image at the plane of micro mirror can not diminish the influence of curved slit image in the spectrum; under the demand of spatial sample rate, the resolution must be twice over the pixel resolution; only if the width of the slit is 1.818 microm and the pixel resolution is 2.2786 microm can the spectrometer have the best performance.

  18. Influence of number and depth of magnetic mirror on Alfvénic gap eigenmode

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chang, Lei; Hu, Ning; Yao, Jianyao

    2016-10-01

    Alfvénic gap eigenmode (AGE) can eject energetic particles from confinement and thereby threaten the success of magnetically controlled fusion. A low-temperature plasma cylinder is a promising candidate to study this eigenmode, due to easy diagnostic access and simple geometry, and the idea is to arrange a periodic array of magnetic mirrors along the plasma cylinder and introduce a local defect to break the field periodicity. The present work validates this idea by reproducing a clear AGE inside a spectral gap, and more importantly details the influence of the number and depth (or modulation factor) of magnetic mirror on the characteristics of AGE. Results show that AGE is suppressed by other modes inside the spectral gap when the number of magnetic mirrors is below a certain value, which leads to a weakened Bragg’s effect. The structure and frequency of AGE remain unchanged for a decreased number of magnetic mirrors, as long as this number is enough for the AGE formation. The width of spectral gap and decay constant (inverse of decay length) of AGE are linearly proportional to the depth of magnetic mirror, implying easier observation of AGE through a bigger mirror depth. The frequency of AGE shifts to a lower range with the depth increased, possibly due to the unfrozen plasma with field line and the invalidity of small-perturbation analysis. Nevertheless, it is exciting to find that the depth of field modulation can be increased to form AGE for a very limited number of magnetic mirrors. This is of particular interest for the experimental implementation of AGE on a low-temperature plasma cylinder with limited length. Project supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (Grant Nos. 11405271, 11372104, 75121543, 11332013, 11372363, and 11502037).

  19. Metal-insulator transition in AlxGa1-xAs/GaAs heterostructures with large spacer width

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gold, A.

    1991-10-01

    Analytical results are presented for the mobility of a two-dimensional electron gas in a heterostructure with a thick spacer layer α. Due to multiple-scattering effects a metal-insulator transition occurs at a critical electron density Nc=N1/2i/(4π1/2α) (Ni is the impurity density). The transport mean free path l(t) (calculated in Born approximation) at the metal-insulator transition is l(t)c=2α. A localization criterion in terms of the renormalized single-particle mean free path l(sr) is presented: kFcl(sr)c=(1/2)1/2 (kFc is the Fermi wave number at the critical density). I compare the theoretical results with recent experimental results found in AlxGa1-xAs/GaAs heterostructures with large spacer width: 1200<α<2800 Å. Remote impurity doping and homogeneous background doping are considered. The only fitting parameter used for the theoretical results is the background doping density NB=6×1013 cm-3. My theory is in fair agreement with the experimental results.

  20. Convergent and divergent patterns of morphological differentiation provide more evidence for reproductive character displacement in a wood cricket Gryllus fultoni (Orthoptera: Gryllidae)

    PubMed Central

    Jang, Yikweon; Won, Yong-Jin; Choe, Jae Chun

    2009-01-01

    Background In ecological character displacement, traits involved in reproductive isolation may not evolve in arbitrary directions when changes in these traits are by-products of adaptation to an ecological niche. In reproductive character displacement, however, selection acts directly on reproductive characters to enhance the degree of reproductive isolation between sympatric populations. Thus, the direction of change in reproductive characters may be arbitrary in relation to changes in other morphological characters. We characterized both tegminal characters and characters indicative of body size in sympatric and allopatric populations of Gryllus fultoni, a species displaying character displacement in its calling song characters in areas of sympatry with G. vernalis populations, to infer the nature and direction of selection acting on reproductive and morphological characters in sympatry. Results Except for mirror area, the number of teeth in a file, and ovipositor length of G. fultoni, all male and female morphological characters in G. fultoni and G. vernalis exhibited a uniform tendency to decrease in size with increasing latitude. There was no significant variation in female morphological characters between sympatric and allopatric G. fultoni populations. However, males of sympatric and allopatric G. fultoni populations significantly differed in head width, hind femur length, and mirror area even after controlling for clinal factors. Head width and hind femur length of G. fultoni were more similar to those of G. vernalis in sympatric populations than in allopatric populations, resulting in morphological convergence of G. fultoni and G. vernalis in sympatry. However, the mirror area of G. fultoni displayed the divergent pattern in relation to the sympatric G. vernalis populations. Conclusion Divergence-enhancing selection may be acting on mirror area as well as calling song characters, whereas local adaptation or clinal effects may explain variation in other morphological characters in sympatric populations of G. fultoni. This study also suggests that structures and behaviors that directly enhance reproductive isolation may evolve together, independently of other morphological traits. PMID:19183503

  1. Convergent and divergent patterns of morphological differentiation provide more evidence for reproductive character displacement in a wood cricket Gryllus fultoni (Orthoptera: Gryllidae).

    PubMed

    Jang, Yikweon; Won, Yong-Jin; Choe, Jae Chun

    2009-02-01

    In ecological character displacement, traits involved in reproductive isolation may not evolve in arbitrary directions when changes in these traits are by-products of adaptation to an ecological niche. In reproductive character displacement, however, selection acts directly on reproductive characters to enhance the degree of reproductive isolation between sympatric populations. Thus, the direction of change in reproductive characters may be arbitrary in relation to changes in other morphological characters. We characterized both tegminal characters and characters indicative of body size in sympatric and allopatric populations of Gryllus fultoni, a species displaying character displacement in its calling song characters in areas of sympatry with G. vernalis populations, to infer the nature and direction of selection acting on reproductive and morphological characters in sympatry. Except for mirror area, the number of teeth in a file, and ovipositor length of G. fultoni, all male and female morphological characters in G. fultoni and G. vernalis exhibited a uniform tendency to decrease in size with increasing latitude. There was no significant variation in female morphological characters between sympatric and allopatric G. fultoni populations. However, males of sympatric and allopatric G. fultoni populations significantly differed in head width, hind femur length, and mirror area even after controlling for clinal factors. Head width and hind femur length of G. fultoni were more similar to those of G. vernalis in sympatric populations than in allopatric populations, resulting in morphological convergence of G. fultoni and G. vernalis in sympatry. However, the mirror area of G. fultoni displayed the divergent pattern in relation to the sympatric G. vernalis populations. Divergence-enhancing selection may be acting on mirror area as well as calling song characters, whereas local adaptation or clinal effects may explain variation in other morphological characters in sympatric populations of G. fultoni. This study also suggests that structures and behaviors that directly enhance reproductive isolation may evolve together, independently of other morphological traits.

  2. Renormalization Group (RG) in Turbulence: Historical and Comparative Perspective

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zhou, Ye; McComb, W. David; Vahala, George

    1997-01-01

    The term renormalization and renormalization group are explained by reference to various physical systems. The extension of renormalization group to turbulence is then discussed; first as a comprehensive review and second concentrating on the technical details of a few selected approaches. We conclude with a discussion of the relevance and application of renormalization group to turbulence modelling.

  3. Fine pattern replication on 10 x 10-mm exposure area using ETS-1 laboratory tool in HIT

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hamamoto, K.; Watanabe, Takeo; Hada, Hideo; Komano, Hiroshi; Kishimura, Shinji; Okazaki, Shinji; Kinoshita, Hiroo

    2002-07-01

    Utilizing ETS-1 laboratory tool in Himeji Institute of Technology (HIT), as for the fine pattern replicated by using the Cr mask in static exposure, it is replicated in the exposure area of 10 mm by 2 mm in size that the line and space pattern width of 60 nm, the isolated line pattern width of 40 nm, and hole pattern width of 150 nm. According to the synchronous scanning of the mass and wafer with EUVL laboratory tool with reduction optical system which consisted of three-aspherical-mirror in the NewSUBARU facilities succeeded in the line of 60 nm and the space pattern formation in the exposure region of 10mm by 10mm. From the result of exposure characteristics for positive- tone resist for KrF and EB, KrF chemically amplified resist has better characteristics than EB chemically amplified resist.

  4. Removal of dust particles from metal-mirror surfaces by excimer-laser radiation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mann, Klaus R.; Wolff-Rottke, B.; Mueller, F.

    1995-07-01

    The effect of particle desorption from Al mirror surfaces by the influence of pulsed UV laser radiation has been studied. The investigations are closely related to the demands of astronomers, who are looking for a more effective way of cleaning the Al coatings of future very large telescope mirrors. A systematic parameter study has been performed in order to determine the irradiation conditions which yield the highest dust removal efficiency (i.e. reflectivity increase) on contaminated samples, taking particularly into account laser-induced damage and degradation effects of coating and substrate. The particle removal rate increases with increasing laser fluence, being limited however by the damage threshold of the coating. Therefore, parameters influencing the damage threshold of metal coatings like wavelength, pulse width, and number of pulses have been studied in detail. Data indicate that on Al coated BK7 and Zerodur samples KrF laser radiation yields the optimum result, with cleaning efficiencies comparable to polymer film stripping. The initial reflectivity of the clean coating can nearly be reinstalled, in particular when an additional solvent film on the sample surface is applied. Hence, laser desorption seems to be a viable method of cleaning large Al mirrors for telescopes.

  5. On the use of a chirped Bragg grating as a cavity mirror of a picosecond Nd : YAG laser

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zubko, A E; Shashkov, E V; Smirnov, A V

    2016-02-28

    The first experimental evidence is presented that the use of a chirped volume Bragg grating (CVBG) as a cavity mirror of a Q-switched picosecond Nd : YAG laser with self-mode-locking leads to significant changes in the temporal parameters of the laser output. Measurements have been performed at two positions of the CVBG: with the grating placed so that shorter wavelengths reflected from its front part lead longer wavelengths or with the grating rotated through 180°, so that longer wavelengths are reflected first. In the former case, the duration of individual pulses in a train increased from ∼35 to ∼300 ps,more » whereas the pulse train shape and duration remained the same as in the case of a conventional laser with a mirror cavity. In the latter case, the full width at half maximum of pulse trains increased from ∼70 ns (Nd : YAG laser with a mirror cavity) to ∼1 ms, and the duration of individual pulses increased from 35 ps to ∼1.2 ns, respectively, which is more typical of free-running laser operation. (laser crystals and braggg ratings)« less

  6. Two-Proton Widths of 12O, 16Ne, and Three-Body Mechanism of Thomas-Ehrman Shift

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grigorenko, L. V.; Mukha, I. G.; Thompson, I. J.; Zhukov, M. V.

    2002-01-01

    Two-proton decays of 12O and 16Ne ground states are studied in a three-body model. We have found that the two-proton widths for the states should be much less than the existing experimental values (about 10 times for 12O and about 100 times for 16Ne). We also have found that the structure of these states differs significantly from the mirror isobaric analog states (IAS): breaking of isobaric symmetry is at the level of tens of percents. Together with a corresponding decrease of the Coulomb energy, this effect can be considered as a three-body mechanism of the Thomas-Ehrman shift.

  7. A parabolic mirror x-ray collimator

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Franks, A.; Jackson, K.; Yacoot, A.

    2000-05-01

    A robust and stable x-ray collimator has been developed to produce a parallel beam of x-rays by total external reflection from a parabolic mirror. The width of the gold-coated silica mirror varies along its length, which allows it to be bent from a plane surface into a parabolic form by application of unequal bending forces at its ends. A family of parabolas of near constant focal length can be formed by changing the screw-applied bending force, thus allowing the collimator to cater for a range of wavelengths by the turning of a screw. Even with radiation with a wavelength as short as that as Mo Kicons/Journals/Common/alpha" ALT="alpha" ALIGN="TOP"/> 1 (icons/Journals/Common/lambda" ALT="lambda" ALIGN="TOP"/> = 0.07 nm), a gain in flux by a factor of 5.5 was achieved. The potential gain increases with wavelength, e.g. for Cu Kicons/Journals/Common/alpha" ALT="alpha" ALIGN="TOP"/> 1 radiation this amounts to over a factor of ten.

  8. Local renormalization group functions from quantum renormalization group and holographic bulk locality

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nakayama, Yu

    Here, the bulk locality in the constructive holographic renormalization group requires miraculous cancellations among various local renormalization group functions. The cancellation is not only from the properties of the spectrum but from more detailed aspects of operator product expansions in relation to conformal anomaly. It is remarkable that one-loop computation of the universal local renormalization group functions in the weakly coupled limit of the N = 4 super Yang-Mills theory fulfils the necessary condition for the cancellation in the strongly coupled limit in its SL(2, Z) duality invariant form. From the consistency between the quantum renormalization group and the holographicmore » renormalization group, we determine some unexplored local renormalization group functions (e.g. diffusive term in the beta function for the gauge coupling constant) in the strongly coupled limit of the planar N = 4 super Yang-Mills theory.« less

  9. The Logarithmic Tail of Néel Walls

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Melcher, Christof

    We study the multiscale problem of a parametrized planar 180° rotation of magnetization states in a thin ferromagnetic film. In an appropriate scaling and when the film thickness is comparable to the Bloch line width, the underlying variational principle has the form where the reduced stray-field operator Q approximates (-Δ)1/2 as the quality factor Q tends to zero. We show that the associated Néel wall profile u exhibits a very long logarithmic tail. The proof relies on limiting elliptic regularity methods on the basis of the associated Euler-Lagrange equation and symmetrization arguments on the basis of the variational principle. Finally we study the renormalized limit behavior as Q tends to zero.

  10. Adaptive Optoelectronic Eyes: Hybrid Sensor/Processor Architectures

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2006-11-13

    corresponding calculated data. The width of the mirror stopband is proportional to the refractive index difference between the high and low index materials ...Silicon VLSI Neuron Unit Arrays 56 Development of a Single-Sided Flip-Chip Bonding Process 65 Development of High Refractive Index Diffractive Optical ...Elements (DOEs) 68 Development of High-Performance Antireflection Coatings for High Refractive Index DOEs 69 Design and Fabrication of Low Threshold

  11. Spectral and angular-selective thermal emission from gallium-doped zinc oxide thin film structures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sakr, Enas; Bermel, Peter

    2017-02-01

    Simultaneously controlling both the spectral and angular emission of thermal photons can qualitatively change the nature of thermal radiation, and offers a great potential to improve a broad range of applications, including infrared light sources and thermophotovoltaic (TPV) conversion of waste heat to electricity. For TPV in particular, frequency-selective emission is necessary for spectral matching with a photovoltaic converter, while directional emission is needed to maximize the fraction of emission reaching the receiver at large separation distances. This can allow the photovoltaics to be moved outside vacuum encapsulation. In this work, we demonstrate both directionally and spectrally-selective thermal emission for p-polarization, using a combination of an epsilon-near-zero (ENZ) thin film backed by a metal reflector, a high contrast grating, and an omnidirectional mirror. Gallium-doped zinc oxide is selected as an ENZ material, with cross-over frequency in the near-infrared. The proposed structure relies on coupling guided modes (instead of plasmonic modes) to the ENZ thin film using the high contrast grating. The angular width is thus controlled by the choice of grating period. Other off-directional modes are then filtered out using the omnidirectional mirror, thus enhancing frequency selectivity. Our emitter design maintains both a high view factor and high frequency selectivity, leading to a factor of 8.85 enhancement over a typical blackbody emitter, through a combination of a 22.26% increase in view factor and a 6.88x enhancement in frequency selectivity. This calculation assumes a PV converter five widths away from the same width emitter in 2D at 1573 K.

  12. Proposal of a defense application for a chemical oxygen laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Takehisa, K.

    2015-05-01

    Defense application for a chemical oxygen laser (COL) is explained. Although a COL has not yet been successful in lasing, the oscillator was estimated to produce a giant pulse with the full width at half maximum (FWHM) of ~0.05ms which makes the damage threshold for the mirrors several-order higher than that for a typical solid-state laser with a ~10ns pulse width. Therefore it has a potential to produce MJ class output considering the simple scalability of being a chemical laser. Since within 0.05ms a supersonic aircraft can move only a few centimeters which is roughly equal to the spot size of the focused beam at ~10km away using a large-diameter focusing mirror, a COL has a potential to make a damage to an enemy aircraft by a single shot without beam tracking. But since the extracted beam can propagate up to a few kilometers due to the absorption in the air, it may be suitable to use in space. While a chemical oxygen-iodine laser (COIL) can give a pulsed output with a width of ~2 ms using a high-pressure singlet oxygen generator (SOG). Therefore a pulsed COIL may also not require beam tracking if a target aircraft is approaching. Another advantage for these pulsed high-energy lasers (HELs) is that, in case of propagating in cloud or fog, much less energy is required for a laser for aerosol vaporization (LAV) than that of a LAV for a CW HEL. Considerations to use a COL as a directed energy weapon (DEW) in a point defense system are shown.

  13. The effects of mirror therapy on the gait of subacute stroke patients: a randomized controlled trial.

    PubMed

    Ji, Sang Gu; Kim, Myoung Kwon

    2015-04-01

    To investigate the effect of mirror therapy on the gait of patients with subacute stroke. Randomized controlled experimental study. Outpatient rehabilitation hospital. Thirty-four patients with stroke were randomly assigned to two groups: a mirror therapy group (experimental) and a control group. The stroke patients in the experimental group underwent comprehensive rehabilitation therapy and mirror therapy for the lower limbs. The stroke patients in the control group underwent sham therapy and comprehensive rehabilitation therapy. Participants in both groups received therapy five days per week for four weeks. Temporospatial gait characteristics, such as single stance, stance phase, step length, stride, swing phase, velocity, and cadence, were assessed before and after the four weeks therapy period. A significant difference was observed in post-training gains for the single stance (10.32 SD 4.14 vs. 6.54 SD 3.23), step length (8.47 SD 4.12 vs. 4.83 SD 2.14), and stride length (17.03 SD 6.57 vs 10.54 SD 4.34) between the experimental group and the control group (p < 0.05). However, there were no significant differences between two groups on stance phase, swing phase, velocity, cadence, and step width (P > 0.05). We conclude that mirror therapy may be beneficial in improving the effects of stroke on gait ability. © The Author(s) 2014.

  14. Flux Renormalization in Constant Power Burnup Calculations

    DOE PAGES

    Isotalo, Aarno E.; Aalto Univ., Otaniemi; Davidson, Gregory G.; ...

    2016-06-15

    To more accurately represent the desired power in a constant power burnup calculation, the depletion steps of the calculation can be divided into substeps and the neutron flux renormalized on each substep to match the desired power. Here, this paper explores how such renormalization should be performed, how large a difference it makes, and whether using renormalization affects results regarding the relative performance of different neutronics–depletion coupling schemes. When used with older coupling schemes, renormalization can provide a considerable improvement in overall accuracy. With previously published higher order coupling schemes, which are more accurate to begin with, renormalization has amore » much smaller effect. Finally, while renormalization narrows the differences in the accuracies of different coupling schemes, their order of accuracy is not affected.« less

  15. Novel demonstration of the renormalization group invariance of the fixed-order predictions using the principle of maximum conformality and the C -scheme coupling

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Xing-Gang; Shen, Jian-Ming; Du, Bo-Lun; Brodsky, Stanley J.

    2018-05-01

    As a basic requirement of the renormalization group invariance, any physical observable must be independent of the choice of both the renormalization scheme and the initial renormalization scale. In this paper, we show that by using the newly suggested C -scheme coupling, one can obtain a demonstration that the principle of maximum conformality prediction is scheme-independent to all-orders for any renormalization schemes, thus satisfying all of the conditions of the renormalization group invariance. We illustrate these features for the nonsinglet Adler function and for τ decay to ν + hadrons at the four-loop level.

  16. Non-Perturbative Renormalization of the Lattice Heavy Quark Classical Velocity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mandula, Jeffrey E.; Ogilvie, Michael C.

    1997-02-01

    We discuss the renormalization of the lattice formulation of the Heavy Quark Effective Theory (LHQET). In addition to wave function and composite operator renormalizations, on the lattice the classical velocity is also renormalized. The origin of this renormalization is the reduction of Lorentz (or O(4)) invariance to (hyper)cubic invariance. We present results of a new, direct lattice simulation of this finite renormalization, and compare the results to the perturbative (one loop) result. The simulation results are obtained with the use of a variationally optimized heavy-light meson operator, using an ensemble of lattices provided by the Fermilab ACP-MAPS collaboration.

  17. The experimental nuclear reaction data (EXFOR): Extended computer database and Web retrieval system

    DOE PAGES

    Zerkin, V. V.; Pritychenko, B.

    2018-02-04

    The EXchange FORmat (EXFOR) experimental nuclear reaction database and the associated Web interface provide access to the wealth of low- and intermediate-energy nuclear reaction physics data. This resource is based on numerical data sets and bibliographical information of ~22,000 experiments since the beginning of nuclear science. The principles of the computer database organization, its extended contents and Web applications development are described. New capabilities for the data sets uploads, renormalization, covariance matrix, and inverse reaction calculations are presented in this paper. The EXFOR database, updated monthly, provides an essential support for nuclear data evaluation, application development, and research activities. Finally,more » it is publicly available at the websites of the International Atomic Energy Agency Nuclear Data Section, http://www-nds.iaea.org/exfor, the U.S. National Nuclear Data Center, http://www.nndc.bnl.gov/exfor, and the mirror sites in China, India and Russian Federation.« less

  18. Testing microscopically derived descriptions of nuclear collectivity: Coulomb excitation of 22Mg

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Henderson, J.; Hackman, G.; Ruotsalainen, P.; Stroberg, S. R.; Launey, K. D.; Holt, J. D.; Ali, F. A.; Bernier, N.; Bentley, M. A.; Bowry, M.; Caballero-Folch, R.; Evitts, L. J.; Frederick, R.; Garnsworthy, A. B.; Garrett, P. E.; Jigmeddorj, B.; Kilic, A. I.; Lassen, J.; Measures, J.; Muecher, D.; Olaizola, B.; O'Sullivan, E.; Paetkau, O.; Park, J.; Smallcombe, J.; Svensson, C. E.; Wadsworth, R.; Wu, C. Y.

    2018-07-01

    Many-body nuclear theory utilizing microscopic or chiral potentials has developed to the point that collectivity might be studied within a microscopic or ab initio framework without the use of effective charges; for example with the proper evolution of the E2 operator, or alternatively, through the use of an appropriate and manageable subset of particle-hole excitations. We present a precise determination of E2 strength in 22Mg and its mirror 22Ne by Coulomb excitation, allowing for rigorous comparisons with theory. No-core symplectic shell-model calculations were performed and agree with the new B (E 2) values while in-medium similarity-renormalization-group calculations consistently underpredict the absolute strength, with the missing strength found to have both isoscalar and isovector components. The discrepancy between two microscopic models demonstrates the sensitivity of E2 strength to the choice of many-body approximation employed.

  19. The experimental nuclear reaction data (EXFOR): Extended computer database and Web retrieval system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zerkin, V. V.; Pritychenko, B.

    2018-04-01

    The EXchange FORmat (EXFOR) experimental nuclear reaction database and the associated Web interface provide access to the wealth of low- and intermediate-energy nuclear reaction physics data. This resource is based on numerical data sets and bibliographical information of ∼22,000 experiments since the beginning of nuclear science. The principles of the computer database organization, its extended contents and Web applications development are described. New capabilities for the data sets uploads, renormalization, covariance matrix, and inverse reaction calculations are presented. The EXFOR database, updated monthly, provides an essential support for nuclear data evaluation, application development, and research activities. It is publicly available at the websites of the International Atomic Energy Agency Nuclear Data Section, http://www-nds.iaea.org/exfor, the U.S. National Nuclear Data Center, http://www.nndc.bnl.gov/exfor, and the mirror sites in China, India and Russian Federation.

  20. The experimental nuclear reaction data (EXFOR): Extended computer database and Web retrieval system

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zerkin, V. V.; Pritychenko, B.

    The EXchange FORmat (EXFOR) experimental nuclear reaction database and the associated Web interface provide access to the wealth of low- and intermediate-energy nuclear reaction physics data. This resource is based on numerical data sets and bibliographical information of ~22,000 experiments since the beginning of nuclear science. The principles of the computer database organization, its extended contents and Web applications development are described. New capabilities for the data sets uploads, renormalization, covariance matrix, and inverse reaction calculations are presented in this paper. The EXFOR database, updated monthly, provides an essential support for nuclear data evaluation, application development, and research activities. Finally,more » it is publicly available at the websites of the International Atomic Energy Agency Nuclear Data Section, http://www-nds.iaea.org/exfor, the U.S. National Nuclear Data Center, http://www.nndc.bnl.gov/exfor, and the mirror sites in China, India and Russian Federation.« less

  1. Dimensional regularization in position space and a Forest Formula for Epstein-Glaser renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dütsch, Michael; Fredenhagen, Klaus; Keller, Kai Johannes; Rejzner, Katarzyna

    2014-12-01

    We reformulate dimensional regularization as a regularization method in position space and show that it can be used to give a closed expression for the renormalized time-ordered products as solutions to the induction scheme of Epstein-Glaser. This closed expression, which we call the Epstein-Glaser Forest Formula, is analogous to Zimmermann's Forest Formula for BPH renormalization. For scalar fields, the resulting renormalization method is always applicable, we compute several examples. We also analyze the Hopf algebraic aspects of the combinatorics. Our starting point is the Main Theorem of Renormalization of Stora and Popineau and the arising renormalization group as originally defined by Stückelberg and Petermann.

  2. Conference Digest LEOS Summer Topical Meetings 1992

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-12-09

    of the circuit and determines the maximum frequency of operation. With...operating at a frequency of 335.48 MHz. The resultant timing jitter is determined by sending both pulse trains into a rotating mirror optical correlator with...length of 1.5 un and a gate width of 100 um. have a maximum transconductance of 160 mS/mm and a cut-off frequency of 10 GHz. To determine the

  3. The Lightcraft Technology Demonstration Program. Part 1

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2007-11-01

    inlet). The afterbody had a dual function as a primary receptive optic (parabolic mirror) for the laser beam and as an external expansion surface... Trailers ............74 Fig. 81. Flight Test with Condor Crane .......................................................................76 Fig. 82...the respective text. The PLVTS was a 10.6 μm CO2 laser with a pulse width of 30 μs located in a trailer (see Fig. 1). The PLVTS was built in 1989

  4. Analysis of the rectangular resonator with butterfly MMI coupler using SOI

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Sun-Ho; Park, Jun-Hee; Kim, Eudum; Jeon, Su-Jin; Kim, Ji-Hoon; Choi, Young-Wan

    2018-02-01

    We propose a rectangular resonator sensor structure with butterfly MMI coupler using SOI. It consists of the rectangular resonator, total internal reflection (TIR) mirror, and the butterfly MMI coupler. The rectangular resonator is expected to be used as bio and chemical sensors because of the advantages of using MMI coupler and the absence of bending loss unlike ring resonators. The butterfly MMI coupler can miniaturize the device compared to conventional MMI by using a linear butterfly shape instead of a square in the MMI part. The width, height, and slab height of the rib type waveguide are designed to be 1.5 μm, 1.5 μm, and 0.9 μm, respectively. This structure is designed as a single mode. When designing a TIR mirror, we considered the Goos-Hänchen shift and critical angle. We designed 3:1 MMI coupler because rectangular resonator has no bending loss. The width of MMI is designed to be 4.5 μm and we optimize the length of the butterfly MMI coupler using finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method for higher Q-factor. It has the equal performance with conventional MMI even though the length is reduced by 1/3. As a result of the simulation, Qfactor of rectangular resonator can be obtained as 7381.

  5. Ultrastrong exciton-photon coupling in single and coupled organic microcavities

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Bin; Bramante, Rosemary; Valle, Brent; Singer, Kenneth; Khattab, Tawfik; Williams, Jarrod; Twieg, Robert

    2015-03-01

    We have demonstrated ultrastrong light-matter coupling in organic planar microcavities composed of a neat glassy organic dye film between two metallic (aluminum) mirrors in a half-cavity configuration. Such cavities are characterized by Q factors around 10. Tuning the thickness of the organic layer enables the observation of the ultrastrong coupling regime. Via reflectivity measurements, we observe a very large Rabi splitting around 1.227 eV between upper and lower polariton branches at room temperature, and we detect polariton emission from the lower polariton branch via photoluminescence measurements. The large splitting is due to the large oscillator strength of the neat dye glass, and to the match of the low-Q cavity spectral width to the broad absorption width of the dye film material. We also study the interaction between excitonic states of neat glassy organic dye and cavity modes within coupled microcavity structures. The high-reflectivity mirrors are formed from distributed Bragg reflectors (DBR), which are multilayer films fabricated using the coextrusion process, containing alternating layers of high (SAN25, n =1.57) and low (Dyneon THV 220G, n =1.37) refractive index dielectric polymers. Nonlinear optical measurements will be discussed. This research was supported by the National Science Foundation Center for Layered Polymer Systems (CLiPS) under Grant Number DMR-0423914.

  6. Influence of renormalization shielding on the electron-impact ionization process in dense partially ionized plasmas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Song, Mi-Young; Yoon, Jung-Sik; Jung, Young-Dae, E-mail: ydjung@hanyang.ac.kr

    2015-04-15

    The renormalization shielding effects on the electron-impact ionization of hydrogen atom are investigated in dense partially ionized plasmas. The effective projectile-target interaction Hamiltonian and the semiclassical trajectory method are employed to obtain the transition amplitude as well as the ionization probability as functions of the impact parameter, the collision energy, and the renormalization parameter. It is found that the renormalization shielding effect suppresses the transition amplitude for the electron-impact ionization process in dense partially ionized plasmas. It is also found that the renormalization effect suppresses the differential ionization cross section in the peak impact parameter region. In addition, it ismore » found that the influence of renormalization shielding on the ionization cross section decreases with an increase of the relative collision energy. The variations of the renormalization shielding effects on the electron-impact ionization cross section are also discussed.« less

  7. Palm-top-size, 1.5 kW peak-power, and femtosecond (160 fs) diode-pumped mode-locked Yb+3:KY(WO4)2 solid-state laser with a semiconductor saturable absorber mirror.

    PubMed

    Yamazoe, Shogo; Katou, Masaki; Adachi, Takashi; Kasamatsu, Tadashi

    2010-03-01

    We report a palm-top-size femtosecond diode-pumped mode-locked Yb(+3):KY(WO(4))(2) solid-state laser with a semiconductor saturable absorber mirror utilizing soliton mode locking for shortening the cavity to 50 mm. An average output power of 680 mW and a pulse width of 162 fs were obtained at 1045 nm with a repetition rate of 2.8 GHz, which led to a peak power of 1.5 kW. Average power fluctuations of a modularized laser source were found to be +/-10% for the free-running 3000 h operation and +/-1% for the power-controlled 2000 h operation.

  8. Surface-plasmon polariton scattering from a finite array of nanogrooves/ridges: Efficient mirrors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sánchez-Gil, José A.; Maradudin, Alexei A.

    2005-06-01

    The scattering of surface-plasmon polaritons (SPP) by finite arrays of one-dimensional nanodefects on metal surfaces is theoretically investigated on the basis of the reduced Rayleigh equation. Numerical calculations are carried out that rigorously account for all the scattering channels: SPP reflection and transmission, and radiative leakage. We analyze the range of parameters (defect size and number) for which high SPP reflection efficiency (low radiative losses) is achieved within a SPP band gap (negligible SPP transmission), neglecting ohmic losses (justified for array lengths significantly shorter than the SPP inelastic length): Smaller defects play better as SPP mirrors (e.g., efficiency >90% at λ ˜650nm for Gaussian ridges/grooves with sub-30nm height and half-width) than larger defects, since the latter yield significant radiative losses.

  9. Phase-locking of an axisymmetric-fold combination cavity CO2 laser using the back surface of the output-mirror

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, Yonggen; Li, Yude; Feng, Ting; Qiu, Yi

    2009-12-01

    The principle of phase-locking of an axisymmetric fold combination cavity CO2 laser, fulfilled by the reflection-injection of the back surface of the output-mirror, has been studied in detail. Variation of the equiphase surface and the influence of some characteristic parameters on phase-locking are analyzed—for example, phase error, changes in the cavity length and curvature radius, line-width and temperature. It is shown that the injected beam can excite a stable mode in the cavities, and the value of the energy coupling coefficient directly reflects the degree of phase-locking. Therefore, the output beams have a fixed phase relation between each other, and good coherent beams can be obtained by using the phase-locking method.

  10. Removal of dust particles from metal mirror surfaces by excimer laser radiation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mann, K.; Wolff-Rottke, B.; Mueller, F.

    1995-12-31

    The effect of particle desorption from Al mirror surfaces by the influence of pulsed UV laser radiation has been studied. The investigations are closely related to the demands of astronomers, who are looking for a more effective way of cleaning the Al coatings of future very large telescope (VLT) mirrors. A systematic parameter study has been performed in order to determine the irradiation conditions which yield the highest dust removal efficiency (i.e. reflectivity increase) on contaminated samples, taking particularly into account laser induced damage and degradation effects of coating and substrate. The particle removal rate increases with increasing laser fluence,more » being limited however by the damage threshold of the coating. Therefore, parameters influencing the damage threshold of metal coatings like wavelength, pulse width and number of pulses have been studied in detail. Data indicate that on Al coated BK7 and Zerodur samples KrF laser radiation yields the optimum result, with cleaning efficiencies comparable to polymer film stripping. The initial reflectivity of the clean coating can nearly be reinstalled, in particular when an additional solvent film on the sample surface is applied. Hence, laser desorption seems to be a viable method of cleaning large Al mirrors for telescopes.« less

  11. Effects of renormalizing the chiral SU(2) quark-meson model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zacchi, Andreas; Schaffner-Bielich, Jürgen

    2018-04-01

    We investigate the restoration of chiral symmetry at finite temperature in the SU(2) quark-meson model, where the mean field approximation is compared to the renormalized version for quarks and mesons. In a combined approach at finite temperature, all the renormalized versions show a crossover transition. The inclusion of different renormalization scales leave the order parameter and the mass spectra nearly untouched but strongly influence the thermodynamics at low temperatures and around the phase transition. We find unphysical results for the renormalized version of mesons and the combined one.

  12. Higgs decays to Z Z and Z γ in the standard model effective field theory: An NLO analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dawson, S.; Giardino, P. P.

    2018-05-01

    We calculate the complete one-loop electroweak corrections to the inclusive H →Z Z and H →Z γ decays in the dimension-6 extension of the Standard Model Effective Field Theory (SMEFT). The corrections to H →Z Z are computed for on-shell Z bosons and are a precursor to the physical H →Z f f ¯ calculation. We present compact numerical formulas for our results and demonstrate that the logarithmic contributions that result from the renormalization group evolution of the SMEFT coefficients are larger than the finite next-to-leading-order contributions to the decay widths. As a byproduct of our calculation, we obtain the first complete result for the finite corrections to Gμ in the SMEFT.

  13. Resonant inelastic x-ray scattering studies of magnons and bimagnons in the lightly doped cuprate La2 -xSrxCuO4

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chaix, L.; Huang, E. W.; Gerber, S.; Lu, X.; Jia, C.; Huang, Y.; McNally, D. E.; Wang, Y.; Vernay, F. H.; Keren, A.; Shi, M.; Moritz, B.; Shen, Z.-X.; Schmitt, T.; Devereaux, T. P.; Lee, W.-S.

    2018-04-01

    We investigated the doping dependence of magnetic excitations in the lightly doped cuprate La2 -xSrxCuO4 via combined studies of resonant inelastic x-ray scattering (RIXS) at the Cu L3 edge and theoretical calculations. With increasing doping, the magnon dispersion is found to be essentially unchanged, but the spectral width broadens and the spectral weight varies differently at different momenta. Near the Brillouin zone center, we directly observe bimagnon excitations that possess the same energy scale and doping dependence as previously observed by Raman spectroscopy. They disperse weakly in energy-momentum space, and they are consistent with a bimagnon dispersion that is renormalized by the magnon-magnon interaction at the zone center.

  14. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kim, Jungho; Shi, Xianbo; Casa, Diego

    Advances in resonant inelastic X-ray scattering (RIXS) have come in lockstep with improvements in energy resolution. Currently, the best energy resolution at the IrL 3-edge stands at ~25 meV, which is achieved using a diced Si(844) spherical crystal analyzer. However, spherical analyzers are limited by their intrinsic reflection width. A novel analyzer system using multiple flat crystals provides a promising way to overcome this limitation. For the present design, an energy resolution at or below 10 meV was selected. Recognizing that the angular acceptance of flat crystals is severely limited, a collimating element is essential to achieve the necessary solid-anglemore » acceptance. For this purpose, a laterally graded, parabolic, multilayer Montel mirror was designed for use at the IrL 3-absorption edge. It provides an acceptance larger than 10 mrad, collimating the reflected X-ray beam to smaller than 100 µrad, in both vertical and horizontal directions. The performance of this mirror was studied at beamline 27-ID at the Advanced Photon Source. X-rays from a diamond (111) monochromator illuminated a scattering source of diameter 5 µm, generating an incident beam on the mirror with a well determined divergence of 40 mrad. A flat Si(111) crystal after the mirror served as the divergence analyzer. From X-ray measurements, ray-tracing simulations and optical metrology results, it was established that the Montel mirror satisfied the specifications of angular acceptance and collimation quality necessary for a high-resolution RIXS multi-crystal analyzer system.« less

  15. Controlling Laser Spot Size in Outer Space

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bennett, Harold E.

    2005-01-01

    Three documents discuss a method of controlling the diameter of a laser beam projected from Earth to any altitude ranging from low orbit around the Earth to geosynchronous orbit. Such laser beams are under consideration as means of supplying power to orbiting spacecraft at levels of the order of tens of kilowatts apiece. Each such beam would be projected by use of a special purpose telescope having an aperture diameter of 15 m or more. Expanding the laser beam to such a large diameter at low altitude would prevent air breakdown and render the laser beam eyesafe. Typically, the telescope would include an adaptive-optics concave primary mirror and a convex secondary mirror. The laser beam transmitted out to the satellite would remain in the near field on the telescope side of the beam waist, so that the telescope focal point would remain effective in controlling the beam width. By use of positioning stages having submicron resolution and repeatability, the relative positions of the primary and secondary mirrors would be adjusted to change the nominal telescope object and image distances to obtain the desired beam diameter (typically about 6 m) at the altitude of the satellite. The limiting distance D(sub L) at which a constant beam diameter can be maintained is determined by the focal range of the telescope 4 lambda f(sup 2) where lambda is the wavelength and f the f/number of the primary mirror. The shorter the wavelength and the faster the mirror, the longer D(sub L) becomes.

  16. Assessing notions of denormalization and renormalization of smoking in light of e-cigarette regulation.

    PubMed

    Sæbø, Gunnar; Scheffels, Janne

    2017-11-01

    The rationale for 'denormalization' of smoking in tobacco policies has been challenged by the emergence of e-cigarettes and the need to regulate e-cigarette use and promotion. Our aim is to assess the research status on e-cigarettes' contribution to 'renormalization' of smoking and to clarify how renormalization of smoking can be appraised at the conceptual and empirical level. Combining conceptual analysis and narrative review, the paper brings out three dimensions of denormalization/renormalization of smoking ('unacceptability/acceptability'; 'invisibility/visibility'; 'phasing out behaviour/maintaining behaviour') and an inherent duality of the e-cigarette as a smoking-like device and a smoking alternative. These analytical dimensions are applied qualitatively to consider the literature identified by searching the Web of Science database for 'e-cigarettes AND renormalization' (and variants thereof). Theoretically, normative changes in smoking acceptability, increased visibility of e-cigarettes and use, and observations of actual use (prevalence, dual use, gateway) can all be applied to illustrate processes of renormalization. However, only acceptability measures and user measures can be said to be empirical tests of renormalization effects. Visibility measures are only based on logical assumptions of a possible renormalization; they are not in themselves indicative of any "real" renormalization effects and can just as well be understood as possible consequences of normalization of e-cigarettes. Just as a downward trend in smoking prevalence is the litmus test of whether denormalization policy works, stagnating or rising smoking prevalence should be the main empirical indicator of renormalization. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  17. An integrated optical CO2 sensor. Phase 0: Design and fabrication of critical elements

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Murphy, Michael C.; Kelly, Kevin W.; Li, B. Q.; Ma, EN; Wang, Wanjun; Vladimirsky, Yuli; Vladimirsky, Olga

    1994-01-01

    Significant progress has been made toward all of the goals for the first phase of the project short of actual fabrication of a light path. Two alternative approaches to fabricating gold mirrors using the basic LIGA process were developed, one using electroplated solid gold mirrors and the second using gold plated over a nickel base. A new method of fabrication, the transfer mask process, was developed and demonstrated. Analysis of the projected surface roughness and beam divergence effects was completed. With gold surface with low surface roughness scattering losses are expected to be insignificant. Beam divergence due to diffraction will require a modification of the original design, but should be eliminated by fabricating mirrors 1000 mu m in height by 1000 mu m in width and using a source with an initial beam radius greater than 300 mu m. This may eliminate any need for focusing optics. Since the modified design does not affect the mask layout, ordering of the mask and fabrication of the test structures can begin immediately at the start of Phase 1.

  18. Comparative assessment of astigmatism-corrected Czerny-Turner imaging spectrometer using off-the-shelf optics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yuan, Qun; Zhu, Dan; Chen, Yueyang; Guo, Zhenyan; Zuo, Chao; Gao, Zhishan

    2017-04-01

    We present the optical design of a Czerny-Turner imaging spectrometer for which astigmatism is corrected using off-the-shelf optics resulting in spectral resolution of 0.1 nm. The classic Czerny-Turner imaging spectrometer, consisting of a plane grating, two spherical mirrors, and a sensor with 10-μm pixels, was used as the benchmark. We comparatively assessed three configurations of the spectrometer that corrected astigmatism with divergent illumination of the grating, by adding a cylindrical lens, or by adding a cylindrical mirror. When configured with the added cylindrical lens, the imaging spectrometer with a point field of view (FOV) and a linear sensor achieved diffraction-limited performance over a broadband width of 400 nm centered at 800 nm, while the maximum allowable bandwidth was only 200 nm for the other two configurations. When configured with the added cylindrical mirror, the imaging spectrometer with a one-dimensional field of view (1D FOV) and an area sensor showed its superiority on imaging quality, spectral nonlinearity, as well as keystone over 100 nm bandwidth and 10 mm spatial extent along the entrance slit.

  19. Surface finish quality of the outer AXAF mirror pair based on x ray measurements of the VETA-I

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hughes, John P.; Schwartz, Daniel A.; Szentgyorgyi, Andrew; Vanspeybroeck, Leon; Zhao, Ping

    1992-01-01

    We employ the X-ray measurements of the VETA-I taken at the X-Ray Calibration Facility (XRCF) of the Marshall Space Flight Center (MSFC) to extract information about the surface finish quality of the outermost pair of AXAF mirrors. The particular measurements we consider are one dimensional scans of the core of the point response function (PRF) (full width half maximum (FWHM) scans), the encircled energy as a function of radius, and one dimensional scans of the wings of the PRF. We discuss briefly our ray trace model which incorporates the numerous effects present in the VETA-I test, such as the finite source distance, the size and shape of the X-ray source, the residual gravitational distortions of the optic, the despace of the VETA-I, and particulate contamination. We show how the data constrain the amplitude of mirror surface deviations for spatial frequencies greater than about 0.1 mm(exp -1). Constraints on the average amplitude of circumferential slope errors are derived as well.

  20. Length divergence of the lattice thermal conductivity in suspended graphene nanoribbons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Majee, Arnab K.; Aksamija, Zlatan

    2016-06-01

    Thermal properties of graphene have attracted much attention, culminating in a recent measurement of its length dependence in ribbons up to 9 μ m long. In this paper, we use the improved Callaway model to solve the phonon Boltzmann transport equation while capturing both the resistive (umklapp, isotope, and edge roughness) and nonresistive (normal) contributions. We show that for lengths smaller than 100 μ m , scaling the ribbon length while keeping the width constant leads to a logarithmic divergence of thermal conductivity. The length dependence is driven primarily by a ballistic-to-diffusive transition in the in-plane (LA and TA) branches, while in the hydrodynamic regime when 10 μ m 100 μ m due to the coupling between in-plane and flexural modes. This coupling leads to renormalization of ZA phonon dispersion in the long-wavelength range, preventing further divergence of thermal conductivity. We also uncover a strong dependence on sample width, which we attribute to the interplay between nonresistive normal and diffusive edge scattering in the Poisseuille flow regime. We conclude that normal processes play a crucial role in the length and width dependence of thermal transport in graphene in the hydrodynamic regime and dictate the relative in-plane (LA+TA) to out-of-plane (ZA) contribution to transport.

  1. Development of compact integral field unit for spaceborne solar spectro-polarimeter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Suematsu, Y.; Koyama, M.; Sukegawa, T.; Enokida, Y.; Saito, K.; Okura, Y.; Nakayasu, T.; Ozaki, S.; Tsuneta, S.

    2017-11-01

    A 1.5-m class aperture Solar Ultra-violet Visible and IR telescope (SUVIT) and its instruments for the Japanese next space solar mission SOLAR-C [1] are under study to obtain critical physical parameters in the lower solar atmosphere. For the precise magnetic field measurements covering field-of-view of 3 arcmin x3 acmin, a full stokes polarimetry at three magnetic sensitive lines in wavelength range of 525 nm to 1083 nm with a four-slit spectrograph of two dinesional image scanning mechanism is proposed: one is a true slit and the other three are pseudo-slits from integral field unit (IFU). To suit this configuration, besides a fiber bundle IFU, a compact mirror slicer IFU is designed and being developed. Integral field spectroscopy (IFS), which is realized with IFU, is a two dimensional spectroscopy, providing spectra simultaneously for each spatial direction of an extended two-dimensional field. The scientific advantages of the IFS for studies of localized and transient solar surface phenomena are obvious. There are in general three methods [2][3] to realize the IFS depending on image slicing devices such as a micro-lenslet array, an optical fiber bundle and a narrow rectangular image slicer array. So far, there exist many applications of the IFS for ground-based astronomical observations [4]. Regarding solar instrumentations, the IFS of micro-lenslet array was done by Suematsu et al. [5], the IFS of densely packed rectangular fiber bundle with thin clads was realized [6] and being developed for 4-m aperture solar telescope DKIST by Lin [7] and being considered for space solar telescope SOLAR-C by Katsukawa et al. [8], and the IFS with mirror slicer array was presented by Ren et al. [9] and under study for up-coming large-aperture solar telescope in Europe by Calcines et al. [10] From the view point of a high efficiency spectroscopy, a wide wavelength coverage, a precision spectropolarimetry and space application, the image slicer consisting of all reflective optics is the best option among the three. However, the image slicers are presently limited either by their risk in the case of classical glass polishing techniques (see Vivès et al. [11] for recent development) or by their optical performances when constituted by metallic mirrors. For space instruments, small sized units are much advantageous and demands that width of each slicer mirror is as narrow as an optimal slit width (< 100 micron) of spectrograph which is usually hard to manufacture with glass polishing techniques. On the other hand, Canon is developing a novel technique for such as high performance gratings which can be applicable for manufacturing high optical performance metallic mirrors of small dimensions. For the space-borne spectrograph of SUVIT to be aboard SOLAR-C, we designed the IFS made of a micro image slicer of 45 arrayed 30-micron-thick metal mirrors and a pseudo-pupil metal mirror array re-formatting three pseudo-slits; the design is feasible for optical configuration sharing a spectrograph with a conventional real slit. According to the optical deign, Canon manufactured a prototype IFU for evaluation, demonstrating high performances of micro image slicer and pupil mirrors; enough small micro roughness for visible light spectrographs, sharp edges for efficient image slices, surface figure for high image quality, etc. In the following, we describe the optical design of IFU feasible for space-borne spectrograph, manufacturing method to attain high optical performance of metal mirrors developed by Canon, and resulted performance of prototype IFU in detail.

  2. Extremely small polarization beam splitter based on a multimode interference coupler with a silicon hybrid plasmonic waveguide.

    PubMed

    Guan, Xiaowei; Wu, Hao; Shi, Yaocheng; Dai, Daoxin

    2014-01-15

    A novel polarization beam splitter (PBS) with an extremely small footprint is proposed based on a multimode interference (MMI) coupler with a silicon hybrid plasmonic waveguide. The MMI section, covered with a metal strip partially, is designed to achieve mirror imaging for TE polarization. On the other hand, for TM polarization, there is almost no MMI effect since the higher-order TM modes are hardly excited due to the hybrid plasmonic effect. With this design, the whole PBS including the 1.1 μm long MMI section as well as the output section has a footprint as small as ∼1.8 μm×2.5 μm. Besides, the fabrication process is simple since the waveguide dimension is relatively large (e.g., the input/output waveguides widths w ≥300 nm and the MMI width w(MMI)=800 nm). Numerical simulations show that the designed PBS has a broad band of ∼80 nm for an ER >10 dB as well as a large fabrication tolerance to allow a silicon core width variation of -30 nm<Δw<50 nm and a metal strip width variation of -200 nm<Δw(m)<0.

  3. Study of the amplified spontaneous emission spectral width and gain coefficient for a KrF laser in unsaturated and saturated conditions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hariri, A.; Sarikhani, S.

    2014-01-01

    On the basis of a model of a geometrically dependent gain coefficient, the amplified spontaneous emission (ASE) spectral width was calculated analytically for the nearly resonant transition of ν ˜ ν0, and also numerically for a wide range of transition frequencies. For this purpose, the intensity rate equation was used under unsaturated and saturated conditions. For verifying the proposed model, reported measurements of the ASE energy versus the excitation length for a KrF laser were used. For the excitation length of l = 84 cm corresponding to single-path propagation, the ASE spectral width for the homogeneously broadened transition was calculated to be 6.28 Å, to be compared with the measured 4.1 Å spectral width reported for a KrF oscillator utilizing a two-mirror resonator. With the gain parameters obtained from the ASE energy measurements, the unsaturated and saturated gain coefficients for l = 84 cm were calculated to be 0.042 cm-1 and 0.014 cm-1, respectively. These values of the gain coefficient are comparable to but slightly lower than the measured gain coefficient for laser systems of 80-100 cm excitation lengths reported from different laboratories.

  4. Simple Approach to Renormalize the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa Matrix

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kniehl, Bernd A.; Sirlin, Alberto

    2006-12-01

    We present an on-shell scheme to renormalize the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) matrix. It is based on a novel procedure to separate the external-leg mixing corrections into gauge-independent self-mass and gauge-dependent wave function renormalization contributions, and to implement the on-shell renormalization of the former with nondiagonal mass counterterm matrices. Diagonalization of the complete mass matrix leads to an explicit CKM counterterm matrix, which automatically satisfies all the following important properties: it is gauge independent, preserves unitarity, and leads to renormalized amplitudes that are nonsingular in the limit in which any two fermions become mass degenerate.

  5. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lee, Gyeong Won; Shim, Jaewon; Jung, Young-Dae, E-mail: ydjung@hanyang.ac.kr

    The influence of renormalization plasma screening on the entanglement fidelity for the elastic electron-atom scattering is investigated in partially ionized dense hydrogen plasmas. The partial wave analysis and effective interaction potential are employed to obtain the scattering entanglement fidelity in dense hydrogen plasmas as functions of the collision energy, the Debye length, and the renormalization parameter. It is found that the renormalization plasma shielding enhances the scattering entanglement fidelity. Hence, we show that the transmission of the quantum information can be increased about 10% due to the renormalization shielding effect in dense hydrogen plasmas. It is also found that themore » renormalization shielding effect on the entanglement fidelity for the electron-atom collision increases with an increase of the collision energy. In addition, the renormalization shielding function increases with increasing collision energy and saturates to the unity with an increase of the Debye length.« less

  6. 1H line width dependence on MAS speed in solid state NMR - Comparison of experiment and simulation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sternberg, Ulrich; Witter, Raiker; Kuprov, Ilya; Lamley, Jonathan M.; Oss, Andres; Lewandowski, Józef R.; Samoson, Ago

    2018-06-01

    Recent developments in magic angle spinning (MAS) technology permit spinning frequencies of ≥100 kHz. We examine the effect of such fast MAS rates upon nuclear magnetic resonance proton line widths in the multi-spin system of β-Asp-Ala crystal. We perform powder pattern simulations employing Fokker-Plank approach with periodic boundary conditions and 1H-chemical shift tensors calculated using the bond polarization theory. The theoretical predictions mirror well the experimental results. Both approaches demonstrate that homogeneous broadening has a linear-quadratic dependency on the inverse of the MAS spinning frequency and that, at the faster end of the spinning frequencies, the residual spectral line broadening becomes dominated by chemical shift distributions and susceptibility effects even for crystalline systems.

  7. Controllable optical bistability in a three-mode optomechanical system with atom-cavity-mirror couplings

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Bin; Wang, Xiao-Fang; Yan, Jia-Kai; Zhu, Xiao-Fei; Jiang, Cheng

    2018-01-01

    We theoretically investigate the optical bistable behavior in a three-mode optomechanical system with atom-cavity-mirror couplings. The effects of the cavity-pump detuning and the pump power on the bistable behavior are discussed detailedly, the impacts of the atom-pump detuning and the atom-cavity coupling strength on the bistability of the system are also explored, and the influences of the cavity-resonator coupling strength and the cavity decay rate are also taken into consideration. The numerical results demonstrate that by tuning these parameters the bistable behavior of the system can be freely switched on or off, and the threshold of the pump power for the bistability as well as the bistable region width can also be effectively controlled. These results can find potential applications in optical bistable switch in the quantum information processing.

  8. Renormalization of the Lattice Heavy Quark Classical Velocity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mandula, Jeffrey E.; Ogilvie, Michael C.

    1996-03-01

    In the lattice formulation of the Heavy Quark Effective Theory (LHQET), the "classical velocity" v becomes renormalized. The origin of this renormalization is the reduction of Lorentz (or O(4)) invariance to (hyper)cubic invariance. The renormalization is finite and depends on the form of the decretization of the reduced heavy quark Dirac equation. For the Forward Time — Centered Space discretization, the renormalization is computed both perturbatively, to one loop, and non-perturbatively using two ensembles of lattices, one at β = 5.7 and the other at β = 6.1 The estimates agree, and indicate that for small classical velocities, ν→ is reduced by about 25-30%.

  9. Renormalization of entanglement entropy from topological terms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anastasiou, Giorgos; Araya, Ignacio J.; Olea, Rodrigo

    2018-05-01

    We propose a renormalization scheme for entanglement entropy of three-dimensional CFTs with a four-dimensional asymptotically AdS gravity dual in the context of the gauge/gravity correspondence. The procedure consists in adding the Chern form as a boundary term to the area functional of the Ryu-Takayanagi minimal surface. We provide an explicit prescription for the renormalized entanglement entropy, which is derived via the replica trick. This is achieved by considering a Euclidean gravitational action renormalized by the addition of the Chern form at the spacetime boundary, evaluated in the conically-singular replica manifold. We show that the addition of this boundary term cancels the divergent part of the entanglement entropy, recovering the results obtained by Taylor and Woodhead. We comment on how this prescription for renormalizing the entanglement entropy is in line with the general program of topological renormalization in asymptotically AdS gravity.

  10. A Novel Flame Thermometer Based on the Doppler Width of Ro-Vibrational Transitions

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1993-05-01

    flame thermometric technique based on the infrared spectroscopy of flame species is reported. It involves the use of a narrow linewidth (ɘ.001 cm-1...study. Output radiation from the laser diode is incident onto a parabolic aluminum mirror which collimates the beam and directs it into a monochromator...infrared beam. 5. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS A novel flame thermometric technique has been developed which is based on the infrared spectroscopy of flame

  11. 5W intracavity frequency-doubled green laser for laser projection

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yan, Boxia; Bi, Yong; Li, Shu; Wang, Dongdong; Wang, Dongzhou; Qi, Yan; Fang, Tao

    2014-11-01

    High power green laser has many applications such as high brightness laser projection and large screen laser theater. A compact and high power green-light source has been developed in diode-pumped solid-state laser based on MgO doped periodically poled LiNbO3 (MgO:PPLN). 5W fiber coupled green laser is achieved by dual path Nd:YVO4/MgO:PPLN intra-cacity frequency-doubled. Single green laser maximum power 2.8W at 532nm is obtained by a 5.5W LD pumped, MgO:PPLN dimensions is 5mm(width)×1mm(thickness)×2mm(length), and the optical to optical conversion efficiency is 51%. The second LD series connected with the one LD, the second path green laser is obtained using the same method. Then the second path light overlap with the first path by the reflection mirrors, then couple into the fiber with a focus mirror. Dual of LD, Nd:YVO4, MgO:PPLN are placed on the same heat sink using a TEC cooling, the operating temperature bandwidth is about 12°C and the stablity is 5% in 96h. A 50×50×17mm3 laser module which generated continuous-wave 5 W green light with high efficiency and width temperature range is demonstrated.

  12. Metal mirror TMA, telescopes of the JSS product line: design and analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kirschstein, Steffen; Koch, Amelia; Schöneich, Jürgen; Döngi, Frank

    2005-09-01

    For the increasing market of low-cost multispectral pushbroom scanners for spaceborne Earth remote sensing the Jena-Optronik GmbH have developed the JSS product line. They are typically operated on micro-satellites with strong resources constraints. This leads to instrument designs optimised with respect to minimum size and mass, power consumption, and cost. From various customer requirements, Jena-Optronik has derived the JSS product line of low-cost optical spaceborne scanners in the visible wavelength range. Three-mirror anastigmat (TMA) telescope designs have become a widespread design solution for fields of view from 2 to 12 deg. The design solution chosen by Jena-Optronik is based on all-aluminium telescopes. Novel ultra-precision milling and polishing techniques now give the opportunity to achieve the necessary optical surface quality for applications in the visible range. The TMA telescope optics design of the JSS-56 imager will be accommodated onboard the RapidEye spacecraft. The JSS-56 TMA with a F-number of 4.3 realised a swath width of 78km with a Ground pixel resolution of 6.5m × 6.5m. The aluminium mirrors are Ni coated to achieve a suitable surface polish quality. This paper discusses typical requirements for the thermal design the bimetallic effects of the mirrors. To achieve a nearly diffracted limited imaging the typical surface irregularities due to the turning process have to be addressed in the ray tracing models. Analysis and integration of real mirror data in the ZEMAX design software are demonstrated here and compared with build-in standard tolerance concepts.

  13. Resonant inelastic x-ray scattering studies of magnons and bimagnons in the lightly doped cuprate La 2 - x Sr x CuO 4

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Chaix, L.; Huang, E. W.; Gerber, S.

    Here, we investigated the doping dependence of magnetic excitations in the lightly doped cuprate La 2-xSr xCuO 4 via combined studies of resonant inelastic x-ray scattering (RIXS) at the Cu L 3 edge and theoretical calculations. With increasing doping, the magnon dispersion is found to be essentially unchanged, but the spectral width broadens and the spectral weight varies differently at different momenta. Near the Brillouin zone center, we directly observe bimagnon excitations that possess the same energy scale and doping dependence as previously observed by Raman spectroscopy. They disperse weakly in energy-momentum space, and they are consistent with a bimagnonmore » dispersion that is renormalized by the magnon-magnon interaction at the zone center.« less

  14. Charming new physics in rare B decays and mixing?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jäger, Sebastian; Leslie, Kirsten; Kirk, Matthew; Lenz, Alexander

    2018-01-01

    We conduct a systematic study of the impact of new physics in quark-level b →c c ¯ s transitions on B physics, in particular rare B decays and B -meson lifetime observables. We find viable scenarios where a sizable effect in rare semileptonic B decays can be generated, compatible with experimental indications and with a possible dependence on the dilepton invariant mass, while being consistent with constraints from radiative B decay and the measured Bs width difference. We show how, if the effect is generated at the weak scale or beyond, strong renormalization-group effects can enhance the impact on semileptonic decays while leaving radiative B decay largely unaffected. A good complementarity of the different B -physics observables implies that precise measurements of lifetime observables at LHCb may be able to confirm, refine, or rule out this scenario.

  15. Resonant inelastic x-ray scattering studies of magnons and bimagnons in the lightly doped cuprate La 2 - x Sr x CuO 4

    DOE PAGES

    Chaix, L.; Huang, E. W.; Gerber, S.; ...

    2018-04-20

    Here, we investigated the doping dependence of magnetic excitations in the lightly doped cuprate La 2-xSr xCuO 4 via combined studies of resonant inelastic x-ray scattering (RIXS) at the Cu L 3 edge and theoretical calculations. With increasing doping, the magnon dispersion is found to be essentially unchanged, but the spectral width broadens and the spectral weight varies differently at different momenta. Near the Brillouin zone center, we directly observe bimagnon excitations that possess the same energy scale and doping dependence as previously observed by Raman spectroscopy. They disperse weakly in energy-momentum space, and they are consistent with a bimagnonmore » dispersion that is renormalized by the magnon-magnon interaction at the zone center.« less

  16. Structural impact on the eigenenergy renormalization for carbon and silicon allotropes and boron nitride polymorphs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tutchton, Roxanne; Marchbanks, Christopher; Wu, Zhigang

    2018-05-01

    The phonon-induced renormalization of electronic band structures is investigated through first-principles calculations based on the density functional perturbation theory for nine materials with various crystal symmetries. Our results demonstrate that the magnitude of the zero-point renormalization (ZPR) of the electronic band structure is dependent on both crystal structure and material composition. We have performed analysis of the electron-phonon-coupling-induced renormalization for two silicon (Si) allotropes, three carbon (C) allotropes, and four boron nitride (BN) polymorphs. Phonon dispersions of each material were computed, and our analysis indicates that materials with optical phonons at higher maximum frequencies, such as graphite and hexagonal BN, have larger absolute ZPRs, with the exception of graphene, which has a considerably smaller ZPR despite having phonon frequencies in the same range as graphite. Depending on the structure and material, renormalizations can be comparable to the GW many-body corrections to Kohn-Sham eigenenergies and, thus, need to be considered in electronic structure calculations. The temperature dependence of the renormalizations is also considered, and in all materials, the eigenenergy renormalization at the band gap and around the Fermi level increases with increasing temperature.

  17. Entanglement renormalization and topological order.

    PubMed

    Aguado, Miguel; Vidal, Guifré

    2008-02-22

    The multiscale entanglement renormalization ansatz (MERA) is argued to provide a natural description for topological states of matter. The case of Kitaev's toric code is analyzed in detail and shown to possess a remarkably simple MERA description leading to distillation of the topological degrees of freedom at the top of the tensor network. Kitaev states on an infinite lattice are also shown to be a fixed point of the renormalization group flow associated with entanglement renormalization. All of these results generalize to arbitrary quantum double models.

  18. Aspects of Galileon non-renormalization

    DOE PAGES

    Goon, Garrett; Hinterbichler, Kurt; Joyce, Austin; ...

    2016-11-18

    We discuss non-renormalization theorems applying to galileon field theories and their generalizations. Galileon theories are similar in many respects to other derivatively coupled effective field theories, including general relativity and P ( X) theories. In particular, these other theories also enjoy versions of non-renormalization theorems that protect certain operators against corrections from self-loops. Furthermore, we argue that the galileons are distinguished by the fact that they are not renormalized even by loops of other heavy fields whose couplings respect the galileon symmetry.

  19. Renormalization-group theory of plasma microturbulence

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Carati, D.; Chriaa, K.; Balescu, R.

    1994-08-01

    The dynamical renormalization-group methods are applied to the gyrokinetic equation describing drift-wave turbulence in plasmas. As in both magnetohydrodynamic and neutral turbulence, small-scale fluctuations appear to act as effective dissipative processes on large-scale phenomena. A linear renormalized gyrokinetic equation is derived. No artificial forcing is introduced into the equations and all the renormalized corrections are expressed in terms of the fluctuating electric potential. The link with the quasilinear limit and the direct interaction approximation is investigated. Simple analytical expressions for the anomalous transport coefficients are derived by using the linear renormalized gyrokinetic equation. Examples show that both quasilinear and Bohmmore » scalings can be recovered depending on the spectral amplitude of the electric potential fluctuations.« less

  20. High power VCSEL devices for atomic clock applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Watkins, L. S.; Ghosh, C.; Seurin, J.-F.; Zhou, D.; Xu, G.; Xu, B.; Miglo, A.

    2015-09-01

    We are developing VCSEL technology producing >100mW in single frequency at wavelengths 780nm, 795nm and 850nm. Small aperture VCSELs with few mW output have found major applications in atomic clock experiments. Using an external cavity three-mirror configuration we have been able to operate larger aperture VCSELs and obtain >70mW power in single frequency operation. The VCSEL has been mounted in a fiber pigtailed package with the external mirror mounted on a shear piezo. The package incorporates a miniature Rb cell locker to lock the VCSEL wavelength. This VCSEL operates in single frequency and is tuned by a combination of piezo actuator, temperature and current. Mode-hop free tuning over >30GHz frequency span is obtained. The VCSEL has been locked to the Rb D2 line and feedback control used to obtain line-widths of <100kHz.

  1. Highly selective and compact tunable MOEMS photonic crystal Fabry-Perot filter.

    PubMed

    Boutami, S; Ben Bakir, B; Leclercq, J-L; Letartre, X; Rojo-Romeo, P; Garrigues, M; Viktorovitch, P; Sagnes, I; Legratiet, L; Strassner, M

    2006-04-17

    The authors report a compact and highly selective tunable filter using a Fabry-Perot resonator combining a bottom micromachined 3-pair-InP/air-gap Bragg reflector with a top photonic crystal slab mirror. It is based on the coupling between radiated vertical cavity modes and waveguided modes of the photonic crystal. The full-width at half maximum (FWHM) of the resonance, as measured by microreflectivity experiments, is close to 1.5nm (around 1.55 microm). The presence of the photonic crystal slab mirror results in a very compact resonator, with a limited number of layers. The demonstrator was tuned over a 20nm range for a 4V tuning voltage, the FWHM being kept below 2.5nm. Bending of membranes is a critical issue, and better results (FWHM=0.5nm) should be obtained on the same structure if this technological point is fixed.

  2. Integrated Lloyd's mirror on planar waveguide facet as a spectrometer.

    PubMed

    Morand, Alain; Benech, Pierre; Gri, Martine

    2017-12-10

    A low-cost and simple Fourier transform spectrometer based on the Lloyd's mirror configuration is proposed in order to have a very stable interferogram. A planar waveguide coupled to a fiber injection is used to spatially disperse the optical beam. A second beam superposed to the previous one is obtained by a total reflection of the incident beam on a vertical glass face integrated in the chip by dicing with a specific circular precision saw. The interferogram at the waveguide output is imaged on a near-infrared camera with an objective lens. The contrast and the fringe period are thus dependent on the type and the fiber position and can be optimized to the pixel size and the length of the camera. Spectral resolution close to λ/Δλ=80 is reached with a camera with 320 pixels of 25 μm width in a wavelength range from O to L bands.

  3. Research on the compensation of laser launch optics to improve the performance of the LGS spot.

    PubMed

    Liu, Jie; Wang, Jianli; Wang, Yuning; Tian, Donghe; Zheng, Quan; Lin, Xudong; Wang, Liang; Yang, Qingyun

    2018-02-01

    To improve the beam quality of the uplink laser, a 37 channel piezo-ceramic deformable mirror was inserted into the laser launch optics to compensate the static aberrations. An interferometer was used as the calibration light source as well as the wavefront sensor to perform closed-loop correction for the moment. About 0.38λ root mean square (rms) aberrations, including the deformable mirror's initial figure error, were compensated, and the residual error was less than 0.07λ rms. Field observations with a 2 m optical telescope demonstrated that the peak intensity value of the laser guide star (LGS) spot increased from 5650 to 7658, and the full width at half-maximum (FWHM) size reduced from 4.07 arcseconds to 3.52 arcseconds. With the compensation, an improved guide star spot can be obtained, which is crucial for the adaptive optics systems of ground-based large telescopes.

  4. X-ray Optics Testing Beamline 1-BM at the Advanced Photon Source

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Macrander, Albert; Erdmann, Mark; Kujala, Naresh

    2016-07-27

    Beamline 1-BM at the APS has been reconfigured in part for testing of synchrotron optics with both monochromatic and white beams. Operational since 2013, it was reconfigured to accommodate users of the APS as well as users from other DOE facilities. Energies between 6 and 28 keV are available. The beamline was reconfigured to remove two large mirrors and to provide a 100 mm wide monochromatics beam at 54 m from the source. In addition a custom white beam shutter was implemented for topography exposures as short as 65 millisec over the full available horizontal width. Primary agendas include bothmore » white beam and monochromatic beam topography, Talbot grating interferometry, and tests of focusing optics. K-B mirrors, MLLs, and FZPs have been characterized. Measurements of the spatial coherence lengths on the beamline were obtained with Talbot interferometry. Topography data has been reported.« less

  5. X-ray optics testing beamline 1-BM at the advanced photon source

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Macrander, Albert, E-mail: atm@anl.gov; Erdmann, Mark; Kujala, Naresh

    2016-07-27

    Beamline 1-BM at the APS has been reconfigured in part for testing of synchrotron optics with both monochromatic and white beams. Operational since 2013, it was reconfigured to accommodate users of the APS as well as users from other DOE facilities. Energies between 6 and 28 keV are available. The beamline was reconfigured to remove two large mirrors and to provide a 100 mm wide monochromatic beam at 54 m from the source. In addition a custom white beam shutter was implemented for topography exposures as short as 65 millisec over the full available horizontal width. Primary agendas include bothmore » white beam and monochromatic beam topography, Talbot grating interferometry, and tests of focusing optics. K-B mirrors, MLLs, and FZPs have been characterized. Measurements of the spatial coherence lengths on the beamline were obtained with Talbot interferometry. Topography data has been reported.« less

  6. Sagittal focusing of synchrotron radiation X-rays using a winged crystal

    PubMed Central

    Nisawa, A.; Yoneda, Y.; Ueno, G.; Murakami, H.; Okajima, Y.; Yamamoto, K.; Senba, Y.; Uesugi, K.; Tanaka, Y.; Yamamoto, M.; Goto, S.; Ishikawa, T.

    2013-01-01

    A Si(111) winged crystal has been designed to minimize anticlastic bending and improve sagittal focusing efficiency. The crystal was thin with wide stiffening wings. The length-to-width ratio of the crystal was optimized by finite element analysis, and the optimal value was larger than the ‘golden value’. The analysis showed that the slope error owing to anticlastic bending is less than the Darwin width. The X-rays were focused two-dimensionally using the crystal and a tangentially bent mirror. The observed profiles of the focal spot agreed well with the results of a ray-tracing calculation in the energy range from 8 to 17.5 keV. X-ray diffraction measurements with a high signal-to-noise ratio using this focusing system were demonstrated for a small protein crystal. PMID:23412477

  7. Comprehensive renormalization group analysis of the littlest seesaw model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Geib, Tanja; King, Stephen F.

    2018-04-01

    We present a comprehensive renormalization group analysis of the littlest seesaw model involving two right-handed neutrinos and a very constrained Dirac neutrino Yukawa coupling matrix. We perform the first χ2 analysis of the low energy masses and mixing angles, in the presence of renormalization group corrections, for various right-handed neutrino masses and mass orderings, both with and without supersymmetry. We find that the atmospheric angle, which is predicted to be near maximal in the absence of renormalization group corrections, may receive significant corrections for some nonsupersymmetric cases, bringing it into close agreement with the current best fit value in the first octant. By contrast, in the presence of supersymmetry, the renormalization group corrections are relatively small, and the prediction of a near maximal atmospheric mixing angle is maintained, for the studied cases. Forthcoming results from T2K and NO ν A will decisively test these models at a precision comparable to the renormalization group corrections we have calculated.

  8. Determination of γ -ray widths in 15N using nuclear resonance fluorescence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Szücs, T.; Bemmerer, D.; Caciolli, A.; Fülöp, Zs.; Massarczyk, R.; Michelagnoli, C.; Reinhardt, T. P.; Schwengner, R.; Takács, M. P.; Ur, C. A.; Wagner, A.; Wagner, L.

    2015-07-01

    Background: The stable nucleus 15N is the mirror of 15O, the bottleneck in the hydrogen burning CNO cycle. Most of the 15N level widths below the proton emission threshold are known from just one nuclear resonance fluorescence (NRF) measurement, with limited precision in some cases. A recent experiment with the AGATA demonstrator array determined level lifetimes using the Doppler shift attenuation method in 15O. As a reference and for testing the method, level lifetimes in 15N have also been determined in the same experiment. Purpose: The latest compilation of 15N level properties dates back to 1991. The limited precision in some cases in the compilation calls for a new measurement to enable a comparison to the AGATA demonstrator data. The widths of several 15N levels have been studied with the NRF method. Method: The solid nitrogen compounds enriched in 15N have been irradiated with bremsstrahlung. The γ rays following the deexcitation of the excited nuclear levels were detected with four high-purity germanium detectors. Results: Integrated photon-scattering cross sections of 10 levels below the proton emission threshold have been measured. Partial γ -ray widths of ground-state transitions were deduced and compared to the literature. The photon-scattering cross sections of two levels above the proton emission threshold, but still below other particle emission energies have also been measured, and proton resonance strengths and proton widths were deduced. Conclusions: Gamma and proton widths consistent with the literature values were obtained, but with greatly improved precision.

  9. Quantitative XRD analysis of {110} twin density in biotic aragonites.

    PubMed

    Suzuki, Michio; Kim, Hyejin; Mukai, Hiroki; Nagasawa, Hiromichi; Kogure, Toshihiro

    2012-12-01

    {110} Twin densities in biotic aragonite have been estimated quantitatively from the peak widths of specific reflections in powder X-ray diffraction (XRD) patterns, as well as direct confirmation of the twins using transmission electron microscopy (TEM). Influence of the twin density on the peak widths in the XRD pattern was simulated using DIFFaX program, regarding (110) twin as interstratification of two types of aragonite unit layers with mirrored relationship. The simulation suggested that the twin density can be estimated from the difference of the peak widths between 111 and 021, or between 221 and 211 reflections. Biotic aragonite in the crossed-lamellar microstructure (three species) and nacreous microstructure (four species) of molluscan shells, fish otoliths (two species), and a coral were investigated. The XRD analyses indicated that aragonite crystals in the crossed-lamellar microstructure of the three species contain high density of the twins, which is consistent with the TEM examination. On the other hand, aragonite in the nacre of the four species showed almost no difference of the peak widths between the paired reflections, indicating low twin densities. The results for the fish otoliths were varied between the species. Such variation of the twin density in biotic aragonites may reflect different schemes of crystal growth in biomineralization. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  10. Laser Cooling and Slowing of a Diatomic Molecule

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-12-01

    mirror ( Semrock , FF669-Di01) before passing through the interaction region along the 3 mm axis of the slit. Windows are home-made Brewster windows (See... Semrock FF669-Di01 and Semrock FF741-Di01) and a polarizing beam splitter (PBS) to produce a single beam with 1e2 full width intensity waist d = 3.4 mm...pixels as possible, thereby reducing read noise and dark current noise. Behind the camera lens is a single interference filter ( Semrock , FF01-650/60, 24

  11. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lorente-Crespo, M.; Mateo-Segura, C., E-mail: C.Mateo-Segura@hw.ac.uk

    Nanoantennas enhance the conversion between highly localized electromagnetic fields and far-field radiation. Here, we investigate the response of a nano-patch partially reflective surface backed with a silver mirror to an optical source embedded at the centre of the structure. Using full wave simulations, we demonstrate a two orders of magnitude increased directivity compared to the isotropic radiator, 50% power confinement to a 13.8° width beam and a ±16 nm bandwidth. Our antenna does not rely on plasmonic phenomena thus reducing non-radiative losses and conserving source coherence.

  12. Strong modification of photoluminescence in erbium-doped porous silicon microcavities

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhou, Y.; Snow, P. A.; Russell, P. St. J.

    2000-10-01

    A microcavity composed of porous silicon multilayer mirrors was electrochemically etched and doped with erbium. Measurements of the reflectivity and photoluminescence spectra are presented. Thermal processing under a nitrogen atmosphere optically activated the erbium ions. Photopumping yielded room temperature emission around 1.54 μm from the erbium-doped samples with the emitted light strongly modified by the microcavity structure. Emission spectra with a peak at 1.536 μm had a full width at half maximum of ˜6 nm.

  13. Giant plasmonic energy and momentum transfer on the nanoscale

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Durach, Maxim

    We have developed a general theory of the plasmonic enhancement of many-body phenomena resulting in a closed expression for the surface plasmon-dressed Coulomb interaction. It is shown that this interaction has a resonant nature. We have also demonstrated that renormalized interaction is a long-ranged interaction whose intensity is considerably increased compared to bare Coulomb interaction over the entire region near the plasmonic nanostructure. We illustrate this theory by re-deriving the mirror charge potential near a metal sphere as well as the quasistatic potential behind the so-called perfect lens at the surface plasmon (SP) frequency. The dressed interaction for an important example of a metal--dielectric nanoshell is also explicitly calculated and analyzed. The renormalization and plasmonic enhancement of the Coulomb interaction is a universal effect, which affects a wide range of many-body phenomena in the vicinity of metal nanostructures: chemical reactions, scattering between charge carriers, exciton formation, Auger recombination, carrier multiplication, etc. We have described the nanoplasmonic-enhanced Forster resonant energy transfer (FRET) between quantum dots near a metal nanoshell. It is shown that this process is very efficient near high-aspect-ratio nanoshells. We have also obtained a general expression for the force exerted by an electromagnetic field on an extended polarizable object. This expression is applicable to a wide range of situations important for nanotechnology. Most importantly, this result is of fundamental importance for processes involving interaction of nanoplasmonic fields with metal electrons. Using the obtained expression for the force, we have described a giant surface-plasmon-induced drag-effect rectification (SPIDER), which exists under conditions of the extreme nanoplasmonic confinement. Under realistic conditions in nanowires, this giant SPIDER generates rectified THz potential differences up to 10V and extremely strong electric fields up to 105--10 6 V/cm. It can serve as a powerful nanoscale source of THz radiation. The giant SPIDER opens up a new field of ultraintense THz nanooptics with wide potential applications in nanotechnology and nanoscience, including microelectronics, nanoplasmonics, and biomedicine. Additionally, the SPIDER is an ultrafast effect whose bandwidth for nanometric wires is 20 THz, which allows for detection of femtosecond pulses on the nanoscale. INDEX WORDS: Nanoplasmonics, Nanoplasmonic renormalization of Coulomb interaction, Surface-plasmon enhanced Forster energy transfer (FRET), Surface-plasmon-induced drag-effect rectification (SPIDER), Nanotechnology, Plasmonics on the nanoscale, Localized surface plasmons (LSPs), Surface plasmon polaritons (SPPs)

  14. Simbol-X Hard X-ray Focusing Mirrors: Results Obtained During the Phase A Study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tagliaferri, G.; Basso, S.; Borghi, G.; Burkert, W.; Citterio, O.; Civitani, M.; Conconi, P.; Cotroneo, V.; Freyberg, M.; Garoli, D.; Gorenstein, P.; Hartner, G.; Mattarello, V.; Orlandi, A.; Pareschi, G.; Romaine, S.; Spiga, D.; Valsecchi, G.; Vernani, D.

    2009-05-01

    Simbol-X will push grazing incidence imaging up to 80 keV, providing a strong improvement both in sensitivity and angular resolution compared to all instruments that have operated so far above 10 keV. The superb hard X-ray imaging capability will be guaranteed by a mirror module of 100 electroformed Nickel shells with a multilayer reflecting coating. Here we will describe the technogical development and solutions adopted for the fabrication of the mirror module, that must guarantee an Half Energy Width (HEW) better than 20 arcsec from 0.5 up to 30 keV and a goal of 40 arcsec at 60 keV. During the phase A, terminated at the end of 2008, we have developed three engineering models with two, two and three shells, respectively. The most critical aspects in the development of the Simbol-X mirrors are i) the production of the 100 mandrels with very good surface quality within the timeline of the mission, ii) the replication of shells that must be very thin (a factor of 2 thinner than those of XMM-Newton) and still have very good image quality up to 80 keV, iii) the development of an integration process that allows us to integrate these very thin mirrors maintaining their intrinsic good image quality. The Phase A study has shown that we can fabricate the mandrels with the needed quality and that we have developed a valid integration process. The shells that we have produced so far have a quite good image quality, e.g. HEW <~30 arcsec at 30 keV, and effective area. However, we still need to make some improvements to reach the requirements. We will briefly present these results and discuss the possible improvements that we will investigate during phase B.

  15. Variational Approach to Monte Carlo Renormalization Group

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Yantao; Car, Roberto

    2017-12-01

    We present a Monte Carlo method for computing the renormalized coupling constants and the critical exponents within renormalization theory. The scheme, which derives from a variational principle, overcomes critical slowing down, by means of a bias potential that renders the coarse grained variables uncorrelated. The two-dimensional Ising model is used to illustrate the method.

  16. Topological terms, AdS2 n gravity, and renormalized entanglement entropy of holographic CFTs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anastasiou, Giorgos; Araya, Ignacio J.; Olea, Rodrigo

    2018-05-01

    We extend our topological renormalization scheme for entanglement entropy to holographic CFTs of arbitrary odd dimensions in the context of the AdS /CFT correspondence. The procedure consists in adding the Chern form as a boundary term to the area functional of the Ryu-Takayanagi minimal surface. The renormalized entanglement entropy thus obtained can be rewritten in terms of the Euler characteristic and the AdS curvature of the minimal surface. This prescription considers the use of the replica trick to express the renormalized entanglement entropy in terms of the renormalized gravitational action evaluated on the conically singular replica manifold extended to the bulk. This renormalized action is obtained in turn by adding the Chern form as the counterterm at the boundary of the 2 n -dimensional asymptotically AdS bulk manifold. We explicitly show that, up to next-to-leading order in the holographic radial coordinate, the addition of this boundary term cancels the divergent part of the entanglement entropy. We discuss possible applications of the method for studying CFT parameters like central charges.

  17. Matrix product operators, matrix product states, and ab initio density matrix renormalization group algorithms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic; Keselman, Anna; Nakatani, Naoki; Li, Zhendong; White, Steven R.

    2016-07-01

    Current descriptions of the ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm use two superficially different languages: an older language of the renormalization group and renormalized operators, and a more recent language of matrix product states and matrix product operators. The same algorithm can appear dramatically different when written in the two different vocabularies. In this work, we carefully describe the translation between the two languages in several contexts. First, we describe how to efficiently implement the ab initio DMRG sweep using a matrix product operator based code, and the equivalence to the original renormalized operator implementation. Next we describe how to implement the general matrix product operator/matrix product state algebra within a pure renormalized operator-based DMRG code. Finally, we discuss two improvements of the ab initio DMRG sweep algorithm motivated by matrix product operator language: Hamiltonian compression, and a sum over operators representation that allows for perfect computational parallelism. The connections and correspondences described here serve to link the future developments with the past and are important in the efficient implementation of continuing advances in ab initio DMRG and related algorithms.

  18. Matrix product operators, matrix product states, and ab initio density matrix renormalization group algorithms.

    PubMed

    Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic; Keselman, Anna; Nakatani, Naoki; Li, Zhendong; White, Steven R

    2016-07-07

    Current descriptions of the ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm use two superficially different languages: an older language of the renormalization group and renormalized operators, and a more recent language of matrix product states and matrix product operators. The same algorithm can appear dramatically different when written in the two different vocabularies. In this work, we carefully describe the translation between the two languages in several contexts. First, we describe how to efficiently implement the ab initio DMRG sweep using a matrix product operator based code, and the equivalence to the original renormalized operator implementation. Next we describe how to implement the general matrix product operator/matrix product state algebra within a pure renormalized operator-based DMRG code. Finally, we discuss two improvements of the ab initio DMRG sweep algorithm motivated by matrix product operator language: Hamiltonian compression, and a sum over operators representation that allows for perfect computational parallelism. The connections and correspondences described here serve to link the future developments with the past and are important in the efficient implementation of continuing advances in ab initio DMRG and related algorithms.

  19. REDSoX: Monte-Carlo ray-tracing for a soft x-ray spectroscopy polarimeter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Günther, Hans M.; Egan, Mark; Heilmann, Ralf K.; Heine, Sarah N. T.; Hellickson, Tim; Frost, Jason; Marshall, Herman L.; Schulz, Norbert S.; Theriault-Shay, Adam

    2017-08-01

    X-ray polarimetry offers a new window into the high-energy universe, yet there has been no instrument so far that could measure the polarization of soft X-rays (about 17-80 Å) from astrophysical sources. The Rocket Experiment Demonstration of a Soft X-ray Polarimeter (REDSoX Polarimeter) is a proposed sounding rocket experiment that uses a focusing optic and splits the beam into three channels. Each channel has a set of criticalangle transmission (CAT) gratings that disperse the x-rays onto a laterally graded multilayer (LGML) mirror, which preferentially reflects photons with a specific polarization angle. The three channels are oriented at 120 deg to each other and thus measure the three Stokes parameters: I, Q, and U. The period of the LGML changes with position. The main design challenge is to arrange the gratings so that they disperse the spectrum in such a way that all rays are dispersed onto the position on the multi-layer mirror where they satisfy the local Bragg condition despite arriving on the mirror at different angles due to the converging beam from the focusing optics. We present a polarimeteric Monte-Carlo ray-trace of this design to assess non-ideal effects from e.g. mirror scattering or the finite size of the grating facets. With mirror properties both simulated and measured in the lab for LGML mirrors of 80-200 layers we show that the reflectivity and the width of the Bragg-peak are sufficient to make this design work when non-ideal effects are included in the simulation. Our simulations give us an effective area curve, the modulation factor and the figure of merit for the REDSoX polarimeter. As an example, we simulate an observation of Mk 421 and show that we could easily detect a 20% linear polarization.

  20. Renormalization of the inflationary perturbations revisited

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Markkanen, Tommi

    2018-05-01

    In this work we clarify aspects of renormalization on curved backgrounds focussing on the potential ramifications on the amplitude of inflationary perturbations. We provide an alternate view of the often used adiabatic prescription by deriving a correspondence between the adiabatic subtraction terms and traditional renormalization. Specifically, we show how adiabatic subtraction can be expressed as a set of counter terms that are introduced by redefining the bare parameters of the action. Our representation of adiabatic subtraction then allows us to easily find other renormalization prescriptions differing only in the finite parts of the counter terms. As our main result, we present for quadratic inflation how one may consistently express the renormalization of the spectrum of perturbations from inflation as a redefinition of the bare cosmological constant and Planck mass such that the observable predictions coincide with the unrenormalized result.

  1. Minimally doubled fermions at one loop

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Capitani, Stefano; Weber, Johannes; Wittig, Hartmut

    2009-10-01

    Minimally doubled fermions have been proposed as a cost-effective realization of chiral symmetry at non-zero lattice spacing. Using lattice perturbation theory at one loop, we study their renormalization properties. Specifically, we investigate the consequences of the breaking of hyper-cubic symmetry, which is a typical feature of this class of fermionic discretizations. Our results for the quark self-energy indicate that the four-momentum undergoes a renormalization which is linearly divergent. We also compute renormalization factors for quark bilinears, construct the conserved vector and axial-vector currents and verify that at one loop the renormalization factors of the latter are equal to one.

  2. Renormalization-group theory for the eddy viscosity in subgrid modeling

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zhou, YE; Vahala, George; Hossain, Murshed

    1988-01-01

    Renormalization-group theory is applied to incompressible three-dimensional Navier-Stokes turbulence so as to eliminate unresolvable small scales. The renormalized Navier-Stokes equation now includes a triple nonlinearity with the eddy viscosity exhibiting a mild cusp behavior, in qualitative agreement with the test-field model results of Kraichnan. For the cusp behavior to arise, not only is the triple nonlinearity necessary but the effects of pressure must be incorporated in the triple term. The renormalized eddy viscosity will not exhibit a cusp behavior if it is assumed that a spectral gap exists between the large and small scales.

  3. Temperature and frequency dependent mean free paths of renormalized phonons in nonlinear lattices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Nianbei; Liu, Junjie; Wu, Changqin; Li, Baowen

    2018-02-01

    Unraveling general properties of renormalized phonons are of fundamental relevance to the heat transport in the regime of strong nonlinearity. In this work, we directly study the temperature and frequency dependent mean free path (MFP) of renormalized phonons with the newly developed numerical tuning fork method. The typical 1D nonlinear lattices such as Fermi-Pasta-Ulam β lattice and {φ }4 lattice are investigated in detail. Interestingly, it is found that the MFPs are inversely proportional to the frequencies of renormalized phonons rather than the square of phonon frequencies predicted by existing phonon scattering theory.

  4. Complete one-loop renormalization of the Higgs-electroweak chiral Lagrangian

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Buchalla, G.; Catà, O.; Celis, A.; Knecht, M.; Krause, C.

    2018-03-01

    Employing background-field method and super-heat-kernel expansion, we compute the complete one-loop renormalization of the electroweak chiral Lagrangian with a light Higgs boson. Earlier results from purely scalar fluctuations are confirmed as a special case. We also recover the one-loop renormalization of the conventional Standard Model in the appropriate limit.

  5. Renormalization Group Invariance of the Pole Mass in the Multi-Higgs System

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Chungku

    2018-06-01

    We have investigated the renormalization group running of the pole mass in the multi-Higgs theory in two different types of gauge fixing conditions. The pole mass, when expressed in terms of the Lagrangian parameters, turns out to be invariant under the renormalization group with the beta and gamma functions of the symmetric phase.

  6. Nonperturbative renormalization group study of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation.

    PubMed

    Mejía-Monasterio, Carlos; Muratore-Ginanneschi, Paolo

    2012-07-01

    We study the renormalization group flow of the average action of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation with power-law forcing. Using Galilean invariance, we introduce a nonperturbative approximation adapted to the zero-frequency sector of the theory in the parametric range of the Hölder exponent 4-2ε of the forcing where real-space local interactions are relevant. In any spatial dimension d, we observe the convergence of the resulting renormalization group flow to a unique fixed point which yields a kinetic energy spectrum scaling in agreement with canonical dimension analysis. Kolmogorov's -5/3 law is, thus, recovered for ε = 2 as also predicted by perturbative renormalization. At variance with the perturbative prediction, the -5/3 law emerges in the presence of a saturation in the ε dependence of the scaling dimension of the eddy diffusivity at ε = 3/2 when, according to perturbative renormalization, the velocity field becomes infrared relevant.

  7. Effect of electron-phonon coupling on energy and density of states renormalizations of dynamically screened graphene

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Leblanc, J. P. F.; Carbotte, J. P.; Nicol, E. J.

    2012-02-01

    Motivated by recent tunneling and angle-resolved photoemission (ARPES) work [1,2], we explore the combined effect of electron-electron and electron-phonon couplings on the renormalized energy dispersion, the spectral function, and the density of states of doped graphene. We find that the plasmarons seen in ARPES are also observable in the density of states and appear as structures with quadratic dependence on energy about the minima. Further, we illustrate how knowledge of the slopes of both the density of states and the renormalized dispersion near the Fermi level can allow for the separation of momentum and frequency dependent renormalizations to the Fermi velocity. This analysis should allow for the isolation of the renormalization due to the electron-phonon interaction from that of the electron-electron interaction. [4pt] [1] Brar et al. Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 036805 (2010) [2] Bostwick et al. Science 328, p.999 (2010)

  8. Renormalization of QCD in the interpolating momentum subtraction scheme at three loops

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gracey, J. A.; Simms, R. M.

    2018-04-01

    We introduce a more general set of kinematic renormalization schemes than the original momentum subtraction schemes of Celmaster and Gonsalves. These new schemes will depend on a parameter ω , which tags the external momentum of one of the legs of the three-point vertex functions in QCD. In each of the three new schemes, we renormalize QCD in the Landau and maximal Abelian gauges and establish the three-loop renormalization group functions in each gauge. For an application, we evaluate two critical exponents at the Banks-Zaks fixed point and demonstrate that their values appear to be numerically scheme independent in a subrange of the conformal window.

  9. Scanning three-dimensional x-ray diffraction microscopy using a high-energy microbeam

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hayashi, Y., E-mail: y-hayashi@mosk.tytlabs.co.jp; Hirose, Y.; Seno, Y.

    2016-07-27

    A scanning three-dimensional X-ray diffraction (3DXRD) microscope apparatus with a high-energy microbeam was installed at the BL33XU Toyota beamline at SPring-8. The size of the 50 keV beam focused using Kirkpatrick-Baez mirrors was 1.3 μm wide and 1.6 μm high in full width at half maximum. The scanning 3DXRD method was tested for a cold-rolled carbon steel sheet sample. A three-dimensional orientation map with 37 {sup 3} voxels was obtained.

  10. Reflective optical imaging systems with balanced distortion

    DOEpatents

    Hudyma, Russell M.

    2001-01-01

    Optical systems compatible with extreme ultraviolet radiation comprising four reflective elements for projecting a mask image onto a substrate are described. The four optical elements comprise, in order from object to image, convex, concave, convex and concave mirrors. The optical systems are particularly suited for step and scan lithography methods. The invention enables the use of larger slit dimensions associated with ring field scanning optics, improves wafer throughput, and allows higher semiconductor device density. The inventive optical systems are characterized by reduced dynamic distortion because the static distortion is balanced across the slit width.

  11. Development of X-ray Microscopy at IPOE

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhu, J.; Mu, B.; Huang, Q.; Huang, C.; Yi, S.; Zhang, Z.; Wang, F.; Wang, Z.; Chen, L.

    2011-09-01

    In order to meet the different requirements of applications in synchrotron radiation and plasma diagnosis in China, focusing and imaging optics based on Kirkpatrick-Baez (KB) mirrors, compound refractive lenses (CRLs), and multilayer Laue lenses (MLLs) were studied in our lab. A one-dimensional KB microscope using mirrors with a dual-periodic multilayer coating was developed. The multilayer mirror can reflect both 4.75 keV (Ti K-line) and 8.05 keV (Cu K-line) simultaneously, which makes alignment easier. For hard x-ray microscopy, CRL was studied. Using a SU-8 resist planar parabolic CRL, a focal line of 28.8-μm width was obtained. To focus hard x-rays to nanometer levels efficiently, an MLL was fabricated using a WSi2/Si multilayer. The MLL consists of 324 alternating WSi2 and Si layers with a total thickness of 7.9 μm. (Recently, a much thicker multilayer has been deposited with a layer number of n = 1582 and a total thickness of 27 μm.) After deposition, the sample was sliced and polished into an approximate ideal aspect ratio (depth of the zone plate to outmost layer thickness); the measured results show an intact structure remains, and the surface roughness of the cross section is about 0.4 nm after grinding and polishing processes.

  12. Convection-Diffusion Layer in an "Open Space" for Local Surface Treatment and Microfabrication using a Four-Aperture Microchemical Pen.

    PubMed

    Mao, Sifeng; Zhang, Yong; Zhang, Weifei; Zeng, Hulie; Nakajima, Hizuru; Lin, Jin-Ming; Uchiyama, Katsumi

    2017-09-06

    A four-aperture microchemical pen was used to produce a stable convection-diffusion layer in an "open space" for microreactions and microfabrication. The process represents a new method for microreactions and microfabrication in a convection-diffusion layer. To prove the concept of a convection-diffusion layer in an "open space", bovine serum albumin was labeled with 4-fluoro-7-nitro-2,1,3-benzoxadiazole to confirm that the small convection-diffusion layer was effective for local surface treatment. To demonstrate the potential for microfabrication, silver patterns were fabricated on a glass surface with a convection-diffusion layer by using the silver-mirror reaction. The widths of each silver pattern could be easily controlled from 10 to 60 μm. Patterned silver lines with uniform widths or gradient widths were prepared. This is the first proof of concept study of a convection-diffusion layer in an "open space" used in local surface treatment and microfabrication on a surface. The microchemical pen represents a potential method for the region-selective microtreatment of tissues, cells, and other biological interfaces. © 2017 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  13. Reflective Filters Design for Self-Filtering Narrowband Ultraviolet Imaging Experiment Wide-Field Surveys (NUVIEWS) Project

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Park, Jung- Ho; Kim, Jongmin; Zukic, Muamer; Torr, Douglas G.

    1994-01-01

    We report the design of multilayer reflective filters for the self-filtering cameras of the NUVIEWS project. Wide angle self-filtering cameras were designed to image the C IV (154.9 nm) line emission, and H2 Lyman band fluorescence (centered at 161 nm) over a 20 deg x 30 deg field of view. A key element of the filter design includes the development of pi-multilayers optimized to provide maximum reflectance at 154.9 nm and 161 nm for the respective cameras without significant spectral sensitivity to the large cone angle of the incident radiation. We applied self-filtering concepts to design NUVIEWS telescope filters that are composed of three reflective mirrors and one folding mirror. The filters with narrowband widths of 6 and 8 rim at 154.9 and 161 nm, respectively, have net throughputs of more than 50 % with average blocking of out-of-band wavelengths better than 3 x 10(exp -4)%.

  14. Mid-infrared Fe2+:ZnSe semiconductor saturable absorber mirror for passively Q-switched Er3+-doped ZBLAN fiber laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ning, Shougui; Feng, Guoying; Dai, Shenyu; Zhang, Hong; Zhang, Wei; Deng, Lijuan; Zhou, Shouhuan

    2018-02-01

    A mid-infrared (mid-IR) semiconductor saturable absorber mirror (SESAM) based on Fe2+:ZnSe for passively Q-switched Er3+-doped ZBLAN fiber laser has been demonstrated. Fe2+:ZnSe SESAM was fabricated by electron beam evaporation method. Fe2+ was innovatively doped into the reflective Bragg stack, in which ZnSe layer served as both doped matrix and high refractive layer during the fabricating process. By using the Fe2+:ZnSe SESAM, stable passively Q-switched pulses with the minimum pulse width of 0.43 μs under a repetition rate of 160.82 kHz were obtained. The recorded maximum average output power of 873 mW with a peak power of 12.59 W and pulse energy of 5.43 μJ were achieved. The results demonstrated a new method for fabricating Fe2+:ZnSe SESAM, which can be used in compact mid-IR Q-switched fiber laser.

  15. Formation and decay of resonance states in 9Be and 9B nuclei: Microscopic three-cluster model investigations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vasilevsky, V. S.; Katō, K.; Takibayev, N. Zh.

    2017-09-01

    We study the nature of the low-lying resonance states in mirror nuclei 9Be and 9B. Investigations are performed within a three-cluster model. The model makes use of the hyperspherical harmonics, which provides a convenient description of the three-cluster continuum. The dominant three-cluster configurations α +α +n and α +α +p in 9Be and 9B, respectively, are taken into account. Dominant decay channels for all resonance states in 9Be and 9B are explored. Much attention is paid to the controversial 1 /2+ resonance states in both nuclei. We study effects of the Coulomb interaction on the energy and width of three-cluster resonances in the mirror nuclei 9Be and 9B. We also search for the Hoyle-analog state, which is a key step for alternative ways to synthesize 9Be and 9B in triple collisions of clusters in a stellar environment.

  16. Experimental investigation of current free double layers in helicon plasmas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sahu, B. B.; Tarey, R. D.; Ganguli, A.

    2014-02-15

    The paper presents investigations of current free double layer (CFDL) that forms in helicon plasmas. In contrast to the other work reporting on the same subject, in the present investigations the double layer (DL) forms in a mirror-like magnetic field topology. The RF compensated Langmuir probe measurements show multiple DLs, which are in connection with, the abrupt fall of densities along with potential drop of about 24 V and 18 V. The DLs strengths (e ΔV{sub p})/(k T{sub e}) are about 9.5 and 6, and the corresponding widths are about 6 and 5 D lengths. The potential drop is nearly equal tomore » the thermal anisotropies between the two plasma regions forming the DL, which is present in the plateau region of mirror, unlike the earlier studies on the DL formation in the region of strong gradients in the magnetic field. Also, it presents a qualitative discussion on the mechanism of DL formation.« less

  17. Micromirror with large-tilting angle using Fe-based metallic glass.

    PubMed

    Lee, Jae-Wung; Lin, Yu-Ching; Kaushik, Neelam; Sharma, Parmanand; Makino, Akihiro; Inoue, Akihisa; Esashi, Masayoshi; Gessner, Thomas

    2011-09-01

    For enhancing the micromirror properties like tilting angle and stability during actuation, Fe-based metallic glass (MG) was applied for torsion bar material. A micromirror with mirror-plate diameter of 900 μm and torsion bar dimensions length 250 μm, width 30 μm and thickness 2.5 μm was chosen for the tilting angle tests, which were performed by permanent magnets and electromagnet setup. An extremely large tilting angle of over -270° was obtained from an activation test by permanent magnet that has approximately 0.2 T of magnetic strength. A large mechanical tilting angle of over -70° was obtained by applying approximately 1.1 mT to the mirror when 93 mAwas applied to solenoid setup. The large-tilting angle of the micromirror is due to the torsion bar, which was fabricated with Fe-based MG thin film that has large elastic strain limit, fracture toughness, and excellent magnetic property.

  18. Enhancement of structural stiffness in MEMS structures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ilias, Samir; Picard, Francis; Topart, Patrice; Larouche, Carl; Jerominek, Hubert

    2006-01-01

    Many optical applications require smooth micromirror reflective surfaces with large radius of curvature. Usually when using surface micromachining technology and as a result of residual stress and stress gradient in thin films, the control of residual curvature is a difficult task. In this work, two engineering approaches were developed to enhance structural stiffness of micromirrors. 1) By integrating stiffening structures and thermal annealing. The stiffening structures consist of U-shaped profiles integrated with the mirror (dimension 200×300 μm2). 2) By combining selective electroplating and flip-chip based technologies. Nickel was used as electroplated material with optimal stress values around +/-10 MPa for layer thicknesses of about 10 μm. With the former approach, typical curvature radii of about 1.5 cm and 0.6 cm along mirror width and length were obtained, respectively. With the latter approach, an important improvement in the micromirror planarity and flatness was achieved with curvature radius up to 23 cm and roughness lower than 5 nm rms for typical 1000×1000 μm2 micromirrors.

  19. Semiconductor saturable absorber mirror passively Q-switched 2.97 μm fluoride fiber laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Jianfeng; Luo, Hongyu; He, Yulian; Liu, Yong; Luo, Binbin; Sun, Zhongyuan; Zhang, Lin; Turitsyn, Sergei K.

    2014-05-01

    A diode-cladding-pumped mid-infrared passively Q-switched Ho3+-doped fluoride fiber laser using a reverse designed broad band semiconductor saturable mirror (SESAM) was demonstrated. Nonlinear reflectivity of the SESAM was measured using an in-house Yb3+-doped mode-locked fiber laser at 1062 nm. Stable pulse train was produced at a slope efficient of 12.1% with respect to the launched pump power. Maximum pulse energy of 6.65 μJ with a pulse width of 1.68 μs and signal to noise ratio (SNR) of ~50 dB was achieved at a repetition rate of 47.6 kHz and center wavelength of 2.971 μm. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first 3 μm region SESAM based Q-switched fiber laser with the highest average power and pulse energy, as well as the longest wavelength from mid-infrared passively Q-switched fluoride fiber lasers.

  20. Semiconductor saturable absorber mirror passively Q-switched 2.97 μm fluoride fiber laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, J. F.; Luo, H. Y.; He, Y. L.; Liu, Y.; Zhang, L.; Zhou, K. M.; Rozhin, A. G.; Turistyn, S. K.

    2014-06-01

    A diode-cladding-pumped mid-infrared passively Q-switched Ho3+-doped fluoride fiber laser using a reverse designed broad band semiconductor saturable mirror (SESAM) was demonstrated. Nonlinear reflectivity of the SESAM was measured using an in-house Yb3+-doped mode-locked fiber laser at 1062 nm. Stable pulse train was produced at a slope efficient of 12.1% with respect to the launched pump power. Maximum pulse energy of 6.65 µJ with a pulse width of 1.68 µs and signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of ~50 dB was achieved at a repetition rate of 47.6 kHz and center wavelength of 2.971 µm. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first 3 µm region SESAM-based Q-switched fiber laser with the highest average power and pulse energy, as well as the longest wavelength from mid-infrared passively Q-switched fluoride fiber lasers.

  1. Sub-20-ps pulses from a passively Q-switched microchip laser at 1  MHz repetition rate.

    PubMed

    Mehner, Eva; Bernard, Benjamin; Giessen, Harald; Kopf, Daniel; Braun, Bernd

    2014-05-15

    We present a 50 μm Nd3+:YVO4 microchip laser that is passively Q-switched by a semiconductor saturable absorber mirror. To reduce handling problems caused by the small crystal dimensions, the 50 μm Nd3+:YVO4 crystal is optically bonded to an undoped YVO4 crystal of a length of about 500 μm. By using a saturable absorber mirror with an effective modulation depth of >10% the system is able to deliver 16 ps pulses at a repetition rate of up to 1.0 MHz. The average laser power is 16 mW at 1064 nm. To our knowledge these are the shortest Q-switched pulses ever reported from a solid-state laser. The limits in terms of pulse width, repetition rate, output power, and system stability are discussed. Additionally, continuous-wave behavior is analyzed. Experimental data is compared with the simulation results of the coupled rate equations.

  2. Excited state TBA and renormalized TCSA in the scaling Potts model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lencsés, M.; Takács, G.

    2014-09-01

    We consider the field theory describing the scaling limit of the Potts quantum spin chain using a combination of two approaches. The first is the renormalized truncated conformal space approach (TCSA), while the second one is a new thermodynamic Bethe Ansatz (TBA) system for the excited state spectrum in finite volume. For the TCSA we investigate and clarify several aspects of the renormalization procedure and counter term construction. The TBA system is first verified by comparing its ultraviolet limit to conformal field theory and the infrared limit to exact S matrix predictions. We then show that the TBA and the renormalized TCSA match each other to a very high precision for a large range of the volume parameter, providing both a further verification of the TBA system and a demonstration of the efficiency of the TCSA renormalization procedure. We also discuss the lessons learned from our results concerning recent developments regarding the low-energy scattering of quasi-particles in the quantum Potts spin chain.

  3. Threshold and flavor effects in the renormalization group equations of the MSSM: Dimensionless couplings

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Box, Andrew D.; Tata, Xerxes

    2008-03-01

    In a theory with broken supersymmetry, gaugino couplings renormalize differently from gauge couplings, as do higgsino couplings from Higgs boson couplings. As a result, we expect the gauge (Higgs boson) couplings and the corresponding gaugino (higgsino) couplings to evolve to different values under renormalization group evolution. We reexamine the renormalization group equations (RGEs) for these couplings in the minimal supersymmetric standard model (MSSM). To include threshold effects, we calculate the β functions using a sequence of (nonsupersymmetric) effective theories with heavy particles decoupled at the scale of their mass. We find that the difference between the SM couplings and their SUSY cousins that is ignored in the literature may be larger than two-loop effects which are included, and further that renormalization group evolution induces a nontrivial flavor structure in gaugino interactions. We present here the coupled set of RGEs for these dimensionless gauge and Yukawa-type couplings. The RGEs for the dimensionful soft-supersymmetry-breaking parameters of the MSSM will be presented in a companion paper.

  4. Products of composite operators in the exact renormalization group formalism

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pagani, C.; Sonoda, H.

    2018-02-01

    We discuss a general method of constructing the products of composite operators using the exact renormalization group formalism. Considering mainly the Wilson action at a generic fixed point of the renormalization group, we give an argument for the validity of short-distance expansions of operator products. We show how to compute the expansion coefficients by solving differential equations, and test our method with some simple examples.

  5. Noncommutative Jackiw-Pi model: One-loop renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bufalo, R.; Ghasemkhani, M.; Alipour, M.

    2018-06-01

    In this paper, we study the quantum behavior of the noncommutative Jackiw-Pi model. After establishing the Becchi-Rouet-Store-Tyutin (BRST) invariant action, the perturbative renormalizability is discussed, allowing us to introduce the renormalized mass and gauge coupling. We then proceed to compute the one-loop correction to the basic 1PI functions, necessary to determine the renormalized parameters (mass and charge), next we discuss the physical behavior of these parameters.

  6. Functional Renormalization Group Flows on Friedman-Lemaître-Robertson-Walker backgrounds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Platania, Alessia; Saueressig, Frank

    2018-06-01

    We revisit the construction of the gravitational functional renormalization group equation tailored to the Arnowitt-Deser-Misner formulation emphasizing its connection to the covariant formulation. The results obtained from projecting the renormalization group flow onto the Einstein-Hilbert action are reviewed in detail and we provide a novel example illustrating how the formalism may be connected to the causal dynamical triangulations approach to quantum gravity.

  7. Renormalization group approach to power-law modeling of complex metabolic networks.

    PubMed

    Hernández-Bermejo, Benito

    2010-08-07

    In the modeling of complex biological systems, and especially in the framework of the description of metabolic pathways, the use of power-law models (such as S-systems and GMA systems) often provides a remarkable accuracy over several orders of magnitude in concentrations, an unusually broad range not fully understood at present. In order to provide additional insight in this sense, this article is devoted to the renormalization group analysis of reactions in fractal or self-similar media. In particular, the renormalization group methodology is applied to the investigation of how rate-laws describing such reactions are transformed when the geometric scale is changed. The precise purpose of such analysis is to investigate whether or not power-law rate-laws present some remarkable features accounting for the successes of power-law modeling. As we shall see, according to the renormalization group point of view the answer is positive, as far as power-laws are the critical solutions of the renormalization group transformation, namely power-law rate-laws are the renormalization group invariant solutions. Moreover, it is shown that these results also imply invariance under the group of concentration scalings, thus accounting for the reported power-law model accuracy over several orders of magnitude in metabolite concentrations. Copyright 2010 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  8. Buckling of thermally fluctuating spherical shells: Parameter renormalization and thermally activated barrier crossing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baumgarten, Lorenz; Kierfeld, Jan

    2018-05-01

    We study the influence of thermal fluctuations on the buckling behavior of thin elastic capsules with spherical rest shape. Above a critical uniform pressure, an elastic capsule becomes mechanically unstable and spontaneously buckles into a shape with an axisymmetric dimple. Thermal fluctuations affect the buckling instability by two mechanisms. On the one hand, thermal fluctuations can renormalize the capsule's elastic properties and its pressure because of anharmonic couplings between normal displacement modes of different wavelengths. This effectively lowers its critical buckling pressure [Košmrlj and Nelson, Phys. Rev. X 7, 011002 (2017), 10.1103/PhysRevX.7.011002]. On the other hand, buckled shapes are energetically favorable already at pressures below the classical buckling pressure. At these pressures, however, buckling requires to overcome an energy barrier, which only vanishes at the critical buckling pressure. In the presence of thermal fluctuations, the capsule can spontaneously overcome an energy barrier of the order of the thermal energy by thermal activation already at pressures below the critical buckling pressure. We revisit parameter renormalization by thermal fluctuations and formulate a buckling criterion based on scale-dependent renormalized parameters to obtain a temperature-dependent critical buckling pressure. Then we quantify the pressure-dependent energy barrier for buckling below the critical buckling pressure using numerical energy minimization and analytical arguments. This allows us to obtain the temperature-dependent critical pressure for buckling by thermal activation over this energy barrier. Remarkably, both parameter renormalization and thermal activation lead to the same parameter dependence of the critical buckling pressure on temperature, capsule radius and thickness, and Young's modulus. Finally, we study the combined effect of parameter renormalization and thermal activation by using renormalized parameters for the energy barrier in thermal activation to obtain our final result for the temperature-dependent critical pressure, which is significantly below the results if only parameter renormalization or only thermal activation is considered.

  9. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Rodrigues, Davi C.; Piattella, Oliver F.; Chauvineau, Bertrand, E-mail: davi.rodrigues@cosmo-ufes.org, E-mail: Bertrand.Chauvineau@oca.eu, E-mail: oliver.piattella@pq.cnpq.br

    We show that Renormalization Group extensions of the Einstein-Hilbert action for large scale physics are not, in general, a particular case of standard Scalar-Tensor (ST) gravity. We present a new class of ST actions, in which the potential is not necessarily fixed at the action level, and show that this extended ST theory formally contains the Renormalization Group case. We also propose here a Renormalization Group scale setting identification that is explicitly covariant and valid for arbitrary relativistic fluids.

  10. Renormalization in Coulomb-gauge QCD within the Lagrangian formalism

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Niegawa, A.

    2006-08-15

    We study renormalization of Coulomb-gauge QCD within the Lagrangian, second-order, formalism. We derive a Ward identity and the Zinn-Justin equation, and, with the help of the latter, we give a proof of algebraic renormalizability of the theory. Through diagrammatic analysis, we show that, in the strict Coulomb gauge, g{sup 2}D{sup 00} is invariant under renormalization. (D{sup 00} is the time-time component of the gluon propagator.)

  11. Geometry of the theory space in the exact renormalization group formalism

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pagani, C.; Sonoda, H.

    2018-01-01

    We consider the theory space as a manifold whose coordinates are given by the couplings appearing in the Wilson action. We discuss how to introduce connections on this theory space. A particularly intriguing connection can be defined directly from the solution of the exact renormalization group (ERG) equation. We advocate a geometric viewpoint that lets us define straightforwardly physically relevant quantities invariant under the changes of a renormalization scheme.

  12. A garden of orchids: a generalized Harper equation at quadratic irrational frequencies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mestel, B. D.; Osbaldestin, A. H.

    2004-10-01

    We consider a generalized Harper equation at quadratic irrational flux, showing, in the strong coupling limit, the fluctuations of the exponentially decaying eigenfunctions are governed by the dynamics of a renormalization operator on a renormalization strange set. This work generalizes previous analyses which have considered only the golden mean case. Projections of the renormalization strange sets are illustrated analogous to the 'orchid' present in the golden mean case.

  13. Renormalization group independence of Cosmological Attractors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fumagalli, Jacopo

    2017-06-01

    The large class of inflationary models known as α- and ξ-attractors gives identical cosmological predictions at tree level (at leading order in inverse power of the number of efolds). Working with the renormalization group improved action, we show that these predictions are robust under quantum corrections. This means that for all the models considered the inflationary parameters (ns , r) are (nearly) independent on the Renormalization Group flow. The result follows once the field dependence of the renormalization scale, fixed by demanding the leading log correction to vanish, satisfies a quite generic condition. In Higgs inflation (which is a particular ξ-attractor) this is indeed the case; in the more general attractor models this is still ensured by the renormalizability of the theory in the effective field theory sense.

  14. Finding a Needle in a Climate Haystack

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Verosub, K. L.; Medrano, R.; Valentine, M.

    2014-12-01

    We are studying the regional impact of volcanic eruptions that might have caused global cooling using high-quality annual-resolution proxy records of natural phenomena, such as tree-ring widths, and cultural events, such as the dates of the beginning of grape and rye harvests. To do this we need to determine if the year following an eruption was significantly colder and wetter than preceding or subsequent years as measured by any given proxy and if that year is consistently cold and wet across different proxies. The problem is complicated by the fact that normal inter-annual variations in any given proxy can be quite large and can obscure any volcanological impact and by the fact that inter-annual variations for different proxies will have different means and standard deviations. We address the first problem by assuming that on a regional scale, the inter-annual variations of different proxies are at best only weakly correlated and that, in the absence of a volcanological signal, these variations will average out on a regional scale. We address the second problem by renormalizing each record so that it has the same mean and standard deviation over a given time interval. We then sum the re-normalized records on a year-by-year basis and look for years with significantly higher total scores. The method can also be used to assess the statistical significance of an anomalous value. Our initial analysis of records primarily from the Northern Hemisphere shows that the years 1601 and 1816 were significantly colder and wetter than any others in the past 500 years. These years followed the eruptions of Huayanaputina in Chile and Tambora in Indonesia, respectively, by one year. The years 1698 and 1837 also show up as being climatologically severe although they have not (yet) been associated with specific volcanic eruptions.

  15. Fine structure of the entanglement entropy in the O(2) model.

    PubMed

    Yang, Li-Ping; Liu, Yuzhi; Zou, Haiyuan; Xie, Z Y; Meurice, Y

    2016-01-01

    We compare two calculations of the particle density in the superfluid phase of the O(2) model with a chemical potential μ in 1+1 dimensions. The first relies on exact blocking formulas from the Tensor Renormalization Group (TRG) formulation of the transfer matrix. The second is a worm algorithm. We show that the particle number distributions obtained with the two methods agree well. We use the TRG method to calculate the thermal entropy and the entanglement entropy. We describe the particle density, the two entropies and the topology of the world lines as we increase μ to go across the superfluid phase between the first two Mott insulating phases. For a sufficiently large temporal size, this process reveals an interesting fine structure: the average particle number and the winding number of most of the world lines in the Euclidean time direction increase by one unit at a time. At each step, the thermal entropy develops a peak and the entanglement entropy increases until we reach half-filling and then decreases in a way that approximately mirrors the ascent. This suggests an approximate fermionic picture.

  16. Archival and Dissemination of the U.S. and Canadian Experimental Nuclear Reaction Data (EXFOR Project)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pritychenko, Boris; Hlavac, Stanislav; Schwerer, Otto; Zerkin, Viktor

    2017-09-01

    The Exchange Format (EXFOR) or experimental nuclear reaction database and the associated Web interface provide access to the wealth of low- and intermediate-energy nuclear reaction physics data. This resource includes numerical data sets and bibliographical information for more than 22,000 experiments since the beginning of nuclear science. Analysis of the experimental data sets, recovery and archiving will be discussed. Examples of the recent developments of the data renormalization, uploads and inverse reaction calculations for nuclear science and technology applications will be presented. The EXFOR database, updated monthly, provides an essential support for nuclear data evaluation, application development and research activities. It is publicly available at the National Nuclear Data Center website http://www.nndc.bnl.gov/exfor and the International Atomic Energy Agency mirror site http://www-nds.iaea.org/exfor. This work was sponsored in part by the Office of Nuclear Physics, Office of Science of the U.S. Department of Energy under Contract No. DE-AC02-98CH10886 with Brookha ven Science Associates, LLC.

  17. Watching the brain recalibrate: Neural correlates of renormalization during face adaptation.

    PubMed

    Kloth, Nadine; Rhodes, Gillian; Schweinberger, Stefan R

    2017-07-15

    The face perception system flexibly adjusts its neural responses to current face exposure, inducing aftereffects in the perception of subsequent faces. For instance, adaptation to expanded faces makes undistorted faces appear compressed, and adaptation to compressed faces makes undistorted faces appear expanded. Such distortion aftereffects have been proposed to result from renormalization, in which the visual system constantly updates a prototype according to the adaptors' characteristics and evaluates subsequent faces relative to that. However, although consequences of adaptation are easily observed in behavioral aftereffects, it has proven difficult to observe renormalization during adaptation itself. Here we directly measured brain responses during adaptation to establish a neural correlate of renormalization. Given that the face-evoked occipito-temporal P2 event-related brain potential has been found to increase with face prototypicality, we reasoned that the adaptor-elicited P2 could serve as an electrophysiological indicator for renormalization. Participants adapted to sequences of four distorted (compressed or expanded) or undistorted faces, followed by a slightly distorted test face, which they had to classify as undistorted or distorted. We analysed ERPs evoked by each of the adaptors and found that P2 (but not N170) amplitudes evoked by consecutive adaptor faces exhibited an electrophysiological pattern of renormalization during adaptation to distorted faces: P2 amplitudes evoked by both compressed and expanded adaptors significantly increased towards asymptotic levels as adaptation proceeded. P2 amplitudes were smallest for the first adaptor, significantly larger for the second, and yet larger for the third adaptor. We conclude that the sensitivity of the occipito-temporal P2 to the perceived deviation of a face from the norm makes this component an excellent tool to study adaptation-induced renormalization. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  18. Renormalized Energy Concentration in Random Matrices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Borodin, Alexei; Serfaty, Sylvia

    2013-05-01

    We define a "renormalized energy" as an explicit functional on arbitrary point configurations of constant average density in the plane and on the real line. The definition is inspired by ideas of Sandier and Serfaty (From the Ginzburg-Landau model to vortex lattice problems, 2012; 1D log-gases and the renormalized energy, 2013). Roughly speaking, it is obtained by subtracting two leading terms from the Coulomb potential on a growing number of charges. The functional is expected to be a good measure of disorder of a configuration of points. We give certain formulas for its expectation for general stationary random point processes. For the random matrix β-sine processes on the real line ( β = 1,2,4), and Ginibre point process and zeros of Gaussian analytic functions process in the plane, we compute the expectation explicitly. Moreover, we prove that for these processes the variance of the renormalized energy vanishes, which shows concentration near the expected value. We also prove that the β = 2 sine process minimizes the renormalized energy in the class of determinantal point processes with translation invariant correlation kernels.

  19. Renormalization of concurrence: The application of the quantum renormalization group to quantum-information systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kargarian, M.; Jafari, R.; Langari, A.

    2007-12-01

    We have combined the idea of renormalization group and quantum-information theory. We have shown how the entanglement or concurrence evolve as the size of the system becomes large, i.e., the finite size scaling is obtained. Moreover, we introduce how the renormalization-group approach can be implemented to obtain the quantum-information properties of a many-body system. We have obtained the concurrence as a measure of entanglement, its derivatives and their scaling behavior versus the size of system for the one-dimensional Ising model in transverse field. We have found that the derivative of concurrence between two blocks each containing half of the system size diverges at the critical point with the exponent, which is directly associated with the divergence of the correlation length.

  20. Quantum corrections to non-Abelian SUSY theories on orbifolds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Groot Nibbelink, Stefan; Hillenbach, Mark

    2006-07-01

    We consider supersymmetric non-Abelian gauge theories coupled to hyper multiplets on five and six dimensional orbifolds, S/Z and T/Z, respectively. We compute the bulk and local fixed point renormalizations of the gauge couplings. To this end we extend supergraph techniques to these orbifolds by defining orbifold compatible delta functions. We develop their properties in detail. To cancel the bulk one-loop divergences the bulk gauge kinetic terms and dimension six higher derivative operators are required. The gauge couplings renormalize at the Z fixed points due to vector multiplet self interactions; the hyper multiplet renormalizes only non- Z fixed points. In 6D the Wess-Zumino-Witten term and a higher derivative analogue have to renormalize in the bulk as well to preserve 6D gauge invariance.

  1. The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group in practice.

    PubMed

    Olivares-Amaya, Roberto; Hu, Weifeng; Nakatani, Naoki; Sharma, Sandeep; Yang, Jun; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2015-01-21

    The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) is a tool that can be applied to a wide variety of interesting problems in quantum chemistry. Here, we examine the density matrix renormalization group from the vantage point of the quantum chemistry user. What kinds of problems is the DMRG well-suited to? What are the largest systems that can be treated at practical cost? What sort of accuracies can be obtained, and how do we reason about the computational difficulty in different molecules? By examining a diverse benchmark set of molecules: π-electron systems, benchmark main-group and transition metal dimers, and the Mn-oxo-salen and Fe-porphine organometallic compounds, we provide some answers to these questions, and show how the density matrix renormalization group is used in practice.

  2. Reflective optical imaging system with balanced distortion

    DOEpatents

    Chapman, Henry N.; Hudyma, Russell M.; Shafer, David R.; Sweeney, Donald W.

    1999-01-01

    An optical system compatible with short wavelength (extreme ultraviolet) An optical system compatible with short wavelength (extreme ultraviolet) radiation comprising four reflective elements for projecting a mask image onto a substrate. The four optical elements comprise, in order from object to image, convex, concave, convex and concave mirrors. The optical system is particularly suited for step and scan lithography methods. The invention enables the use of larger slit dimensions associated with ring field scanning optics, improves wafer throughput and allows higher semiconductor device density. The inventive optical system is characterized by reduced dynamic distortion because the static distortion is balanced across the slit width.

  3. Laser-driven plasma photonic crystals for high-power lasers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lehmann, G.; Spatschek, K. H.

    2017-05-01

    Laser-driven plasma density gratings in underdense plasma are shown to act as photonic crystals for high power lasers. The gratings are created by counterpropagating laser beams that trap electrons, followed by ballistic ion motion. This leads to strong periodic plasma density modulations with a lifetime on the order of picoseconds. The grating structure is interpreted as a plasma photonic crystal time-dependent property, e.g., the photonic band gap width. In Maxwell-Vlasov and particle-in-cell simulations it is demonstrated that the photonic crystals may act as a frequency filter and mirror for ultra-short high-power laser pulses.

  4. Design of a handheld optical coherence microscopy endoscope

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Korde, Vrushali R.; Liebmann, Erica; Barton, Jennifer K.

    2011-06-01

    Optical coherence microscopy (OCM) combines coherence gating, high numerical aperture optics, and a fiber-core pinhole to provide high axial and lateral resolution with relatively large depth of imaging. We present a handheld rigid OCM endoscope designed for small animal surgical imaging, with a 6-mm diam tip, 1-mm scan width, and 1-mm imaging depth. X-Y scanning is performed distally with mirrors mounted to micro galvonometer scanners incorporated into the endoscope handle. The endoscope optical design consists of scanning doublets, an afocal Hopkins relay lens system, a 0.4 numerical aperture water immersion objective, and a cover glass. This endoscope can resolve laterally a 1.4-μm line pair feature and has an axial resolution (full width half maximum) of 5.4 μm. Images taken with this endoscope of fresh ex-vivo mouse ovaries show structural features, such as corpus luteum, primary follicles, growing follicles, and fallopian tubes. This rigid handheld OCM endoscope can be useful for a variety of minimally invasive and surgical imaging applications.

  5. Measurement of radiative proton capture on F 18 and implications for oxygen-neon novae reexamined

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Akers, C.; Laird, A. M.; Fulton, B. R.

    The rate of the F-18(p, gamma)Ne-19 reaction affects the final abundance of the gamma-ray observable radioisotope F-18, produced in novae. However, no successful measurement of this reaction exists and the rate used is calculated from incomplete information on the contributing resonances. Of the two resonances thought to play a significant role, one has a radiative width estimated from the assumed analogue state in the mirror nucleus, F-19. The second does not have an analogue state assignment at all, resulting in an arbitrary radiative width being assumed. Here, we report the first successful direct measurement of the F-18(p, gamma)Ne-19 reaction. Themore » strength of the 665 keV resonance (E-x = 7.076 MeV) is found to be over an order of magnitude weaker than currently assumed in nova models. Reaction rate calculations show that this resonance therefore plays no significant role in the destruction of F-18 at any astrophysical energy.« less

  6. Numerical analysis of amplification of picosecond pulses in a THL-100 laser system with an increase in the pump energy of the XeF(C – A) amplifier

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yastremskii, A. G.; Ivanov, N. G.; Losev, V. F.

    2018-03-01

    Energy characteristics of laser radiation with a pulse width of 50 ps at an elevated pump energy of the XeF(C – A) amplifier of a hybrid THL-100 laser system are analysed numerically. The dynamics of the change in the energy and maximum intensity of laser radiation with an increase in the pump energy of the XeF(C – A) amplifier from 270 to 400 J is investigated. The results of studying the influence of the input beam divergence on the energy characteristics of the output beam are presented. It is shown that, for the existing system of mirrors, an increase in the pump energy to 400 J leads to an increase in the output energy from 3.2 to 5.5 J at a maximum radiation intensity of 57 GW cm-2. A system of amplifier mirrors with 27 laser beam passes and enlarged divergence angle of the amplified beam is considered. Theoretically, the proposed system of mirrors allows one to increase the laser pulse energy to 7.5 J at a maximum intensity of no more than 14.8 GW cm-2. The calculated efficiency of the conversion of the pump energy absorbed in the amplifier gas chamber into the lasing energy exceeds 3% in this regime.

  7. Microfocusing at the PG1 beamline at FLASH

    DOE PAGES

    Dziarzhytski, Siarhei; Gerasimova, Natalia; Goderich, Rene; ...

    2016-01-01

    The Kirkpatrick–Baez (KB) refocusing mirror system installed at the PG1 branch of the plane-grating monochromator beamline at the soft X-ray/XUV free-electron laser in Hamburg (FLASH) is designed to provide tight aberration-free focusing down to 4 µm × 6 µm full width at half-maximum (FWHM) on the sample. Such a focal spot size is mandatory to achieve ultimate resolution and to guarantee best performance of the vacuum-ultraviolet (VUV) off-axis parabolic double-monochromator Raman spectrometer permanently installed at the PG1 beamline as an experimental end-station. The vertical beam size on the sample of the Raman spectrometer, which operates without entrance slit, defines andmore » limits the energy resolution of the instrument which has an unprecedented design value of 2 meV for photon energies below 70 eV and about 15 meV for higher energies up to 200 eV. In order to reach the designed focal spot size of 4 µm FWHM (vertically) and to hold the highest spectrometer resolution, special fully motorized in-vacuum manipulators for the KB mirror holders have been developed and the optics have been aligned employing wavefront-sensing techniques as well as ablative imprints analysis. Lastly, aberrations like astigmatism were minimized. In this article the design and layout of the KB mirror manipulators, the alignment procedure as well as microfocus optimization results are presented.« less

  8. Enhancing dropwise condensation through bioinspired wettability patterning.

    PubMed

    Ghosh, Aritra; Beaini, Sara; Zhang, Bong June; Ganguly, Ranjan; Megaridis, Constantine M

    2014-11-04

    Dropwise condensation (DWC) heat transfer depends strongly on the maximum diameter (Dmax) of condensate droplets departing from the condenser surface. This study presents a facile technique implemented to gain control of Dmax in DWC within vapor/air atmospheres. We demonstrate how this approach can enhance the corresponding heat transfer rate by harnessing the capillary forces in the removal of the condensate from the surface. We examine various hydrophilic-superhydrophilic patterns, which, respectively, sustain and combine DWC and filmwise condensation on the substrate. The material system uses laser-patterned masking and chemical etching to achieve the desired wettability contrast and does not employ any hydrophobizing agent. By applying alternating straight parallel strips of hydrophilic (contact angle ∼78°) mirror-finish aluminum and superhydrophilic regions (etched aluminum) on the condensing surface, we show that the average maximum droplet size on the less-wettable domains is nearly 42% of the width of the corresponding strips. An overall improvement in the condensate collection rate, up to 19% (as compared to the control case of DWC on mirror-finish aluminum) was achieved by using an interdigitated superhydrophilic track pattern (on the mirror-finish hydrophilic surface) inspired by the vein network of plant leaves. The bioinspired interdigitated pattern is found to outperform the straight hydrophilic-superhydrophilic pattern design, particularly under higher humidity conditions in the presence of noncondensable gases (NCG), a condition that is more challenging for maintaining sustained DWC.

  9. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dziarzhytski, Siarhei; Gerasimova, Natalia; Goderich, Rene

    The Kirkpatrick–Baez (KB) refocusing mirror system installed at the PG1 branch of the plane-grating monochromator beamline at the soft X-ray/XUV free-electron laser in Hamburg (FLASH) is designed to provide tight aberration-free focusing down to 4 µm × 6 µm full width at half-maximum (FWHM) on the sample. Such a focal spot size is mandatory to achieve ultimate resolution and to guarantee best performance of the vacuum-ultraviolet (VUV) off-axis parabolic double-monochromator Raman spectrometer permanently installed at the PG1 beamline as an experimental end-station. The vertical beam size on the sample of the Raman spectrometer, which operates without entrance slit, defines andmore » limits the energy resolution of the instrument which has an unprecedented design value of 2 meV for photon energies below 70 eV and about 15 meV for higher energies up to 200 eV. In order to reach the designed focal spot size of 4 µm FWHM (vertically) and to hold the highest spectrometer resolution, special fully motorized in-vacuum manipulators for the KB mirror holders have been developed and the optics have been aligned employing wavefront-sensing techniques as well as ablative imprints analysis. Lastly, aberrations like astigmatism were minimized. In this article the design and layout of the KB mirror manipulators, the alignment procedure as well as microfocus optimization results are presented.« less

  10. Microscopic analysis of saturable absorbers: Semiconductor saturable absorber mirrors versus graphene

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hader, J.; Moloney, J. V.; College of Optical Sciences, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721

    2016-02-07

    Fully microscopic many-body calculations are used to study the influence of strong sub-picosecond pulses on the carrier distributions and corresponding optical response in saturable absorbers used for mode-locking—semiconductor (quantum well) saturable absorber mirrors (SESAMs) and single layer graphene based saturable absorber mirrors (GSAMs). Unlike in GSAMs, the saturation fluence and recovery time in SESAMs show a strong spectral dependence. While the saturation fluence in the SESAM is minimal at the excitonic bandgap, the optimal recovery time and least pulse distortion due to group delay dispersion are found for excitation higher in the first subband. For excitation near the SESAM bandgap,more » the saturation fluence is about one tenth of that in the GSAM. At energies above the bandgap, the fluences in both systems become similar. A strong dependence of the saturation fluence on the pulse width in both systems is caused by carrier relaxation during the pulse. The recovery time in graphene is found to be about two to four times faster than that in the SESAMs. The occurrence of negative differential transmission in graphene is shown to be caused by dopant related carriers. In SESAMs, a negative differential transmission is found when exciting below the excitonic resonance where excitation induced dephasing leads to an enhancement of the absorption. Comparisons of the simulation data to the experiment show a very good quantitative agreement.« less

  11. Red and infrared gas laser beam for therapy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pascu, Mihail-Lucian; Ristici, Marin; Ristici, E.; Tivarus, Madalina-Elena

    2000-06-01

    For the low power laser therapy, the experiments show that better results are obtained when the laser beam is an overlapping of two radiations: one in the visible region of the spectrum and the other in IR region. Also, some experiments show that for good results in biostimulation it is important to have a high coherence length of laser beam; this is not the case of the laser diodes The He-Ne laser has the best coherence, being able to generate laser radiations in visible and IR. It has tow strong laser lines: 633 nm and 1.15 micrometers . Although their gains are about the same, the available power of the red radiation is 3-4 times higher because of its larger width, when they oscillate separately. Using special dichroic mirrors for simultaneous reflection of the both liens, the laser beam will consist of the two radiations, each of them having good coherence . A 420 mm active length, 1.8 mm inner diameter He-Ne laser tube and a special designed resonator has been developed. The mirrors reflect both radiations as follows: one reflects 99.9 percent and the other, the output mirror, reflects 98 percent. There is a competition between them because these lines have a common lower level. The output power of the laser beam as 6 mW for 633 nm and 4 mW for 1.15 micrometers , respectively.

  12. Effective scalar field theory and reduction of couplings

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Atance, Mario; Cortés, José Luis

    1997-09-01

    A general discussion of the renormalization of the quantum theory of a scalar field as an effective field theory is presented. The renormalization group equations in a mass-independent renormalization scheme allow us to identify the possibility to go beyond the renormalizable φ4 theory without losing its predictive power. It is shown that there is a minimal extension with just one additional free parameter (the mass scale of the effective theory expansion) and some of its properties are discussed.

  13. Lorentz symmetry violation with higher-order operators and renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nascimento, J. R.; Petrov, A. Yu; Reyes, C. M.

    2018-01-01

    Effective field theory has shown to be a powerful method in searching for quantum gravity effects and in particular for CPT and Lorentz symmetry violation. In this work we study an effective field theory with higher-order Lorentz violation, specifically we consider a modified model with scalars and modified fermions interacting via the Yukawa coupling. We study its renormalization properties, that is, its radiative corrections and renormalization conditions in the light of the requirements of having a finite and unitary S-matrix.

  14. Hypercuboidal renormalization in spin foam quantum gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bahr, Benjamin; Steinhaus, Sebastian

    2017-06-01

    In this article, we apply background-independent renormalization group methods to spin foam quantum gravity. It is aimed at extending and elucidating the analysis of a companion paper, in which the existence of a fixed point in the truncated renormalization group flow for the model was reported. Here, we repeat the analysis with various modifications and find that both qualitative and quantitative features of the fixed point are robust in this setting. We also go into details about the various approximation schemes employed in the analysis.

  15. Callan-Symanzik equations for infrared Yang-Mills theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Weber, Axel; Dall'Olio, Pietro

    2017-12-01

    Dyson-Schwinger equations have been successful in determining the correlation functions in Yang-Mills theory in the Landau gauge, in the infrared regime. We argue that similar results can be obtained, in a technically simpler way, with Callan-Symanzik renormalization group equations. We present generalizations of the infrared safe renormalization scheme proposed by Tissier and Wschebor in 2011, and show how the renormalization scheme dependence can be used to improve the matching to the existing lattice data for the gluon and ghost propagators.

  16. The { β}-expansion formalism in perturbative QCD and its extension

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kataev, A. L.; Mikhailov, S. V.

    2016-11-01

    We discuss the { β}-expansion for renormalization group invariant quantities tracing this expansion to the different contractions of the corresponding incomplete BPHZ R-operation. All of the coupling renormalizations, which follow from these contractions, should be taken into account for the { β}-expansion. We illustrate this feature considering the nonsinglet Adler function D NS in the third order of perturbation. We propose a generalization of the { β}-expansion for the renormalization group covariant quantities — the { β, γ}-expansion.

  17. Material and Doping Dependence of the Nodal and Antinodal Dispersion Renormalizations in Single- and Multilayer Cuprates

    DOE PAGES

    Johnston, S.; Lee, W. S.; Chen, Y.; ...

    2010-01-01

    We presenmore » t a review of bosonic renormalization effects on electronic carriers observed from angle-resolved photoemission spectra in the cuprates. Specifically, we discuss the viewpoint that these renormalizations represent coupling of the electrons to the lattice and review how materials dependence, such as the number of Cu O 2 layers, and doping dependence can be understood straightforwardly in terms of several aspects of electron-phonon coupling in layered correlated materials.« less

  18. Investigating the excited Ωc0 states through ΞcK ¯ and Ξc'K ¯ decay channels

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Hongxia; Ping, Jialun; Wang, Fan

    2018-02-01

    Inspired by the five newly observed Ωc0 states by the LHCb detector, we study the Ωc0 states as the S -wave molecular pentaquarks with I =0 , JP=1/2- , 3/2-, and 5/2- by solving the renormalization group method equation in the framework of the chiral quark model. Both the energies and the decay widths are obtained in this work. Our results suggest that Ωc(3119 )0 can be explained as an S -wave resonance state of Ξ D with JP=1/2-, and the decay channels are the S -wave ΞcK ¯ and Ξc'K ¯ . Other reported Ωc0 states cannot be obtained in our present calculation. Another Ωc0 state with much higher mass 3533 MeV with JP=5/2- is also obtained. In addition, the calculation is extended to the Ωb0 states, and results similar to those of Ωc0 are obtained.

  19. SARAH 4: A tool for (not only SUSY) model builders

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Staub, Florian

    2014-06-01

    We present the new version of the Mathematica package SARAH which provides the same features for a non-supersymmetric model as previous versions for supersymmetric models. This includes an easy and straightforward definition of the model, the calculation of all vertices, mass matrices, tadpole equations, and self-energies. Also the two-loop renormalization group equations for a general gauge theory are now included and have been validated with the independent Python code PyR@TE. Model files for FeynArts, CalcHep/CompHep, WHIZARD and in the UFO format can be written, and source code for SPheno for the calculation of the mass spectrum, a set of precision observables, and the decay widths and branching ratios of all states can be generated. Furthermore, the new version includes routines to output model files for Vevacious for both, supersymmetric and non-supersymmetric, models. Global symmetries are also supported with this version and by linking Susyno the handling of Lie groups has been improved and extended.

  20. Photoluminescence characteristics of polariton condensation in a CuBr microcavity

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nakayama, Masaaki, E-mail: nakayama@a-phys.eng.osaka-cu.ac.jp; Murakami, Katsuya; Furukawa, Yoshiaki

    2014-07-14

    We have investigated the photoluminescence (PL) properties of a CuBr microcavity at 10 K, including the temporal profiles, from the viewpoint of cavity-polariton condensation. The excitation energy density dependence of the PL intensity (band width) of the lower polariton branch at an in-plane wave vector of k{sub //} = 0 exhibits a threshold-like increase (decrease). A large blueshift in the PL energy of ∼10 meV caused by the cavity-polariton renormalization is correlated with the excitation energy density dependence of the PL intensity. The estimated density of photogenerated electron-hole pairs at the threshold is two orders lower than the Mott transition density. These results consistentlymore » demonstrate the occurrence of cavity-polariton condensation. In addition, we found that the PL rise and decay times are shortened dramatically by the cavity-polariton condensation, which reflects the bosonic final state stimulation in the relaxation process and the intrinsic cavity-polariton lifetime in the decay process.« less

  1. Self consistent solution of the tJ model in the overdoped regime

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shastry, B. Sriram; Hansen, Daniel

    2013-03-01

    Detailed results from a recent microscopic theory of extremely correlated Fermi liquids, applied to the t-J model in two dimensions, are presented. The theory is to second order in a parameter λ, and is valid in the overdoped regime of the tJ model. The solution reported here is from Ref, where relevant equations given in Ref are self consistently solved for the square lattice. Thermodynamic variables and the resistivity are displayed at various densities and T for two sets of band parameters. The momentum distribution function and the renormalized electronic dispersion, its width and asymmetry are reported along principal directions of the zone. The optical conductivity is calculated. The electronic spectral function A (k , ω) probed in ARPES, is detailed with different elastic scattering parameters to account for the distinction between LASER and synchrotron ARPES. A high (binding) energy waterfall feature, sensitively dependent on the band hopping parameter t' is noted. This work was supported by DOE under Grant No. FG02-06ER46319.

  2. ATHENA: system studies and optics accommodation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ayre, M.; Bavdaz, M.; Ferreira, I.; Wille, E.; Fransen, S.; Stefanescu, A.; Linder, M.

    2016-07-01

    ATHENA is currently in Phase A, with a view to adoption upon a successful Mission Adoption Review in 2019/2020. After a brief presentation of the reference spacecraft (SC) design, this paper will focus on the functional and environmental requirements, the thermo-mechanical design and the Assembly, Integration, Verification & Test (AIVT) considerations related to housing the Silicon Pore Optics (SPO) Mirror Modules (MM) in the very large Mirror Assembly Module (MAM). Initially functional requirements on the MM accommodation are presented, with the Effective Area and Half Energy Width (HEW) requirements leading to a MAM comprising (depending on final mirror size selected) between 700-1000 MMs, co-aligned with exquisite accuracy to provide a common focus. A preliminary HEW budget allocated across the main error-contributors is presented, and this is then used as a reference to derive subsequent requirements and engineering considerations, including: The procedures and technologies for MM-integration into the Mirror Structure (MS) to achieve the required alignment accuracies in a timely manner; stiffness requirements and handling scheme required to constrain deformation under gravity during x-ray testing; temperature control to constrain thermo-elastic deformation during flight; and the role of the Instrument Switching Mechanism (ISM) in constraining HEW and Effective Area errors. Next, we present the key environmental requirements of the MMs, and the need to minimise shock-loading of the MMs is stressed. Methods to achieve this Ø are presented, including: Selection of a large clamp-band launch vehicle interface (LV I/F); lengthening of the shock-path from the LV I/F to the MAM I/F; modal-tuning of the MAM to act as a low-pass filter during launch shock events; use of low-shock HDRMs for the MAM; and the possibility to deploy a passive vibration solution at the LV I/F to reduce loads.

  3. Double-pump-pass singly resonant optical parametric oscillator for efficient generation of infrared light at 2300 nm based on PPMgSLT

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Seungmin; Rhee, Bum Ku

    2015-02-01

    The pump laser was a cw-diode-pumped, acousto-optically Q-switched Nd:YAG laser. The laser had a pulse width of ~85 ns when operating at 10 kHz repetition rates. For infrared output of 2300 nm, we used 35-mm-long PPMgSLT which has a grating period of 32.7 μm for the first-order quasi-phase matching, resulting in the signal wavelength of 1980 nm at the crystal temperature of 76.5oC. Our optical parametric oscillator (OPO) was of a simple linear extra-cavity structure, formed by two flat dichroic mirrors with a separation of ~45 mm. The input coupling mirror had a high transmission of 98% for the pump, high reflectance of 98% at the signal and idler wavelengths, whereas the output coupler had a high reflectance of 98% at the pump wavelength. Hence, the OPO can be considered as singly resonant with double-pass pumping. In order to find an optimum reflectance for the efficient generation of infrared radiation of 2300 nm, we used the three different output mirrors whose reflectivity are ranging from 90% to 38% at the signal wavelength. We measured the signal and idler power as a function of the pumping power of Nd:YAG laser for three different output couplers. A maximum extraction efficiency with an optimum reflectance of output mirror was 27% for the idler, corresponding to 5.6 W of average output power. The fluctuations in the idler root-mean-square output power were measured to be below 1.5%. Our result is comparable with the recent one based on PPLN even with a simple cavity.

  4. The Role of Pickup Ion Dynamics Outside of the Heliopause in the Limit of Weak Pitch Angle Scattering: Implications for the Source of the IBEX Ribbon.

    PubMed

    Zirnstein, E J; Heerikhuisen, J; Dayeh, M A

    2018-01-01

    We present a new model of the Interstellar Boundary Explorer ( IBEX ) ribbon based on the secondary energetic neutral atom (ENA) mechanism, under the assumption that there is negligible pitch angle scattering of pickup ions (PUIs) outside the heliopause. Using the results of an MHD-plasma/kinetic-neutral simulation of the heliosphere, we generate PUIs in the outer heliosheath, solve their transport using guiding center theory, and compute ribbon ENA fluxes at 1 AU. We implement several aspects of the PUI dynamics, including (1) parallel motion along the local interstellar magnetic field (ISMF), (2) advective transport with the interstellar plasma, (3) the mirror force acting on PUIs propagating along the ISMF, and (4) betatron acceleration of PUIs as they are advected within an increasing magnetic field towards the heliopause. We find that ENA fluxes at 1 AU are reduced when PUIs are allowed to move along the ISMF, and ENA fluxes are reduced even more by the inclusion of the mirror force, which pushes particles away from IBEX lines-of-sight. Inclusion of advection and betatron acceleration do not result in any significant change in the ribbon. Interestingly, the mirror force reduces the ENA fluxes from the inner edge of the ribbon more than its outer edge, effectively reducing the ribbon's width by ∼6° and increasing its radius projected on the sky. This is caused by the asymmetric draping of the ISMF around the heliopause, such that ENAs from the ribbon's inner edge originate closer to the heliopause, where the mirror force is strongest.

  5. The Role of Pickup Ion Dynamics Outside of the Heliopause in the Limit of Weak Pitch Angle Scattering: Implications for the Source of the IBEX Ribbon

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zirnstein, E. J.; Heerikhuisen, J.; Dayeh, M. A.

    2018-03-01

    We present a new model of the Interstellar Boundary Explorer (IBEX) ribbon based on the secondary energetic neutral atom (ENA) mechanism, under the assumption that there is negligible pitch angle scattering of pickup ions (PUIs) outside the heliopause. Using the results of an MHD-plasma/kinetic-neutral simulation of the heliosphere, we generate PUIs in the outer heliosheath, solve their transport using guiding center theory, and compute ribbon ENA fluxes at 1 au. We implement several aspects of the PUI dynamics, including (1) parallel motion along the local interstellar magnetic field (ISMF), (2) advective transport with the interstellar plasma, (3) the mirror force acting on PUIs propagating along the ISMF, and (4) betatron acceleration of PUIs as they are advected within an increasing magnetic field toward the heliopause. We find that ENA fluxes at 1 au are reduced when PUIs are allowed to move along the ISMF, and ENA fluxes are reduced even more by the inclusion of the mirror force, which pushes particles away from IBEX lines of sight. Inclusion of advection and betatron acceleration do not result in any significant change in the ribbon. Interestingly, the mirror force reduces the ENA fluxes from the inner edge of the ribbon more than those from its outer edge, effectively reducing the ribbon’s width by ∼6° and increasing its radius projected on the sky. This is caused by the asymmetric draping of the ISMF around the heliopause, such that ENAs from the ribbon’s inner edge originate closer to the heliopause, where the mirror force is strongest.

  6. Turbulent transport of a passive-scalar field by using a renormalization-group method

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hossain, Murshed

    1992-01-01

    A passive-scalar field is considered to evolve under the influence of a turbulent fluid governed by the Navier-Stokes equation. Turbulent-transport coefficients are calculated by small-scale elimination using a renormalization-group method. Turbulent processes couple both the viscosity and the diffusivity. In the absence of any correlation between the passive-scalar fluctuations and any component of the fluid velocity, the renormalized diffusivity is essentially the same as if the fluid velocity were frozen, although the renormalized equation does contain higher-order nonlinear terms involving viscosity. This arises due to the nonlinear interaction of the velocity with itself. In the presence of a finite correlation, the turbulent diffusivity becomes coupled with both the velocity field and the viscosity. There is then a dependence of the turbulent decay of the passive scalar on the turbulent Prandtl number.

  7. Renormalization of spin excitations in hexagonal HoMnO3 by magnon-phonon coupling

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Taehun; Leiner, Jonathan C.; Park, Kisoo; Oh, Joosung; Sim, Hasung; Iida, Kazuki; Kamazawa, Kazuya; Park, Je-Geun

    2018-05-01

    Hexagonal HoMnO3, a two-dimensional Heisenberg antiferromagnet, has been studied via inelastic neutron scattering. A simple Heisenberg model with a single-ion anisotropy describes most features of the spin-wave dispersion curves. However, there is shown to be a renormalization of the magnon energies located at around 11 meV. Since both the magnon-magnon interaction and magnon-phonon coupling can affect the renormalization in a noncollinear magnet, we have accounted for both of these couplings by using a Heisenberg XXZ model with 1 /S expansions [1] and the Einstein site phonon model [13], respectively. This quantitative analysis leads to the conclusion that the renormalization effect primarily originates from the magnon-phonon coupling, while the spontaneous magnon decay due to the magnon-magnon interaction is suppressed by strong two-ion anisotropy.

  8. Off-shell renormalization in Higgs effective field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Binosi, Daniele; Quadri, Andrea

    2018-04-01

    The off-shell one-loop renormalization of a Higgs effective field theory possessing a scalar potential ˜ {({Φ}^{\\dagger}Φ -υ^2/2)}^N with N arbitrary is presented. This is achieved by renormalizing the theory once reformulated in terms of two auxiliary fields X 1,2, which, due to the invariance under an extended Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin symmetry, are tightly constrained by functional identities. The latter allow in turn the explicit derivation of the mapping onto the original theory, through which the (divergent) multi-Higgs amplitude are generated in a purely algebraic fashion. We show that, contrary to naive expectations based on the loss of power counting renormalizability, the Higgs field undergoes a linear Standard Model like redefinition, and evaluate the renormalization of the complete set of Higgs self-coupling in the N → ∞ case.

  9. Band gap renormalization and Burstein-Moss effect in silicon- and germanium-doped wurtzite GaN up to 1020 cm-3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Feneberg, Martin; Osterburg, Sarah; Lange, Karsten; Lidig, Christian; Garke, Bernd; Goldhahn, Rüdiger; Richter, Eberhard; Netzel, Carsten; Neumann, Maciej D.; Esser, Norbert; Fritze, Stephanie; Witte, Hartmut; Bläsing, Jürgen; Dadgar, Armin; Krost, Alois

    2014-08-01

    The interplay between band gap renormalization and band filling (Burstein-Moss effect) in n-type wurtzite GaN is investigated. For a wide range of electron concentrations up to 1.6×1020cm-3 spectroscopic ellipsometry and photoluminescence were used to determine the dependence of the band gap energy and the Fermi edge on electron density. The band gap renormalization is the dominating effect up to an electron density of about 9×1018cm-3; at higher values the Burstein-Moss effect is stronger. Exciton screening, the Mott transition, and formation of Mahan excitons are discussed. A quantitative understanding of the near gap transition energies on electron density is obtained. Higher energy features in the dielectric functions up to 10eV are not influenced by band gap renormalization.

  10. Renormalization group estimates of transport coefficients in the advection of a passive scalar by incompressible turbulence

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zhou, YE; Vahala, George

    1993-01-01

    The advection of a passive scalar by incompressible turbulence is considered using recursive renormalization group procedures in the differential sub grid shell thickness limit. It is shown explicitly that the higher order nonlinearities induced by the recursive renormalization group procedure preserve Galilean invariance. Differential equations, valid for the entire resolvable wave number k range, are determined for the eddy viscosity and eddy diffusivity coefficients, and it is shown that higher order nonlinearities do not contribute as k goes to 0, but have an essential role as k goes to k(sub c) the cutoff wave number separating the resolvable scales from the sub grid scales. The recursive renormalization transport coefficients and the associated eddy Prandtl number are in good agreement with the k-dependent transport coefficients derived from closure theories and experiments.

  11. Gauge-independent renormalization of the N2HDM

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krause, Marcel; López-Val, David; Mühlleitner, Margarete; Santos, Rui

    2017-12-01

    The Next-to-Minimal 2-Higgs-Doublet Model (N2HDM) is an interesting benchmark model for a Higgs sector consisting of two complex doublet and one real singlet fields. Like the Next-to-Minimal Supersymmetric extension (NMSSM) it features light Higgs bosons that could have escaped discovery due to their singlet admixture. Thereby, the model allows for various different Higgs-to-Higgs decay modes. Contrary to the NMSSM, however, the model is not subject to supersymmetric relations restraining its allowed parameter space and its phenomenology. For the correct determination of the allowed parameter space, the correct interpretation of the LHC Higgs data and the possible distinction of beyond-the-Standard Model Higgs sectors higher order corrections to the Higgs boson observables are crucial. This requires not only their computation but also the development of a suitable renormalization scheme. In this paper we have worked out the renormalization of the complete N2HDM and provide a scheme for the gauge-independent renormalization of the mixing angles. We discuss the renormalization of the Z_2 soft breaking parameter m 12 2 and the singlet vacuum expectation value v S . Both enter the Higgs self-couplings relevant for Higgs-to-Higgs decays. We apply our renormalization scheme to different sample processes such as Higgs decays into Z bosons and decays into a lighter Higgs pair. Our results show that the corrections may be sizable and have to be taken into account for reliable predictions.

  12. Application of the principle of maximum conformality to the hadroproduction of the Higgs boson at the LHC

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wang, Sheng-Quan; Wu, Xing-Gang; Brodsky, Stanley J.

    We present improved perturbative QCD (pQCD) predictions for Higgs boson hadroproduction at the LHC by applying the principle of maximum conformality (PMC), a procedure which resums the pQCD series using the renormalization group (RG), thereby eliminating the dependence of the predictions on the choice of the renormalization scheme while minimizing sensitivity to the initial choice of the renormalization scale. In previous pQCD predictions for Higgs boson hadroproduction, it has been conventional to assume that the renormalization scale μ r of the QCD coupling α s ( μ r ) is the Higgs mass and then to vary this choice overmore » the range 1 / 2 m H < μ r < 2 m H in order to estimate the theory uncertainty. However, this error estimate is only sensitive to the nonconformal β terms in the pQCD series, and thus it fails to correctly estimate the theory uncertainty in cases where a pQCD series has large higher-order contributions, as is the case for Higgs boson hadroproduction. Furthermore, this ad hoc choice of scale and range gives pQCD predictions which depend on the renormalization scheme being used, in contradiction to basic RG principles. In contrast, after applying the PMC, we obtain next-to-next-to-leading-order RG resummed pQCD predictions for Higgs boson hadroproduction which are renormalization-scheme independent and have minimal sensitivity to the choice of the initial renormalization scale. Taking m H = 125 GeV , the PMC predictions for the p p → H X Higgs inclusive hadroproduction cross sections for various LHC center-of-mass energies are σ Incl | 7 TeV = 21.2 1 + 1.36 - 1.32 pb , σ Incl | 8 TeV = 27.3 7 + 1.65 - 1.59 pb , and σ Incl | 13 TeV = 65.7 2 + 3.46 - 3.0 pb . We also predict the fiducial cross section σ fid ( p p → H → γ γ ) : σ fid | 7 TeV = 30.1 + 2.3 - 2.2 fb , σ fid | 8 TeV = 38.3 + 2.9 - 2.8 fb , and σ fid | 13 TeV = 85.8 + 5.7 - 5.3 fb . The error limits in these predictions include the small residual high-order renormalization-scale dependence plus the uncertainty from the factorization scale. The PMC predictions show better agreement with the ATLAS measurements than the LHC Higgs Cross Section Working Group predictions which are based on conventional renormalization-scale setting.« less

  13. The renormalization scale-setting problem in QCD

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wu, Xing-Gang; Brodsky, Stanley J.; Mojaza, Matin

    2013-09-01

    A key problem in making precise perturbative QCD predictions is to set the proper renormalization scale of the running coupling. The conventional scale-setting procedure assigns an arbitrary range and an arbitrary systematic error to fixed-order pQCD predictions. In fact, this ad hoc procedure gives results which depend on the choice of the renormalization scheme, and it is in conflict with the standard scale-setting procedure used in QED. Predictions for physical results should be independent of the choice of the scheme or other theoretical conventions. We review current ideas and points of view on how to deal with the renormalization scalemore » ambiguity and show how to obtain renormalization scheme- and scale-independent estimates. We begin by introducing the renormalization group (RG) equation and an extended version, which expresses the invariance of physical observables under both the renormalization scheme and scale-parameter transformations. The RG equation provides a convenient way for estimating the scheme- and scale-dependence of a physical process. We then discuss self-consistency requirements of the RG equations, such as reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity, which must be satisfied by a scale-setting method. Four typical scale setting methods suggested in the literature, i.e., the Fastest Apparent Convergence (FAC) criterion, the Principle of Minimum Sensitivity (PMS), the Brodsky–Lepage–Mackenzie method (BLM), and the Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC), are introduced. Basic properties and their applications are discussed. We pay particular attention to the PMC, which satisfies all of the requirements of RG invariance. Using the PMC, all non-conformal terms associated with the β-function in the perturbative series are summed into the running coupling, and one obtains a unique, scale-fixed, scheme-independent prediction at any finite order. The PMC provides the principle underlying the BLM method, since it gives the general rule for extending BLM up to any perturbative order; in fact, they are equivalent to each other through the PMC–BLM correspondence principle. Thus, all the features previously observed in the BLM literature are also adaptable to the PMC. The PMC scales and the resulting finite-order PMC predictions are to high accuracy independent of the choice of the initial renormalization scale, and thus consistent with RG invariance. The PMC is also consistent with the renormalization scale-setting procedure for QED in the zero-color limit. The use of the PMC thus eliminates a serious systematic scale error in perturbative QCD predictions, greatly improving the precision of empirical tests of the Standard Model and their sensitivity to new physics.« less

  14. Influence of Fröhlich polaron coupling on renormalized electron bands in polar semiconductors: Results for zinc-blende GaN

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nery, Jean Paul; Allen, Philip B.

    2016-09-01

    We develop a simple method to study the zero-point and thermally renormalized electron energy ɛk n(T ) for k n the conduction band minimum or valence maximum in polar semiconductors. We use the adiabatic approximation, including an imaginary broadening parameter i δ to suppress noise in the density-functional integrations. The finite δ also eliminates the polar divergence which is an artifact of the adiabatic approximation. Nonadiabatic Fröhlich polaron methods then provide analytic expressions for the missing part of the contribution of the problematic optical phonon mode. We use this to correct the renormalization obtained from the adiabatic approximation. Test calculations are done for zinc-blende GaN for an 18 ×18 ×18 integration grid. The Fröhlich correction is of order -0.02 eV for the zero-point energy shift of the conduction band minimum, and +0.03 eV for the valence band maximum; the correction to renormalization of the 3.28 eV gap is -0.05 eV, a significant fraction of the total zero point renormalization of -0.15 eV.

  15. Multiscale unfolding of real networks by geometric renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    García-Pérez, Guillermo; Boguñá, Marián; Serrano, M. Ángeles

    2018-06-01

    Symmetries in physical theories denote invariance under some transformation, such as self-similarity under a change of scale. The renormalization group provides a powerful framework to study these symmetries, leading to a better understanding of the universal properties of phase transitions. However, the small-world property of complex networks complicates application of the renormalization group by introducing correlations between coexisting scales. Here, we provide a framework for the investigation of complex networks at different resolutions. The approach is based on geometric representations, which have been shown to sustain network navigability and to reveal the mechanisms that govern network structure and evolution. We define a geometric renormalization group for networks by embedding them into an underlying hidden metric space. We find that real scale-free networks show geometric scaling under this renormalization group transformation. We unfold the networks in a self-similar multilayer shell that distinguishes the coexisting scales and their interactions. This in turn offers a basis for exploring critical phenomena and universality in complex networks. It also affords us immediate practical applications, including high-fidelity smaller-scale replicas of large networks and a multiscale navigation protocol in hyperbolic space, which betters those on single layers.

  16. Renormalization constants for 2-twist operators in twisted mass QCD

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Alexandrou, C.; Computation-based Science and Technology Research Center, The Cyprus Institute, 15 Kypranoros Str., 1645 Nicosia; Constantinou, M.

    2011-01-01

    Perturbative and nonperturbative results on the renormalization constants of the fermion field and the twist-2 fermion bilinears are presented with emphasis on the nonperturbative evaluation of the one-derivative twist-2 vector and axial-vector operators. Nonperturbative results are obtained using the twisted mass Wilson fermion formulation employing two degenerate dynamical quarks and the tree-level Symanzik improved gluon action. The simulations have been performed for pion masses in the range of about 450-260 MeV and at three values of the lattice spacing a corresponding to {beta}=3.9, 4.05, 4.20. Subtraction of O(a{sup 2}) terms is carried out by performing the perturbative evaluation of thesemore » operators at 1-loop and up to O(a{sup 2}). The renormalization conditions are defined in the RI{sup '}-MOM scheme, for both perturbative and nonperturbative results. The renormalization factors, obtained for different values of the renormalization scale, are evolved perturbatively to a reference scale set by the inverse of the lattice spacing. In addition, they are translated to MS at 2 GeV using 3-loop perturbative results for the conversion factors.« less

  17. Consistent parameter fixing in the quark-meson model with vacuum fluctuations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carignano, Stefano; Buballa, Michael; Elkamhawy, Wael

    2016-08-01

    We revisit the renormalization prescription for the quark-meson model in an extended mean-field approximation, where vacuum quark fluctuations are included. At a given cutoff scale the model parameters are fixed by fitting vacuum quantities, typically including the sigma-meson mass mσ and the pion decay constant fπ. In most publications the latter is identified with the expectation value of the sigma field, while for mσ the curvature mass is taken. When quark loops are included, this prescription is however inconsistent, and the correct identification involves the renormalized pion decay constant and the sigma pole mass. In the present article we investigate the influence of the parameter-fixing scheme on the phase structure of the model at finite temperature and chemical potential. Despite large differences between the model parameters in the two schemes, we find that in homogeneous matter the effect on the phase diagram is relatively small. For inhomogeneous phases, on the other hand, the choice of the proper renormalization prescription is crucial. In particular, we show that if renormalization effects on the pion decay constant are not considered, the model does not even present a well-defined renormalized limit when the cutoff is sent to infinity.

  18. Time-dependent spectral renormalization method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cole, Justin T.; Musslimani, Ziad H.

    2017-11-01

    The spectral renormalization method was introduced by Ablowitz and Musslimani (2005) as an effective way to numerically compute (time-independent) bound states for certain nonlinear boundary value problems. In this paper, we extend those ideas to the time domain and introduce a time-dependent spectral renormalization method as a numerical means to simulate linear and nonlinear evolution equations. The essence of the method is to convert the underlying evolution equation from its partial or ordinary differential form (using Duhamel's principle) into an integral equation. The solution sought is then viewed as a fixed point in both space and time. The resulting integral equation is then numerically solved using a simple renormalized fixed-point iteration method. Convergence is achieved by introducing a time-dependent renormalization factor which is numerically computed from the physical properties of the governing evolution equation. The proposed method has the ability to incorporate physics into the simulations in the form of conservation laws or dissipation rates. This novel scheme is implemented on benchmark evolution equations: the classical nonlinear Schrödinger (NLS), integrable PT symmetric nonlocal NLS and the viscous Burgers' equations, each of which being a prototypical example of a conservative and dissipative dynamical system. Numerical implementation and algorithm performance are also discussed.

  19. Optical performance of W/B4C multilayer mirror in the soft x-ray region

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pradhan, P. C.; Majhi, A.; Nayak, M.

    2018-03-01

    W/B4C x-ray multilayers (MLs) with 300 layer pairs and a period in the range of d = 2-1.6 nm are fabricated and investigated for the x-ray optical element in the soft x-ray regime. The structural analyses of the MLs are carried out by using hard x-ray reflectivity (HXR) measurements at 8.047 keV. Well-defined successive higher order Bragg peaks (up to 3rd order) in HXR data collected up to glancing incidence angles of ˜9° reveal a good quality of the periodic structure. The ML mirrors have an average interface width of ˜0.35 nm and have a compressive residual stress of ˜0.183 GPa and 0. 827 GPa for d = 1.62 nm and d = 1.98 nm, respectively. MLs maintain structural stability over a long time, with a slight increase in interface widths of the W layers by 0.1 nm due to self-diffusion. Soft x-ray reflectivity (SXR) performances are evaluated in the energy range of 650 to 1500 eV. At energy ˜ 1489 eV, measured reflectivities (energy resolution, ΔE) are ˜ 10% (19 eV) and 4.5% (13 eV) at glancing incident angles of 12.07° and 15° for MLs having periods of 1.98 nm and 1.62 nm, respectively. The optical performance from 1600 eV to 4500 eV is theoretically analysed by considering the measured structural parameters. The structure-stress-optical performance is correlated on the basis of the mechanism of film growth. The implications of W/B4C MLs are discussed, particularly with respect to the development of ML optics with high spectral selectivity and reflectance for soft x-ray instruments.

  20. Leading temperature dependence of the conductance in Kondo-correlated quantum dots.

    PubMed

    Aligia, A A

    2018-04-18

    Using renormalized perturbation theory in the Coulomb repulsion, we derive an analytical expression for the leading term in the temperature dependence of the conductance through a quantum dot described by the impurity Anderson model, in terms of the renormalized parameters of the model. Taking these parameters from the literature, we compare the results with published ones calculated using the numerical renormalization group obtaining a very good agreement. The approach is superior to alternative perturbative treatments. We compare in particular to the results of a simple interpolative perturbation approach.

  1. First Renormalized Parton Distribution Functions from Lattice QCD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lin, Huey-Wen; LP3 Collaboration

    2017-09-01

    We present the first lattice-QCD results on the nonperturbatively renormalized parton distribution functions (PDFs). Using X.D. Ji's large-momentum effective theory (LaMET) framework, lattice-QCD hadron structure calculations are able to overcome the longstanding problem of determining the Bjorken- x dependence of PDFs. This has led to numerous additional theoretical works and exciting progress. In this talk, we will address a recent development that implements a step missing from prior lattice-QCD calculations: renormalization, its effects on the nucleon matrix elements, and the resultant changes to the calculated distributions.

  2. Renormalization group contraction of tensor networks in three dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    García-Sáez, Artur; Latorre, José I.

    2013-02-01

    We present a new strategy for contracting tensor networks in arbitrary geometries. This method is designed to follow as strictly as possible the renormalization group philosophy, by first contracting tensors in an exact way and, then, performing a controlled truncation of the resulting tensor. We benchmark this approximation procedure in two dimensions against an exact contraction. We then apply the same idea to a three-dimensional quantum system. The underlying rational for emphasizing the exact coarse graining renormalization group step prior to truncation is related to monogamy of entanglement.

  3. Novel formulations of CKM matrix renormalization

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kniehl, Bernd A.; Sirlin, Alberto

    2009-12-17

    We review two recently proposed on-shell schemes for the renormalization of the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) quark mixing matrix in the Standard Model. One first constructs gauge-independent mass counterterm matrices for the up- and down-type quarks complying with the hermiticity of the complete mass matrices. Diagonalization of the latter then leads to explicit expressions for the CKM counterterm matrix, which are gauge independent, preserve unitarity, and lead to renormalized amplitudes that are non-singular in the limit in which any two quarks become mass degenerate. One of the schemes also automatically satisfies flavor democracy.

  4. Effective-field renormalization-group method for Ising systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fittipaldi, I. P.; De Albuquerque, D. F.

    1992-02-01

    A new applicable effective-field renormalization-group (ERFG) scheme for computing critical properties of Ising spins systems is proposed and used to study the phase diagrams of a quenched bond-mixed spin Ising model on square and Kagomé lattices. The present EFRG approach yields results which improves substantially on those obtained from standard mean-field renormalization-group (MFRG) method. In particular, it is shown that the EFRG scheme correctly distinguishes the geometry of the lattice structure even when working with the smallest possible clusters, namely N'=1 and N=2.

  5. Critical behavior of the quantum spin- {1}/{2} anisotropic Heisenberg model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sousa, J. Ricardo de

    A two-step renormalization group approach - a decimation followed by an effective field renormalization group (EFRG) - is proposed in this work to study the critical behavior of the quantum spin- {1}/{2} anisotropic Heisenberg model. The new method is illustrated by employing approximations in which clusters with one, two and three spins are used. The values of the critical parameter and critical exponent, in two- and three-dimensional lattices, for the Ising and isotropic Heisenberg limits are calculated and compared with other renormalization group approaches and exact (or series) results.

  6. An extended approach for computing the critical properties in the two-and three-dimensional lattices within the effective-field renormalization group method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    de Albuquerque, Douglas F.; Santos-Silva, Edimilson; Moreno, N. O.

    2009-10-01

    In this letter we employing the effective-field renormalization group (EFRG) to study the Ising model with nearest neighbors to obtain the reduced critical temperature and exponents ν for bi- and three-dimensional lattices by increasing cluster scheme by extending recent works. The technique follows up the same strategy of the mean field renormalization group (MFRG) by introducing an alternative way for constructing classical effective-field equations of state takes on rigorous Ising spin identities.

  7. Renormalization in Large Momentum Effective Theory of Parton Physics.

    PubMed

    Ji, Xiangdong; Zhang, Jian-Hui; Zhao, Yong

    2018-03-16

    In the large-momentum effective field theory approach to parton physics, the matrix elements of nonlocal operators of quark and gluon fields, linked by straight Wilson lines in a spatial direction, are calculated in lattice quantum chromodynamics as a function of hadron momentum. Using the heavy-quark effective theory formalism, we show a multiplicative renormalization of these operators at all orders in perturbation theory, both in dimensional and lattice regularizations. The result provides a theoretical basis for extracting parton properties through properly renormalized observables in Monte Carlo simulations.

  8. Effects of long-range interactions on curvature energies of viral shells

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shojaei, Hamid R.; Božič, Anže Lošdorfer; Muthukumar, Murugappan; Podgornik, Rudolf

    2016-05-01

    We formulate a theory of the effects of long-range interactions on the surface tension and spontaneous curvature of proteinaceous shells based on the general Deryaguin-Landau-Verwey-Overbeek mesoscale approach to colloid stability. We derive the full renormalization formulas for the elastic properties of the shell and consider in detail the renormalization of the spontaneous curvature as a function of the corresponding Hamaker coefficient, inner and outer capsid charges, and bathing solution properties. The renormalized spontaneous curvature is found to be a nonmonotonic function of several parameters describing the system.

  9. Three-meter balloon-borne telescope

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hoffmann, William F.; Fazio, G. G.; Harper, D. A.

    1988-01-01

    The Three-Meter Balloon-Borne Telescope is planned as a general purpose facility for making far-infrared and submillimeter astronomical observations from the stratosphere. It will operate throughout the spectral range 30 microns to 1 millimeter which is largely obscurred from the ground. The design is an f/13.5 Cassegrain telescope with an f/1.33 3-meter primary mirror supported with a 3-axis gimbal and stabilization system. The overall structure is 8.0 m high by 5.5 m in width by 4.0 m in depth and weighs 2000 kg. This low weight is achieved through the use of an ultra lightweight primary mirror of composite construction. Pointing and stabilization are achieved with television monitoring of the star field, flex-pivot bearing supports, gyroscopes, and magnetically levitated reaction wheels. Two instruments will be carried on each flight; generally a photometric camera and a spectrometer. A 64-element bolometer array photometric camera operating from 30 to 300 microns is planned as part of the facility. Additional instruments will be derived from KAO and other development programs.

  10. Development of scanning x-ray fluorescence microscope with spatial resolution of 30 nm using Kirkpatrick-Baez mirror optics

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Matsuyama, S.; Mimura, H.; Yumoto, H.

    We developed a high-spatial-resolution scanning x-ray fluorescence microscope (SXFM) using Kirkpatrick-Baez mirrors. As a result of two-dimensional focusing tests at BL29XUL of SPring-8, the full width at half maximum of the focused beam was achieved to be 50x30 nm{sup 2} (VxH) under the best focusing conditions. The measured beam profiles were in good agreement with simulated results. Moreover, beam size was controllable within the wide range of 30-1400 nm by changing the virtual source size, although photon flux and size were in a trade-off relationship. To demonstrate SXFM performance, a fine test chart fabricated using focused ion beam system wasmore » observed to determine the best spatial resolution. The element distribution inside a logo mark of SPring-8 in the test chart, which has a minimum linewidth of approximately 50-60 nm, was visualized with a spatial resolution better than 30 nm using the smallest focused x-ray beam.« less

  11. Design and development of the Sentinel-2 Multi Spectral Instrument and satellite system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chorvalli, Vincent; Cazaubiel, Vincent; Bursch, Stefan; Welsch, Mario; Sontag, Heinz; Martimort, Philippe; Del Bello, Umberto; Sy, Omar; Laberinti, Paolo; Spoto, François

    2010-10-01

    2A and Sentinel-2B satellites currently under development will ensure systematic global acquisition of all land and coastal waters in the visible and short-wave infrared spectral domain with a 5 day revisit time at the equator. The Multi Spectral Instrument is a push-broom imager providing imagery in 13 spectral channels with spatial resolutions ranging from 10 m to 60 m and a swath width of 290 Km, larger than SPOT and Landsat. The instrument features a full field of view calibration device, a silicon carbide Three Mirror Anastigmat telescope with mirror dimensions up to 600 mm, specific filter stripe assemblies, newly developed Si-CMOS and HgCDTe detectors and a low noise wavelet compression video electronics. The 1.4 Tbits/s raw image date rate is reduced down to 490 Mbits/s at the output of the instrument to cope with the overall system transmission capability. The Sentinel-2 program has entered in the CD phase in 2009. Launch of Sentinel-2A satellite is scheduled for 2013.

  12. The quantum-field renormalization group in the problem of a growing phase boundary

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Antonov, N.V.; Vasil`ev, A.N.

    1995-09-01

    Within the quantum-field renormalization-group approach we examine the stochastic equation discussed by S.I. Pavlik in describing a randomly growing phase boundary. We show that, in contrast to Pavlik`s assertion, the model is not multiplicatively renormalizable and that its consistent renormalization-group analysis requires introducing an infinite number of counterterms and the respective coupling constants ({open_quotes}charge{close_quotes}). An explicit calculation in the one-loop approximation shows that a two-dimensional surface of renormalization-group points exits in the infinite-dimensional charge space. If the surface contains an infrared stability region, the problem allows for scaling with the nonuniversal critical dimensionalities of the height of the phase boundarymore » and time, {delta}{sub h} and {delta}{sub t}, which satisfy the exact relationship 2 {delta}{sub h}= {delta}{sub t} + d, where d is the dimensionality of the phase boundary. 23 refs., 1 tab.« less

  13. Renormalization-group constraints on Yukawa alignment in multi-Higgs-doublet models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ferreira, P. M.; Lavoura, L.; Silva, João P.

    2010-05-01

    We write down the renormalization-group equations for the Yukawa-coupling matrices in a general multi-Higgs-doublet model. We then assume that the matrices of the Yukawa couplings of the various Higgs doublets to right-handed fermions of fixed quantum numbers are all proportional to each other. We demonstrate that, in the case of the two-Higgs-doublet model, this proportionality is preserved by the renormalization-group running only in the cases of the standard type-I, II, X, and Y models. We furthermore show that a similar result holds even when there are more than two Higgs doublets: the Yukawa-coupling matrices to fermions of a given electric charge remain proportional under the renormalization-group running if and only if there is a basis for the Higgs doublets in which all the fermions of a given electric charge couple to only one Higgs doublet.

  14. The renormalization group and the implicit function theorem for amplitude equations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kirkinis, Eleftherios

    2008-07-15

    This article lays down the foundations of the renormalization group (RG) approach for differential equations characterized by multiple scales. The renormalization of constants through an elimination process and the subsequent derivation of the amplitude equation [Chen et al., Phys. Rev. E 54, 376 (1996)] are given a rigorous but not abstract mathematical form whose justification is based on the implicit function theorem. Developing the theoretical framework that underlies the RG approach leads to a systematization of the renormalization process and to the derivation of explicit closed-form expressions for the amplitude equations that can be carried out with symbolic computation formore » both linear and nonlinear scalar differential equations and first order systems but independently of their particular forms. Certain nonlinear singular perturbation problems are considered that illustrate the formalism and recover well-known results from the literature as special cases.« less

  15. A key heterogeneous structure of fractal networks based on inverse renormalization scheme

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bai, Yanan; Huang, Ning; Sun, Lina

    2018-06-01

    Self-similarity property of complex networks was found by the application of renormalization group theory. Based on this theory, network topologies can be classified into universality classes in the space of configurations. In return, through inverse renormalization scheme, a given primitive structure can grow into a pure fractal network, then adding different types of shortcuts, it exhibits different characteristics of complex networks. However, the effect of primitive structure on networks structural property has received less attention. In this paper, we introduce a degree variance index to measure the dispersion of nodes degree in the primitive structure, and investigate the effect of the primitive structure on network structural property quantified by network efficiency. Numerical simulations and theoretical analysis show a primitive structure is a key heterogeneous structure of generated networks based on inverse renormalization scheme, whether or not adding shortcuts, and the network efficiency is positively correlated with degree variance of the primitive structure.

  16. One-loop renormalization of a gravity-scalar system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Park, I. Y.

    2017-05-01

    Extending the renormalizability proposal of the physical sector of 4D Einstein gravity, we have recently proposed renormalizability of the 3D physical sector of gravity-matter systems. The main goal of the present work is to conduct systematic one-loop renormalization of a gravity-matter system by applying our foliation-based quantization scheme. In this work we explicitly carry out renormalization of a gravity-scalar system with a Higgs-type potential. With the fluctuation part of the scalar field gauged away, the system becomes renormalizable through a metric field redefinition. We use dimensional regularization throughout. One of the salient aspects of our analysis is how the graviton propagator acquires the "mass" term. One-loop calculations lead to renormalization of the cosmological and Newton constants. We discuss other implications of our results as well: time-varying vacuum energy density and masses of the elementary particles as well as the potential relevance of Neumann boundary condition for black hole information.

  17. NLO renormalization in the Hamiltonian truncation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Elias-Miró, Joan; Rychkov, Slava; Vitale, Lorenzo G.

    2017-09-01

    Hamiltonian truncation (also known as "truncated spectrum approach") is a numerical technique for solving strongly coupled quantum field theories, in which the full Hilbert space is truncated to a finite-dimensional low-energy subspace. The accuracy of the method is limited only by the available computational resources. The renormalization program improves the accuracy by carefully integrating out the high-energy states, instead of truncating them away. In this paper, we develop the most accurate ever variant of Hamiltonian Truncation, which implements renormalization at the cubic order in the interaction strength. The novel idea is to interpret the renormalization procedure as a result of integrating out exactly a certain class of high-energy "tail states." We demonstrate the power of the method with high-accuracy computations in the strongly coupled two-dimensional quartic scalar theory and benchmark it against other existing approaches. Our work will also be useful for the future goal of extending Hamiltonian truncation to higher spacetime dimensions.

  18. Renormalization of position space amplitudes in a massless QFT

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Todorov, Ivan

    2017-03-01

    Ultraviolet renormalization of position space massless Feynman amplitudes has been shown to yield associate homogeneous distributions. Their degree is determined by the degree of divergence while their order—the highest power of logarithm in the dilation anomaly—is given by the number of (sub)divergences. In the present paper we review these results and observe that (convergent) integration over internal vertices does not alter the total degree of (superficial) ultraviolet divergence. For a conformally invariant theory internal integration is also proven to preserve the order of associate homogeneity. The renormalized 4-point amplitudes in the φ4 theory (in four space-time dimensions) are written as (non-analytic) translation invariant functions of four complex variables with calculable conformal anomaly. Our conclusion concerning the (off-shell) infrared finiteness of the ultraviolet renormalized massless φ4 theory agrees with the old result of Lowenstein and Zimmermann [23].

  19. REVIEWS OF TOPICAL PROBLEMS: Particle kinetics in highly turbulent plasmas (renormalization and self-consistent field methods)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bykov, Andrei M.; Toptygin, Igor'N.

    1993-11-01

    This review presents methods available for calculating transport coefficients for impurity particles in plasmas with strong long-wave MHD-type velocity and magnetic-field fluctuations, and random ensembles of strong shock fronts. The renormalization of the coefficients of the mean-field equation of turbulent dynamo theory is also considered. Particular attention is devoted to the renormalization method developed by the authors in which the renormalized transport coefficients are calculated from a nonlinear transcendental equation (or a set of such equations) and are expressed in the form of explicit functions of pair correlation tensors describing turbulence. Numerical calculations are reproduced for different turbulence spectra. Spatial transport in a magnetic field and particle acceleration by strong turbulence are investigated. The theory can be used in a wide range of practical problems in plasma physics, atmospheric physics, ocean physics, astrophysics, cosmic-ray physics, and so on.

  20. Renormalization of the Brazilian chiral nucleon-nucleon potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Da Rocha, Carlos A.; Timóteo, Varese S.

    2013-03-01

    In this work we present a renormalization of the Brazilian nucleon-nucleon (NN) potential using a subtractive method. We show that the exchange of correlated two pion is important for isovector channels, mainly in tensor and central potentials.

  1. Improved Monte Carlo Renormalization Group Method

    DOE R&D Accomplishments Database

    Gupta, R.; Wilson, K. G.; Umrigar, C.

    1985-01-01

    An extensive program to analyze critical systems using an Improved Monte Carlo Renormalization Group Method (IMCRG) being undertaken at LANL and Cornell is described. Here we first briefly review the method and then list some of the topics being investigated.

  2. Passively mode-locked high power Nd:GdVO4 laser with direct in-band pumping at 912 nm

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nadimi, Mohammad; Waritanant, Tanant; Major, Arkady

    2018-01-01

    We report on the first semiconductor saturable absorber mirror mode-locked Nd:GdVO4 laser directly diode-pumped at 912 nm. The laser generated 10.14 W of averaged output power at 1063 nm with the pulse width of 16 ps at the repetition rate of 85.2 MHz. The optical-to-optical efficiency and slope efficiency in the mode-locked regime were calculated to be 49.6% and 67.4% with respect to the absorbed pump power, respectively. Due to the low quantum defect pumping the output power was limited only by the available pump power.

  3. Diffraction limited 1064nm monolithic DBR-master oscillator power amplifier with more than 7W output power

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zink, Christof; Maaβdorf, André; Fricke, Jörg; Ressel, Peter; Maiwald, Martin; Sumpf, Bernd; Erbert, Götz; Tränkle, Günther

    2018-02-01

    High brightness diode lasers with a spectrally narrowband emission, several watts of output power with an almost diffraction limited beam quality are requested light sources for several applications. In this work, a monolithic master oscillator power amplifier will be presented. The resonator of the master oscillator is formed by a high-reflection DBR grating on the rear side and an internal DBR mirror. Its power is amplified in a ridge waveguide followed by a tapered section. The monolithic MOPA provides over 7 W at 1064 nm with a narrow spectral emission width below 20 pm and an almost diffraction limited beam.

  4. Ion mobility spectrometer with virtual aperture grid

    DOEpatents

    Pfeifer, Kent B.; Rumpf, Arthur N.

    2010-11-23

    An ion mobility spectrometer does not require a physical aperture grid to prevent premature ion detector response. The last electrodes adjacent to the ion collector (typically the last four or five) have an electrode pitch that is less than the width of the ion swarm and each of the adjacent electrodes is connected to a source of free charge, thereby providing a virtual aperture grid at the end of the drift region that shields the ion collector from the mirror current of the approaching ion swarm. The virtual aperture grid is less complex in assembly and function and is less sensitive to vibrations than the physical aperture grid.

  5. Compressed 6 ps pulse in nonlinear amplification of a Q-switched microchip laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Diao, Ruxin; Liu, Zuosheng; Niu, Fuzeng; Wang, Aimin; Taira, Takunori; Zhang, Zhigang

    2017-02-01

    We present a passively Q-switched Nd:YVO4 crystal microchip laser with a 6 ps pulse width, which is based on SPM-induced spectral broadening and pulse compression. The passive Q-switching is obtained by a semiconductor saturable absorber mirror. The laser’s seed source centered at 1064 nm pulses with a duration of 80 ps, at a repetition rate of 600 kHz corresponding to an average output power of 10 mW. After amplification and compression, the pulses were compressed to 6 ps with a maximum pulse energy of 0.5 µJ.

  6. Renormalization group, normal form theory and the Ising model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Raju, Archishman; Hayden, Lorien; Clement, Colin; Liarte, Danilo; Sethna, James

    The results of the renormalization group are commonly advertised as the existence of power law singularities at critical points. Logarithmic and exponential corrections are seen as special cases and dealt with on a case-by-case basis. We propose to systematize computing the singularities in the renormalization group using perturbative normal form theory. This gives us a way to classify all such singularities in a unified framework and to generate a systematic machinery to do scaling collapses. We show that this procedure leads to some new results even in classic cases like the Ising model and has general applicability.

  7. Optical phonon effect in quasi-one-dimensional semiconductor quantum wires: Band-gap renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dan, Nguyen Trung; Bechstedt, F.

    1996-02-01

    We present theoretical studies of dynamical screening in quasi-one-dimensional semiconductor quantum wires including electron-electron and electron-LO-phonon interactions. Within the random-phase approximation we obtain analytical expressions for screened interaction potentials. These expressions can be used to calculate the band-gap renormalization of quantum wires, which depends on the free-carrier density and temperature. We find that the optical phonon interaction effect plays a significant role in band-gap renormalization of quantum wires. The numerical results are compared with some recent experiment measurements as well as available theories.

  8. Renormalization scheme dependence of high-order perturbative QCD predictions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ma, Yang; Wu, Xing-Gang

    2018-02-01

    Conventionally, one adopts typical momentum flow of a physical observable as the renormalization scale for its perturbative QCD (pQCD) approximant. This simple treatment leads to renormalization scheme-and-scale ambiguities due to the renormalization scheme and scale dependence of the strong coupling and the perturbative coefficients do not exactly cancel at any fixed order. It is believed that those ambiguities will be softened by including more higher-order terms. In the paper, to show how the renormalization scheme dependence changes when more loop terms have been included, we discuss the sensitivity of pQCD prediction on the scheme parameters by using the scheme-dependent {βm ≥2}-terms. We adopt two four-loop examples, e+e-→hadrons and τ decays into hadrons, for detailed analysis. Our results show that under the conventional scale setting, by including more-and-more loop terms, the scheme dependence of the pQCD prediction cannot be reduced as efficiently as that of the scale dependence. Thus a proper scale-setting approach should be important to reduce the scheme dependence. We observe that the principle of minimum sensitivity could be such a scale-setting approach, which provides a practical way to achieve optimal scheme and scale by requiring the pQCD approximate be independent to the "unphysical" theoretical conventions.

  9. Renormalization of Supersymmetric QCD on the Lattice

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Costa, Marios; Panagopoulos, Haralambos

    2018-03-01

    We perform a pilot study of the perturbative renormalization of a Supersymmetric gauge theory with matter fields on the lattice. As a specific example, we consider Supersymmetric N=1 QCD (SQCD). We study the self-energies of all particles which appear in this theory, as well as the renormalization of the coupling constant. To this end we compute, perturbatively to one-loop, the relevant two-point and three-point Green's functions using both dimensional and lattice regularizations. Our lattice formulation involves theWilson discretization for the gluino and quark fields; for gluons we employ the Wilson gauge action; for scalar fields (squarks) we use naive discretization. The gauge group that we consider is SU(Nc), while the number of colors, Nc, the number of flavors, Nf, and the gauge parameter, α, are left unspecified. We obtain analytic expressions for the renormalization factors of the coupling constant (Zg) and of the quark (ZΨ), gluon (Zu), gluino (Zλ), squark (ZA±), and ghost (Zc) fields on the lattice. We also compute the critical values of the gluino, quark and squark masses. Finally, we address the mixing which occurs among squark degrees of freedom beyond tree level: we calculate the corresponding mixing matrix which is necessary in order to disentangle the components of the squark field via an additional finite renormalization.

  10. MERLIN - A meV Resolution Beamline at the ALS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Reininger, Ruben; Bozek, John; Chuang, Y.-D.

    2007-01-19

    An ultra-high resolution beamline is being constructed at the Advanced Light Source (ALS) for the study of low energy excitations in strongly correlated systems with the use of high-resolution inelastic scattering and angle-resolved photoemission. This new beamline, given the acronym Merlin (for meV resolution line), will cover the energy range 10-150 eV. The monochromator has fixed entrance and exit slits and a plane mirror that can illuminate a spherical grating at the required angle of incidence (as in the SX-700 mechanism). The monochromator can be operated in two different modes. In the highest resolution mode, the energy scanning requires translatingmore » the monochromator chamber (total travel 1.1 m) as well as rotating the grating and the plane mirror in front of the grating. The resolution in this mode is practically determined by the slits width. In the second mode, the scanning requires rotating the grating and the plane mirror. This mode can be used to scan a few eV without a significant resolution loss. The source for the beamline is a 1.9 m long, 90 mm period quasi periodic EPU. The expected flux at the sample is higher than 1011 photons/s at a resolving power of 5 x 104 in the energy range 16-130 eV. A second set of gratings can be used to obtain higher flux at the expense of resolution.« less

  11. Renormalized Polyakov loop in the deconfined phase of SU(N) gauge theory and gauge-string duality.

    PubMed

    Andreev, Oleg

    2009-05-29

    We use gauge-string duality to analytically evaluate the renormalized Polyakov loop in pure Yang-Mills theories. For SU(3), the result is in quite good agreement with lattice simulations for a broad temperature range.

  12. Convergence behavior of the random phase approximation renormalized correlation energy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bates, Jefferson E.; Sensenig, Jonathon; Ruzsinszky, Adrienn

    2017-05-01

    Based on the random phase approximation (RPA), RPA renormalization [J. E. Bates and F. Furche, J. Chem. Phys. 139, 171103 (2013), 10.1063/1.4827254] is a robust many-body perturbation theory that works for molecules and materials because it does not diverge as the Kohn-Sham gap approaches zero. Additionally, RPA renormalization enables the simultaneous calculation of RPA and beyond-RPA correlation energies since the total correlation energy is the sum of a series of independent contributions. The first-order approximation (RPAr1) yields the dominant beyond-RPA contribution to the correlation energy for a given exchange-correlation kernel, but systematically underestimates the total beyond-RPA correction. For both the homogeneous electron gas model and real systems, we demonstrate numerically that RPA renormalization beyond first order converges monotonically to the infinite-order beyond-RPA correlation energy for several model exchange-correlation kernels and that the rate of convergence is principally determined by the choice of the kernel and spin polarization of the ground state. The monotonic convergence is rationalized from an analysis of the RPA renormalized correlation energy corrections, assuming the exchange-correlation kernel and response functions satisfy some reasonable conditions. For spin-unpolarized atoms, molecules, and bulk solids, we find that RPA renormalization is typically converged to 1 meV error or less by fourth order regardless of the band gap or dimensionality. Most spin-polarized systems converge at a slightly slower rate, with errors on the order of 10 meV at fourth order and typically requiring up to sixth order to reach 1 meV error or less. Slowest to converge, however, open-shell atoms present the most challenging case and require many higher orders to converge.

  13. Long-range Coulomb interaction effects on the topological phase transitions between semimetals and insulators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Han, SangEun; Moon, Eun-Gook

    2018-06-01

    Topological states may be protected by a lattice symmetry in a class of topological semimetals. In three spatial dimensions, the Berry flux around gapless excitations in momentum space concretely defines a chirality, so a protecting symmetry may be referred to as a chiral symmetry. Prime examples include a Dirac semimetal (DSM) in a distorted spinel, BiZnSiO4, protected by a mirror symmetry, and a DSM in Na3Bi , protected by a rotational symmetry. In these states, topology and chiral symmetry are intrinsically tied. In this Rapid Communication, the characteristic interplay between a chiral symmetry order parameter and an instantaneous long-range Coulomb interaction is investigated with the standard renormalization group method. We show that a topological transition associated with chiral symmetry is stable under the presence of a Coulomb interaction and the electron velocity always becomes faster than the one of a chiral symmetry order parameter. Thus, the transition must not be relativistic, which implies that supersymmetry is intrinsically forbidden by the long-range Coulomb interaction. Asymptotically exact universal ratios of physical quantities such as the energy gap ratio are obtained, and connections with experiments and recent theoretical proposals are also discussed.

  14. Charged plate in asymmetric electrolytes: One-loop renormalization of surface charge density and Debye length due to ionic correlations.

    PubMed

    Ding, Mingnan; Lu, Bing-Sui; Xing, Xiangjun

    2016-10-01

    Self-consistent field theory (SCFT) is used to study the mean potential near a charged plate inside a m:-n electrolyte. A perturbation series is developed in terms of g=4πκb, where band1/κ are Bjerrum length and bare Debye length, respectively. To the zeroth order, we obtain the nonlinear Poisson-Boltzmann theory. For asymmetric electrolytes (m≠n), the first order (one-loop) correction to mean potential contains a secular term, which indicates the breakdown of the regular perturbation method. Using a renormalizaton group transformation, we remove the secular term and obtain a globally well-behaved one-loop approximation with a renormalized Debye length and a renormalized surface charge density. Furthermore, we find that if the counterions are multivalent, the surface charge density is renormalized substantially downwards and may undergo a change of sign, if the bare surface charge density is sufficiently large. Our results agrees with large MC simulation even when the density of electrolytes is relatively high.

  15. Simple on-shell renormalization framework for the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa matrix

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kniehl, Bernd A.; Sirlin, Alberto

    2006-12-01

    We present an explicit on-shell framework to renormalize the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) quark mixing matrix at the one-loop level. It is based on a novel procedure to separate the external-leg mixing corrections into gauge-independent self-mass (sm) and gauge-dependent wave-function renormalization contributions, and to adjust nondiagonal mass counterterm matrices to cancel all the divergent sm contributions, and also their finite parts subject to constraints imposed by the Hermiticity of the mass matrices. It is also shown that the proof of gauge independence and finiteness of the remaining one-loop corrections to W{yields}q{sub i}+q{sub j} reduces to that in the unmixed, single-generation case. Diagonalizationmore » of the complete mass matrices leads then to an explicit expression for the CKM counterterm matrix, which is gauge independent, preserves unitarity, and leads to renormalized amplitudes that are nonsingular in the limit in which any two fermions become mass degenerate.« less

  16. Sign Reversal of Coulom Interaction Between Two Quasiparticles in Momentum Space

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fan, J. D.; Malozovsky, Yuriy M.

    2013-06-01

    The main misconception regarding the interaction between quasiparticles stems from the assertion that the interaction energy between two quasiparticles is exactly identical to that of the renormalized interaction between two particles due to interparticle interaction in the Fermi system. If the main concept regarding the definition of quasiparticle as a weakly excited state of the Fermi system with conservation of charge and spin is paramount (except for the charge and spin separation models), the concept of the interaction between quasiparticles is very different from the assumption in the common sense. In this paper, we will prove a general theorem that the interaction between two quasiparticles is very much different from the renormalized interaction between two particles. The major difference lies in two places: the interaction between two quasiparticles is just negative to the renormalized interaction between two particles, and the interaction energy between the two particles is proportional to the product of two Fermi liquid renormalization factors. The result shed light on the reinterpretation of Cooper's pairing without invoking electron-photon interaction.

  17. Singlet vs Nonsinglet Perturbative Renormalization factors of Staggered Fermion Bilinears

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Panagopoulos, Haralambos; Spanoudes, Gregoris

    2018-03-01

    In this paper we present the perturbative computation of the difference between the renormalization factors of flavor singlet (Σfψ¯fΓψf', f : flavor index) and nonsinglet (ψ¯f1Γψf2,f1 ≠ f2) bilinear quark operators (where Γ = 𝟙, γ5, γ µ, γ5 γ µ, γ5 σµv on the lattice. The computation is performed to two loops and to lowest order in the lattice spacing, using Symanzik improved gluons and staggered fermions with twice stout-smeared links. The stout smearing procedure is also applied to the definition of bilinear operators. A significant part of this work is the development of a method for treating some new peculiar divergent integrals stemming from the staggered formalism. Our results can be combined with precise simulation results for the renormalization factors of the nonsinglet operators, in order to obtain an estimate of the renormalization factors for the singlet operators. The results have been published in Physical Review D [1].

  18. Nonlinear Gyro-Landau-Fluid Equations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Raskolnikov, I.; Mattor, Nathan; Parker, Scott E.

    1996-11-01

    We present fluid equations which describe the effects of both linear and nonlinear Landau damping (wave-particle-wave effects). These are derived using a recently developed analytical method similar to renormalization group theory. (Scott E. Parker and Daniele Carati, Phys. Rev. Lett. 75), 441 (1995). In this technique, the phase space structure inherent in Landau damping is treated analytically by building a ``renormalized collisionality'' onto a bare collisionality (which may be taken as vanishingly small). Here we apply this technique to the nonlinear ion gyrokinetic equation in slab geometry, obtaining nonlinear fluid equations for density, parallel momentum and heat. Wave-particle resonances are described by two functions appearing in the heat equation: a renormalized ``collisionality'' and a renormalized nonlinear coupling coeffient. It will be shown that these new equations may correct a deficiency in existing gyrofluid equations, (G. W. Hammett and F. W. Perkins, Phys. Rev. Lett. 64,) 3019 (1990). which can severely underestimate the strength of nonlinear interaction in regimes where linear resonance is strong. (N. Mattor, Phys. Fluids B 4,) 3952 (1992).

  19. Controlling sign problems in spin models using tensor renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Denbleyker, Alan; Liu, Yuzhi; Meurice, Y.; Qin, M. P.; Xiang, T.; Xie, Z. Y.; Yu, J. F.; Zou, Haiyuan

    2014-01-01

    We consider the sign problem for classical spin models at complex β =1/g02 on L ×L lattices. We show that the tensor renormalization group method allows reliable calculations for larger Imβ than the reweighting Monte Carlo method. For the Ising model with complex β we compare our results with the exact Onsager-Kaufman solution at finite volume. The Fisher zeros can be determined precisely with the tensor renormalization group method. We check the convergence of the tensor renormalization group method for the O(2) model on L×L lattices when the number of states Ds increases. We show that the finite size scaling of the calculated Fisher zeros agrees very well with the Kosterlitz-Thouless transition assumption and predict the locations for larger volume. The location of these zeros agree with Monte Carlo reweighting calculation for small volume. The application of the method for the O(2) model with a chemical potential is briefly discussed.

  20. Self-absorption characteristics of measured laser-induced plasma line shapes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Parigger, C. G.; Surmick, D. M.; Gautam, G.

    2017-02-01

    The determination of electron density and temperature is reported from line-of-sight measurements of laser-induced plasma. Experiments are conducted in standard ambient temperature and pressure air and in a cell containing ultra-high-pure hydrogen slightly above atmospheric pressure. Spectra of the hydrogen Balmer series lines can be measured in laboratory air due to residual moisture following optical breakdown generated with 13 to 14 nanosecond, pulsed Nd:YAG laser radiation. Comparisons with spectra obtained in hydrogen gas yields Abel-inverted line shape appearances that indicate occurrence of self-absorption. The electron density and temperature distributions along the line of sight show near-spherical rings, expanding at or near the speed of sound in the hydrogen gas experiments. The temperatures in the hydrogen studies are obtained using Balmer series alpha, beta, gamma profiles. Over and above the application of empirical formulae to derive the electron density from hydrogen alpha width and shift, and from hydrogen beta width and peak-separation, so-called escape factors and the use of a doubling mirror are discussed.

  1. Feasibility study of an image slicer for future space application

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Calcines, A.; Ichimoto, K.

    2014-08-01

    This communication presents the feasibility study of an image slicer for future space missions, especially for the integral field unit (IFU) of the SUVIT (Solar UV-Visible-IR telescope) spectro-polarimeter on board the Japanese-led solar space mission Solar-C as a backup option. The MuSICa (Multi-Slit Image slicer based on collimator-Camera) image slicer concept, originally developed for the European Solar Telescope, has been adapted to the SUVIT requirements. The IFU will reorganizes a 2-D field of view of 10 x 10 arcsec2 into three slits of 0.18 arcsec width by 185.12 arcsec length using flat slicer mirrors of 100 μm width. The layout of MuSICa for Solar-C is telecentric and offers an optical quality limited by diffraction. The entrance for the SUVIT spectro-polarimeter is composed by the three IFU slits and one ordinal long slit to study, using high resolution spectro-polarimetry, the solar atmosphere (Photosphere and Chromosphere) within a spectral range between 520 nm (optionally 280 nm) and 1,100 nm.

  2. Fluorescence enhancement and strong-coupling in faceted plasmonic nanocavities

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kongsuwan, Nuttawut; Demetriadou, Angela; Chikkaraddy, Rohit; Baumberg, Jeremy J.; Hess, Ortwin

    2018-06-01

    Emission properties of a quantum emitter can be significantly modified inside nanometre-sized gaps between two plasmonic nanostructures. This forms a nanoscopic optical cavity which allows single-molecule detection and single-molecule strong-coupling at room temperature. However, plasmonic resonances of a plasmonic nanocavity are highly sensitive to the exact gap morphology. In this article, we shed light on the effect of gap morphology on the plasmonic resonances of a faceted nanoparticle-on-mirror (NPoM) nanocavity and their interaction with quantum emitters. We find that with increasing facet width the NPoM nanocavity provides weaker field enhancement and thus less coupling strength to a single quantum emitter since the effective mode volume increases with the facet width. However, if multiple emitters are present, a faceted NPoM nanocavity is capable of accommodating a larger number of emitters, and hence the overall coupling strength is larger due to the collective and coherent energy exchange from all the emitters. Our findings pave the way to more efficient designs of nanocavities for room-temperature light-matter strong-coupling, thus providing a big step forward to a non-cryogenic platform for quantum technologies.

  3. Random sequential renormalization and agglomerative percolation in networks: application to Erdös-Rényi and scale-free graphs.

    PubMed

    Bizhani, Golnoosh; Grassberger, Peter; Paczuski, Maya

    2011-12-01

    We study the statistical behavior under random sequential renormalization (RSR) of several network models including Erdös-Rényi (ER) graphs, scale-free networks, and an annealed model related to ER graphs. In RSR the network is locally coarse grained by choosing at each renormalization step a node at random and joining it to all its neighbors. Compared to previous (quasi-)parallel renormalization methods [Song et al., Nature (London) 433, 392 (2005)], RSR allows a more fine-grained analysis of the renormalization group (RG) flow and unravels new features that were not discussed in the previous analyses. In particular, we find that all networks exhibit a second-order transition in their RG flow. This phase transition is associated with the emergence of a giant hub and can be viewed as a new variant of percolation, called agglomerative percolation. We claim that this transition exists also in previous graph renormalization schemes and explains some of the scaling behavior seen there. For critical trees it happens as N/N(0) → 0 in the limit of large systems (where N(0) is the initial size of the graph and N its size at a given RSR step). In contrast, it happens at finite N/N(0) in sparse ER graphs and in the annealed model, while it happens for N/N(0) → 1 on scale-free networks. Critical exponents seem to depend on the type of the graph but not on the average degree and obey usual scaling relations for percolation phenomena. For the annealed model they agree with the exponents obtained from a mean-field theory. At late times, the networks exhibit a starlike structure in agreement with the results of Radicchi et al. [Phys. Rev. Lett. 101, 148701 (2008)]. While degree distributions are of main interest when regarding the scheme as network renormalization, mass distributions (which are more relevant when considering "supernodes" as clusters) are much easier to study using the fast Newman-Ziff algorithm for percolation, allowing us to obtain very high statistics.

  4. Setting the renormalization scale in pQCD: Comparisons of the principle of maximum conformality with the sequential extended Brodsky-Lepage-Mackenzie approach

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ma, Hong -Hao; Wu, Xing -Gang; Ma, Yang

    A key problem in making precise perturbative QCD (pQCD) predictions is how to set the renormalization scale of the running coupling unambiguously at each finite order. The elimination of the uncertainty in setting the renormalization scale in pQCD will greatly increase the precision of collider tests of the Standard Model and the sensitivity to new phenomena. Renormalization group invariance requires that predictions for observables must also be independent on the choice of the renormalization scheme. The well-known Brodsky-Lepage-Mackenzie (BLM) approach cannot be easily extended beyond next-to-next-to-leading order of pQCD. Several suggestions have been proposed to extend the BLM approach tomore » all orders. In this paper we discuss two distinct methods. One is based on the “Principle of Maximum Conformality” (PMC), which provides a systematic all-orders method to eliminate the scale and scheme ambiguities of pQCD. The PMC extends the BLM procedure to all orders using renormalization group methods; as an outcome, it significantly improves the pQCD convergence by eliminating renormalon divergences. An alternative method is the “sequential extended BLM” (seBLM) approach, which has been primarily designed to improve the convergence of pQCD series. The seBLM, as originally proposed, introduces auxiliary fields and follows the pattern of the β0-expansion to fix the renormalization scale. However, the seBLM requires a recomputation of pQCD amplitudes including the auxiliary fields; due to the limited availability of calculations using these auxiliary fields, the seBLM has only been applied to a few processes at low orders. In order to avoid the complications of adding extra fields, we propose a modified version of seBLM which allows us to apply this method to higher orders. As a result, we then perform detailed numerical comparisons of the two alternative scale-setting approaches by investigating their predictions for the annihilation cross section ratio R e+e– at four-loop order in pQCD.« less

  5. Exact renormalization group equations: an introductory review

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bagnuls, C.; Bervillier, C.

    2001-07-01

    We critically review the use of the exact renormalization group equations (ERGE) in the framework of the scalar theory. We lay emphasis on the existence of different versions of the ERGE and on an approximation method to solve it: the derivative expansion. The leading order of this expansion appears as an excellent textbook example to underline the nonperturbative features of the Wilson renormalization group theory. We limit ourselves to the consideration of the scalar field (this is why it is an introductory review) but the reader will find (at the end of the review) a set of references to existing studies on more complex systems.

  6. Coexistence of Velocity Renormalization and Ferrimagnetic Fluctuation in the Organic Dirac Electron System α-(BEDT-TTF)2I3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Matsuno, Genki; Kobayashi, Akito

    2018-05-01

    We evaluate the uniform spin susceptibility in an extended Hubbard model describing α-(BEDT-TTF)2I3. Employing the Fock-type self-energy with the long-range Coulomb interaction and the random phase approximation with the on-site Coulomb interaction, it is clarified that the characteristic energy scales at which ferrimagnetic fluctuation and velocity renormalization emerge are different. This is why these phenomena coexist while the ferrimagnetic fluctuation is disturbed by the velocity renormalization. In addition, it is found that screening effect to the self-energy is irrelevant in the presence of a strong on-site Coulomb interaction U.

  7. On the Boltzmann Equation with Stochastic Kinetic Transport: Global Existence of Renormalized Martingale Solutions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Punshon-Smith, Samuel; Smith, Scott

    2018-02-01

    This article studies the Cauchy problem for the Boltzmann equation with stochastic kinetic transport. Under a cut-off assumption on the collision kernel and a coloring hypothesis for the noise coefficients, we prove the global existence of renormalized (in the sense of DiPerna/Lions) martingale solutions to the Boltzmann equation for large initial data with finite mass, energy, and entropy. Our analysis includes a detailed study of weak martingale solutions to a class of linear stochastic kinetic equations. This study includes a criterion for renormalization, the weak closedness of the solution set, and tightness of velocity averages in {{L}1}.

  8. Dimension-5 C P -odd operators: QCD mixing and renormalization

    DOE PAGES

    Bhattacharya, Tanmoy; Cirigliano, Vincenzo; Gupta, Rajan; ...

    2015-12-23

    Here, we study the off-shell mixing and renormalization of flavor-diagonal dimension-five T- and P-odd operators involving quarks, gluons, and photons, including quark electric dipole and chromoelectric dipole operators. Furthermore, we present the renormalization matrix to one loop in themore » $$\\bar{MS}$$ scheme. We also provide a definition of the quark chromoelectric dipole operator in a regularization-independent momentum-subtraction scheme suitable for nonperturbative lattice calculations and present the matching coefficients with the $$\\bar{MS}$$ scheme to one loop in perturbation theory, using both the naïve dimensional regularization and ’t Hooft–Veltman prescriptions for γ 5.« less

  9. Effective Field Theory on Manifolds with Boundary

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Albert, Benjamin I.

    In the monograph Renormalization and Effective Field Theory, Costello made two major advances in rigorous quantum field theory. Firstly, he gave an inductive position space renormalization procedure for constructing an effective field theory that is based on heat kernel regularization of the propagator. Secondly, he gave a rigorous formulation of quantum gauge theory within effective field theory that makes use of the BV formalism. In this work, we extend Costello's renormalization procedure to a class of manifolds with boundary and make preliminary steps towards extending his formulation of gauge theory to manifolds with boundary. In addition, we reorganize the presentation of the preexisting material, filling in details and strengthening the results.

  10. Physical renormalization condition for de Sitter QED

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hayashinaka, Takahiro; Xue, She-Sheng

    2018-05-01

    We considered a new renormalization condition for the vacuum expectation values of the scalar and spinor currents induced by a homogeneous and constant electric field background in de Sitter spacetime. Following a semiclassical argument, the condition named maximal subtraction imposes the exponential suppression on the massive charged particle limit of the renormalized currents. The maximal subtraction changes the behaviors of the induced currents previously obtained by the conventional minimal subtraction scheme. The maximal subtraction is favored for a couple of physically decent predictions including the identical asymptotic behavior of the scalar and spinor currents, the removal of the IR hyperconductivity from the scalar current, and the finite current for the massless fermion.

  11. Fluctuation-enhanced electric conductivity in electrolyte solutions.

    PubMed

    Péraud, Jean-Philippe; Nonaka, Andrew J; Bell, John B; Donev, Aleksandar; Garcia, Alejandro L

    2017-10-10

    We analyze the effects of an externally applied electric field on thermal fluctuations for a binary electrolyte fluid. We show that the fluctuating Poisson-Nernst-Planck (PNP) equations for charged multispecies diffusion coupled with the fluctuating fluid momentum equation result in enhanced charge transport via a mechanism distinct from the well-known enhancement of mass transport that accompanies giant fluctuations. Although the mass and charge transport occurs by advection by thermal velocity fluctuations, it can macroscopically be represented as electrodiffusion with renormalized electric conductivity and a nonzero cation-anion diffusion coefficient. Specifically, we predict a nonzero cation-anion Maxwell-Stefan coefficient proportional to the square root of the salt concentration, a prediction that agrees quantitatively with experimental measurements. The renormalized or effective macroscopic equations are different from the starting PNP equations, which contain no cross-diffusion terms, even for rather dilute binary electrolytes. At the same time, for infinitely dilute solutions the renormalized electric conductivity and renormalized diffusion coefficients are consistent and the classical PNP equations with renormalized coefficients are recovered, demonstrating the self-consistency of the fluctuating hydrodynamics equations. Our calculations show that the fluctuating hydrodynamics approach recovers the electrophoretic and relaxation corrections obtained by Debye-Huckel-Onsager theory, while elucidating the physical origins of these corrections and generalizing straightforwardly to more complex multispecies electrolytes. Finally, we show that strong applied electric fields result in anisotropically enhanced "giant" velocity fluctuations and reduced fluctuations of salt concentration.

  12. Fluctuation-enhanced electric conductivity in electrolyte solutions

    PubMed Central

    Péraud, Jean-Philippe; Nonaka, Andrew J.; Bell, John B.; Donev, Aleksandar; Garcia, Alejandro L.

    2017-01-01

    We analyze the effects of an externally applied electric field on thermal fluctuations for a binary electrolyte fluid. We show that the fluctuating Poisson–Nernst–Planck (PNP) equations for charged multispecies diffusion coupled with the fluctuating fluid momentum equation result in enhanced charge transport via a mechanism distinct from the well-known enhancement of mass transport that accompanies giant fluctuations. Although the mass and charge transport occurs by advection by thermal velocity fluctuations, it can macroscopically be represented as electrodiffusion with renormalized electric conductivity and a nonzero cation–anion diffusion coefficient. Specifically, we predict a nonzero cation–anion Maxwell–Stefan coefficient proportional to the square root of the salt concentration, a prediction that agrees quantitatively with experimental measurements. The renormalized or effective macroscopic equations are different from the starting PNP equations, which contain no cross-diffusion terms, even for rather dilute binary electrolytes. At the same time, for infinitely dilute solutions the renormalized electric conductivity and renormalized diffusion coefficients are consistent and the classical PNP equations with renormalized coefficients are recovered, demonstrating the self-consistency of the fluctuating hydrodynamics equations. Our calculations show that the fluctuating hydrodynamics approach recovers the electrophoretic and relaxation corrections obtained by Debye–Huckel–Onsager theory, while elucidating the physical origins of these corrections and generalizing straightforwardly to more complex multispecies electrolytes. Finally, we show that strong applied electric fields result in anisotropically enhanced “giant” velocity fluctuations and reduced fluctuations of salt concentration. PMID:28973890

  13. Running with rugby balls: bulk renormalization of codimension-2 branes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Williams, M.; Burgess, C. P.; van Nierop, L.; Salvio, A.

    2013-01-01

    We compute how one-loop bulk effects renormalize both bulk and brane effective interactions for geometries sourced by codimension-two branes. We do so by explicitly integrating out spin-zero, -half and -one particles in 6-dimensional Einstein-Maxwell-Scalar theories compactified to 4 dimensions on a flux-stabilized 2D geometry. (Our methods apply equally well for D dimensions compactified to D - 2 dimensions, although our explicit formulae do not capture all divergences when D > 6.) The renormalization of bulk interactions are independent of the boundary conditions assumed at the brane locations, and reproduce standard heat-kernel calculations. Boundary conditions at any particular brane do affect how bulk loops renormalize this brane's effective action, but not the renormalization of other distant branes. Although we explicitly compute our loops using a rugby ball geometry, because we follow only UV effects our results apply more generally to any geometry containing codimension-two sources with conical singularities. Our results have a variety of uses, including calculating the UV sensitivity of one-loop vacuum energy seen by observers localized on the brane. We show how these one-loop effects combine in a surprising way with bulk back-reaction to give the complete low-energy effective cosmological constant, and comment on the relevance of this calculation to proposed applications of codimension-two 6D models to solutions of the hierarchy and cosmological constant problems.

  14. Density matrix renormalization group with efficient dynamical electron correlation through range separation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hedegård, Erik Donovan, E-mail: erik.hedegard@phys.chem.ethz.ch; Knecht, Stefan; Reiher, Markus, E-mail: markus.reiher@phys.chem.ethz.ch

    2015-06-14

    We present a new hybrid multiconfigurational method based on the concept of range-separation that combines the density matrix renormalization group approach with density functional theory. This new method is designed for the simultaneous description of dynamical and static electron-correlation effects in multiconfigurational electronic structure problems.

  15. Clinical Comparison of Full and Partial Double Pedicle Flaps with Connective Tissue Grafts for Treatment of Gingival Recession

    PubMed Central

    Ranjbari, Ardeshir; Gholami, Gholam Ali; Amid, Reza; Kadkhodazadeh, Mahdi; Youssefi, Navid; Mehdizadeh, Amir Reza; Aghaloo, Maryam

    2016-01-01

    Statement of the Problem Gingival recession has been considered as the most challenging issue in the field of periodontal plastic surgery. Purpose The purpose of this study was to evaluate the clinical efficacy of root coverage procedures by using partial thickness double pedicle graft and compare it with full thickness double pedicle graft. Materials and Method Eight patients, aged 15 to 58 years including 6 females and 2 males with 20 paired (mirror image) defects with class I and II gingival recession were randomly assigned into two groups. Clinical parameters such as recession depth, recession width, clinical attachment level, probing depth, and width of keratinized tissue were measured at the baseline and 6 months post-surgery. A mucosal double papillary flap was elevated and the respective root was thoroughly planed. The connective tissue graft was harvested from the palate, and then adapted over the root. The pedicle flap was secured over the connective tissue graft and sutured. The surgical technique was similar in the control group except for the prepared double pedicle graft which was full thickness. Results The mean root coverage was 88.14% (2.83 mm) in the test group and 85.7% (2.75 mm) in the control group. No statistical differences were found in the mean reduction of vertical recession, width of recession, or probing depth between the test and control groups. In both procedures, the width of keratinized tissue increased after three months and the difference between the two groups was not statistically significant in this respect. Conclusion Connective tissue with partial and full thickness double pedicle grafts can be successfully used for treatment of marginal gingival recession. PMID:27602394

  16. A long baseline RICH with a 27-kiloton water target and radiator for detection of neutrino oscillations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ypsilantis, T.; Seguinot, J.; Zichichi, A.

    1997-01-01

    A 27 kt water volume is investigated as a target for a long baseline neutrino beam from CERN to Gran Sasso. Charged secondaries from the neutrino interactions produce Cherenkov photons in water which are imaged as rings by a spherical mirror. The photon detector elements are 14 400 photomultipliers (PM`s) of 127 mm diameter or 3600 HPD`s of 250 mm diameter with single photon sensitivity. A coincidence signal of about 300 pixel elements in time with the SPS beam starts readout in bins of 1 ns over a period of 128 ns. Momentum, direction, and velocity of hadrons and muconsmore » are determined from the width, center, and radius of the rings, respectively. Momentum is measured if multiple scattering dominates the ring width, as is the case for most of the particles of interest. Momentum, direction, and velocity of hadrons and muons are determined from the width, center, and radius of the rings, respectively. Momentum is measured if multiple scattering dominates the ring width, as is the case for most of the particles of interest. Momentum resolutions of 1-10%, mass resolutions of 5-50 MeV, and direction resolutions of < 1 mrad are achievable. Thresholds in water for muons, pions, kaons, and protons are 0.12, 0.16, 0.55, and 1.05 GeV/c, respectively. Electrons and gammas can be measured with energy resolution {sigma}{sub E}/E{approx}8.5%/{radical}E(GeV) and with direction resolution {approx} 1 mrad. The detector can be sited either inside a Gran Sasso tunnel or above ground because it is directional and the SPS beam is pulsed; thus the rejection of cosmic ray background is excellent.« less

  17. Phonon Self-Energy Corrections to Nonzero Wave-Vector Phonon Modes in Single-Layer Graphene

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Araujo, P. T.; Mafra, D. L.; Sato, K.; Saito, R.; Kong, J.; Dresselhaus, M. S.

    2012-07-01

    Phonon self-energy corrections have mostly been studied theoretically and experimentally for phonon modes with zone-center (q=0) wave vectors. Here, gate-modulated Raman scattering is used to study phonons of a single layer of graphene originating from a double-resonant Raman process with q≠0. The observed phonon renormalization effects are different from what is observed for the zone-center q=0 case. To explain our experimental findings, we explored the phonon self-energy for the phonons with nonzero wave vectors (q≠0) in single-layer graphene in which the frequencies and decay widths are expected to behave oppositely to the behavior observed in the corresponding zone-center q=0 processes. Within this framework, we resolve the identification of the phonon modes contributing to the G⋆ Raman feature at 2450cm-1 to include the iTO+LA combination modes with q≠0 and also the 2iTO overtone modes with q=0, showing both to be associated with wave vectors near the high symmetry point K in the Brillouin zone.

  18. Around Marshall

    NASA Image and Video Library

    1993-06-30

    This photograph shows STS-61 crewmemmbers training for the Hubble Space Telescope (HST) servicing mission in the Marshall Space Flight Center's (MSFC's) Neutral Buoyancy Simulator (NBS). Two months after its deployment in space, scientists detected a 2-micron spherical aberration in the primary mirror of the HST that affected the telescope's ability to focus faint light sources into a precise point. This imperfection was very slight, one-fiftieth of the width of a human hair. A scheduled Space Service servicing mission (STS-61) in 1993 permitted scientists to correct the problem. The MSFC NBS provided an excellent environment for testing hardware to examine how it would operate in space and for evaluating techniques for space construction and spacecraft servicing.

  19. Backplane photonic interconnect modules with optical jumpers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Glebov, Alexei L.; Lee, Michael G.; Yokouchi, Kishio

    2005-03-01

    Prototypes of optical interconnect (OI) modules for backplane applications are presented. The transceivers attached to the linecards E/O convert the signals that are passed to and from the backplane by optical jumpers terminated with MTP-type connectors. The connectors plug into adaptors attached to the backplane and the microlens arrays mounted in the adaptors couple the light between the fibers and waveguides. Planar polymer channel waveguides with 30-50 μm cross-sections route the optical signals across the board with propagation losses as low as 0.05 dB/cm @ 850 nm. The 45¦-tapered integrated micromirrors reflect the light in and out of the waveguide plane with the loss of 0.8 dB per mirror. The connector displacement measurements indicate that the adaptor lateral assembly accuracy can be at least +/-10 μm for the excess loss not exceeding 1 dB. Insertion losses of the test modules with integrated waveguides, 45¦ mirrors, and pluggable optical jumper connectors are about 5 dB. Eye diagrams at 10.7 Gb/s have typical width and height of 70 ps and 400 mV, respectively, and jitter of about 20 ps.

  20. Diffuse characteristics study of laser target board using Monte Carlo simulation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Pengling; Wu, Yong; Wang, Zhenbao; Tao, Mengmeng; Wu, Junjie; Wang, Ping; Yan, Yan; Zhang, Lei; Feng, Gang; Zhu, Jinghui; Feng, Guobin

    2013-05-01

    In this paper, Torrance-Sparrow and Oren-Nayar model is adopt to study diffuse characteristics of laser target board. The model which based on geometric optics, assumes that rough surfaces are made up of a series of symmetric V-groove cavities with different slopes at microscopic level. The distribution of the slopes of the V-grooves are modeled as beckman distribution function, and every microfacet of the V-groove cavity is assumed to behave like a perfect mirror, which means the reflected ray follows Fresnel law at the microfacet. The masking and shadowing effects of rough surface are also taken into account through geometric attenuation factor. Monte Carlo method is used to simulate the diffuse reflectance distribution of the laser target board with different materials and processing technology, and all the calculated results are verified by experiment. It is shown that the profile of bidirectional reflectance distribution curve is lobe-shaped with the maximum lies along the mirror reflection direction. The width of the profile is narrower for a lower roughness value, and broader for a higher roughness value. The refractive index of target material will also influence the intensity and distribution of diffuse reflectance of laser target surface.

  1. Investigation of 100 mJ all solid state end-pumped 1064 nm Q-switched laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xie, Shiyong; Wang, Caili; Liu, Hui; Bo, Yong; Xu, Zuyan

    2017-11-01

    High energy 1064 nm Q-switched laser output is obtained by LD vertical array end pumping Nd:YAG. Cylindrical lens are used for beam shaping of LD array for different divergence angle of fast and slow axis. Based on the theoretical simulation of fundamental mode radius using ABCD transfer matrix, the resonant cavity is optimized and curvature radius of cavity mirrors is determined. The intracavity power density is calculated according to the output laser pulse energy and transmittance of output coupling mirror is optimized under the condition that optical device is not damaged. 1064 nm laser with a maximum output of 110 mJ is generated under LD pump energy of 600 mJ, corresponding to optical conversion efficiency of 18.3%. The laser pulse width is 11 ns and divergence angle is 1.2 mrad. For saturation phenomenon of Q-switched laser output, LD temperature is adjusted to make wavelength deviate from absorption peak of Nd:YAG crystal. The parasitic oscillation, which affects the enhancement of Q-switched laser energy, can be effectively suppressed by reducing gain of pump end of laser medium, which provides an effective technical means for obtaining high energy end-pumped Q-switched laser.

  2. A New Model for the Heliosphere’s “IBEX Ribbon”

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Giacalone, J.; Jokipii, J. R.

    2015-10-01

    We present a model for the narrow, ribbon-like enhancement in the emission of ∼keV energetic neutral atoms (ENA) coming from the outer heliosphere, coinciding roughly with the plane of the very local interstellar magnetic field (LISMF). We show that the pre-existing turbulent LISMF has sufficient amplitude in magnitude fluctuations to efficiently trap ions with initial pitch-angles near 90°, primarily by magnetic mirroring, leading to a narrow region of enhanced pickup-proton intensity. The pickup protons interact with cold interstellar hydrogen to produce ENAs seen at 1 AU. The computed width of the resulting ribbon of emission is consistent with observations. We also present results from a numerical model that are also generally consistent with the observations. Our interpretation relies only on the pre-existing turbulent interstellar magnetic field to trap the pickup protons. This leads to a broader local pitch-angle distribution compared to that of a ring. Our numerical model also predicts that the ribbon is double-peaked with a central depression. This is a further consequence of the (primarily) magnetic mirroring of pickup ions with pitch-angles close to 90° in the pre-existing, turbulent interstellar magnetic field.

  3. Medium-sized aperture camera for Earth observation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Eugene D.; Choi, Young-Wan; Kang, Myung-Seok; Kim, Ee-Eul; Yang, Ho-Soon; Rasheed, Ad. Aziz Ad.; Arshad, Ahmad Sabirin

    2017-11-01

    Satrec Initiative and ATSB have been developing a medium-sized aperture camera (MAC) for an earth observation payload on a small satellite. Developed as a push-broom type high-resolution camera, the camera has one panchromatic and four multispectral channels. The panchromatic channel has 2.5m, and multispectral channels have 5m of ground sampling distances at a nominal altitude of 685km. The 300mm-aperture Cassegrain telescope contains two aspheric mirrors and two spherical correction lenses. With a philosophy of building a simple and cost-effective camera, the mirrors incorporate no light-weighting, and the linear CCDs are mounted on a single PCB with no beam splitters. MAC is the main payload of RazakSAT to be launched in 2005. RazakSAT is a 180kg satellite including MAC, designed to provide high-resolution imagery of 20km swath width on a near equatorial orbit (NEqO). The mission objective is to demonstrate the capability of a high-resolution remote sensing satellite system on a near equatorial orbit. This paper describes the overview of the MAC and RarakSAT programmes, and presents the current development status of MAC focusing on key optical aspects of Qualification Model.

  4. H∞ Robust Control of a Large-Piston MEMS Micromirror for Compact Fourier Transform Spectrometer Systems.

    PubMed

    Chen, Huipeng; Li, Mengyuan; Zhang, Yi; Xie, Huikai; Chen, Chang; Peng, Zhangming; Su, Shaohui

    2018-02-08

    Incorporating linear-scanning micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) micromirrors into Fourier transform spectral acquisition systems can greatly reduce the size of the spectrometer equipment, making portable Fourier transform spectrometers (FTS) possible. How to minimize the tilting of the MEMS mirror plate during its large linear scan is a major problem in this application. In this work, an FTS system has been constructed based on a biaxial MEMS micromirror with a large-piston displacement of 180 μm, and a biaxial H∞ robust controller is designed. Compared with open-loop control and proportional-integral-derivative (PID) closed-loop control, H∞ robust control has good stability and robustness. The experimental results show that the stable scanning displacement reaches 110.9 μm under the H∞ robust control, and the tilting angle of the MEMS mirror plate in that full scanning range falls within ±0.0014°. Without control, the FTS system cannot generate meaningful spectra. In contrast, the FTS yields a clean spectrum with a full width at half maximum (FWHM) spectral linewidth of 96 cm -1 under the H∞ robust control. Moreover, the FTS system can maintain good stability and robustness under various driving conditions.

  5. Hard x-ray characterization of a HEFT single-reflection prototype

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Christensen, Finn E.; Craig, William W.; Hailey, Charles J.; Jimenez-Garate, Mario A.; Windt, David L.; Harrison, Fiona A.; Mao, Peter H.; Ziegler, Eric; Honkimaki, Veijo; Sanchez del Rio, Manuel; Freund, Andreas K.; Ohler, M.

    2000-07-01

    We have measured the hard X-ray reflectivity and imaging performance from depth graded W/Si multilayer coated mirror segments mounted in a single reflection cylindrical prototype for the hard X-ray telescopes to be flown on the High Energy Focusing Telescope (HEFT) balloon mission. Data have been obtained in the energy range from 18 - 170 keV at the European Synchrotron Radiation Facility and at the Danish Space Research Institute at 8 keV. The modeling of the reflectivity data demonstrate that the multilayer structure can be well described by the intended power law distribution of the bilayer thicknesses optimized for the telescope performance and we find that all the data is consistent with an interfacial width of 4.5 angstroms. We have also demonstrated that the required 5% uniformity of the coatings is obtained over the mirror surface and we have shown that it is feasible to use similar W/Si coatings for much higher energies than the nominal energy range of HEFT leading the way for designing Gamma-ray telescopes for future astronomical applications. Finally we have demonstrate 35 arcsecond Half Power Diameter imaging performance of the one bounce prototype throughout the energy range of the HEFT telescopes.

  6. H∞ Robust Control of a Large-Piston MEMS Micromirror for Compact Fourier Transform Spectrometer Systems

    PubMed Central

    Li, Mengyuan; Zhang, Yi; Chen, Chang; Peng, Zhangming; Su, Shaohui

    2018-01-01

    Incorporating linear-scanning micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) micromirrors into Fourier transform spectral acquisition systems can greatly reduce the size of the spectrometer equipment, making portable Fourier transform spectrometers (FTS) possible. How to minimize the tilting of the MEMS mirror plate during its large linear scan is a major problem in this application. In this work, an FTS system has been constructed based on a biaxial MEMS micromirror with a large-piston displacement of 180 μm, and a biaxial H∞ robust controller is designed. Compared with open-loop control and proportional-integral-derivative (PID) closed-loop control, H∞ robust control has good stability and robustness. The experimental results show that the stable scanning displacement reaches 110.9 μm under the H∞ robust control, and the tilting angle of the MEMS mirror plate in that full scanning range falls within ±0.0014°. Without control, the FTS system cannot generate meaningful spectra. In contrast, the FTS yields a clean spectrum with a full width at half maximum (FWHM) spectral linewidth of 96 cm−1 under the H∞ robust control. Moreover, the FTS system can maintain good stability and robustness under various driving conditions. PMID:29419765

  7. Single resonance monolithic Fabry-Perot filters formed by volume Bragg gratings and multilayer dielectric mirrors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lumeau, Julien; Koc, Cihan; Mokhun, Oleksiy; Smirnov, Vadim; Lequime, Michel; Glebov, Leonid B.

    2012-02-01

    High efficiency reflecting volume Bragg gratings (VBGs) recorded in PTR glass plates have shown un-preceded performances that make them very good candidates for narrowband spectral filtering with sub-nanometer spectral widths. However, decreasing the bandwidth to value below 30-50 pm is very challenging as it requires increasing the thickness of the RBG to more than 15-20 mm. To overcome this limitation, we propose a new approach which is a monolithic Fabry-Perot cavity which consists from a reflecting VBG with a multilayer dielectric mirror (MDM) deposited on its surface. A VBG with a grating vector perpendicular to its surface and a MDM produce a Fabry-Perot resonator with a single transmission band inside of the reflection spectrum of the VBG. We present a theoretical description of this new class of filters that allow achieving a single ultra-narrowband resonance associated with several hundred nanometers rejection band. Then we show the methods for designing and fabricating such filter. Finally, we present the steps that we followed in order to fabricate a first prototype for 852 nm and 1062 nm region that demonstrates a 30 pm bandwidth, 90+% transmission at resonance and a good agreement with theoretical simulation.

  8. A NEW MODEL FOR THE HELIOSPHERE’S “IBEX RIBBON”

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Giacalone, J.; Jokipii, J. R.

    We present a model for the narrow, ribbon-like enhancement in the emission of ∼keV energetic neutral atoms (ENA) coming from the outer heliosphere, coinciding roughly with the plane of the very local interstellar magnetic field (LISMF). We show that the pre-existing turbulent LISMF has sufficient amplitude in magnitude fluctuations to efficiently trap ions with initial pitch-angles near 90°, primarily by magnetic mirroring, leading to a narrow region of enhanced pickup-proton intensity. The pickup protons interact with cold interstellar hydrogen to produce ENAs seen at 1 AU. The computed width of the resulting ribbon of emission is consistent with observations. Wemore » also present results from a numerical model that are also generally consistent with the observations. Our interpretation relies only on the pre-existing turbulent interstellar magnetic field to trap the pickup protons. This leads to a broader local pitch-angle distribution compared to that of a ring. Our numerical model also predicts that the ribbon is double-peaked with a central depression. This is a further consequence of the (primarily) magnetic mirroring of pickup ions with pitch-angles close to 90° in the pre-existing, turbulent interstellar magnetic field.« less

  9. Renormalization of Coulomb interactions in s-wave superconductor NaxCoO2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yada, Keiji; Kontani, Hiroshi

    2007-03-01

    We study the renormalized Coulomb interactions due to retardation effect in NaxCoO2. Although the Morel Anderson's pseudo-potential for a1g orbital μa1g* is relatively large because the direct Coulomb repulsion U is large, that for interband transition between a1g and eg' orbitals μa1g,eg'* is very small since the renormalization factor for pair hopping J is square of that for U. Therefore, the s-wave superconductivity due to valence-band Suhl-Kondo mechanism will survive against strong Coulomb interactions. The interband hopping of Cooper pairs due to shear phonons is essential to understand the superconductivity in NaxCoO2.

  10. Quasiparticle renormalization in ABC graphene trilayers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dou, Xu; Jaefari, Akbar; Barlas, Yafis; Uchoa, Bruno

    2015-03-01

    We investigate the effect of electron-electron interactions in ABC stacked graphene trilayers. In the gapless regime, we show that the self-energy corrections lead to the renormalization of the dynamical exponent z = 3 +α1 / N , with α1 ~ 0 . 52 and N is the number of fermionic species. Although the quasiparticle residue is suppressed near the neutrality point, the lifetime has a sublinear scaling with the energy and the quasiparticles are well defined even at zero energy. We calculate the renormalization of a variety of physical observables, which can be directly measured in experiments. X.D., A.J., and B.U. acknowledge University of Oklahoma for support. B.U. acknowledges NSF Career Grant No. DMR-1352604 for partial support.

  11. Calculational Schemes in GUTs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kounnas, Costas

    The following sections are included: * Introduction * Mass Spectrum in a Spontaneously Broken-Theory SU(5) - Minimal Model * Renormalization and Renormalization Group Equation (R.G.E.) * Step Approximation and Decoupling Theorem * Notion of the Effective Coupling Constant * First Estimation of MX, α(MX) and sin2θ(MW) * Renormalization Properties and Photon-Z Mixing * β-Function Definitions * Threshold Functions and Decoupling Theorem * MX-Determination * Proton Lifetime * sin2θ(μ)-Determination * Quark-Lepton Mass Relations (mb/mτ) * Overview of the Conventional GUTs - Hierarchy Problem * Stability of Hierarchy - Supersymmetric GUTS * Cosmologically Acceptable SUSY GUT Models * Radiative Breaking of SU(2) × U(1) — MW/MX Hierarchy Generation * No Scale Supergravity Models^{56,57} Dynamical Determination of M_{B}-M_{F} * Conclusion * References

  12. Two formalisms, one renormalized stress-energy tensor

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barceló, C.; Carballo, R.; Garay, L. J.

    2012-04-01

    We explicitly compare the structure of the renormalized stress-energy tensor of a massless scalar field in a (1+1) curved spacetime as obtained by two different strategies: normal-mode construction of the field operator and one-loop effective action. We pay special attention to where and how the information related to the choice of vacuum state in both formalisms is encoded. By establishing a clear translation map between both procedures, we show that these two potentially different renormalized stress-energy tensors are actually equal, when using vacuum-state choices related by this map. One specific aim of the analysis is to facilitate the comparison of results regarding semiclassical effects in gravitational collapse as obtained within these different formalisms.

  13. The Holographic F Theorem

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Taylor, Marika; Woodhead, William

    2017-12-01

    The F theorem states that, for a unitary three dimensional quantum field theory, the F quantity defined in terms of the partition function on a three sphere is positive, stationary at fixed point and decreases monotonically along a renormalization group flow. We construct holographic renormalization group flows corresponding to relevant deformations of three-dimensional conformal field theories on spheres, working to quadratic order in the source. For these renormalization group flows, the F quantity at the IR fixed point is always less than F at the UV fixed point, but F increases along the RG flow for deformations by operators of dimension between 3/2 and 5/2. Therefore the strongest version of the F theorem is in general violated.

  14. Kenneth Wilson and Renormalization

    Science.gov Websites

    of the Renormalization Group (RG) into a central tool in physics. ... He received a doctorate from one of the most amazing experiences of my life," says Peskin. "He was saying, 'I see the big actually the data you need to move from one scale to another. ... RG theory implies that, with enough

  15. Two-loop renormalization of the quark propagator in the light-cone gauge

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Williams, James Daniel

    The divergent parts of the five two-loop quark self- energy diagrams of quantum chromodynamics are evaluated in the noncovariant light-cone gauge. Most of the Feynman integrals are computed by means of the powerful matrix integration method, originally developed for the author's Master's thesis. From the results of the integrations, it is shown how to renormalize the quark mass and wave function in such a way that the effective quark propagator is rendered finite at two-loop order. The required counterterms turn out to be local functions of the quark momentum, due to cancellation of the nonlocal divergent parts of the two-loop integrals with equal and opposite contributions from one-loop counterterm subtraction diagrams. The final form of the counterterms is seen to be consistent with the renormalization framework proposed by Bassetto, Dalbosco, and Soldati, in which all noncovariant divergences are absorbed into the wave function normalizations. It also turns out that the mass renormalization d m is the same in the light-cone gauge as it is in a general covariant gauge, at least up to two-loop order.

  16. Renormalizing a viscous fluid model for large scale structure formation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Führer, Florian; Rigopoulos, Gerasimos, E-mail: fuhrer@thphys.uni-heidelberg.de, E-mail: gerasimos.rigopoulos@ncl.ac.uk

    2016-02-01

    Using the Stochastic Adhesion Model (SAM) as a simple toy model for cosmic structure formation, we study renormalization and the removal of the cutoff dependence from loop integrals in perturbative calculations. SAM shares the same symmetry with the full system of continuity+Euler equations and includes a viscosity term and a stochastic noise term, similar to the effective theories recently put forward to model CDM clustering. We show in this context that if the viscosity and noise terms are treated as perturbative corrections to the standard eulerian perturbation theory, they are necessarily non-local in time. To ensure Galilean Invariance higher ordermore » vertices related to the viscosity and the noise must then be added and we explicitly show at one-loop that these terms act as counter terms for vertex diagrams. The Ward Identities ensure that the non-local-in-time theory can be renormalized consistently. Another possibility is to include the viscosity in the linear propagator, resulting in exponential damping at high wavenumber. The resulting local-in-time theory is then renormalizable to one loop, requiring less free parameters for its renormalization.« less

  17. Relativistic bound-state problem in the light-front Yukawa model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Głazek, Stanisław; Harindranath, Avaroth; Pinsky, Stephen; Shigemitsu, Junko; Wilson, Kenneth

    1993-02-01

    We study the renormalization problem on the light front for the two-fermion bound state in the (3+1)-dimensional Yukawa model, working within the lowest-order Tamm-Dancoff approximation. In addition to traditional mass and wave-function renormalization, new types of counterterms are required. These are nonlocal and involve arbitrary functions of the longitudinal momenta. Their appearance is consistent with general power-counting arguments on the light front. We estimate the ``arbitrary function'' in two ways: (1) by using perturbation theory as a guide and (2) by considering the asymptotic large transverse momentum behavior of the kernel in the bound-state equations. The latter method, as it is currently implemented, is applicable only to the helicity-zero sector of the theory. Because of triviality, in the Yukawa model one must retain a finite cutoff Λ in order to have a nonvanishing renormalized coupling. For the range of renormalized couplings (and cutoffs) allowed by triviality, one finds that the perturbative counterterm does a good job in eliminating cutoff dependence in the low-energy spectrum (masses <<Λ).

  18. Nonperturbative renormalization-group approach preserving the momentum dependence of correlation functions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rose, F.; Dupuis, N.

    2018-05-01

    We present an approximation scheme of the nonperturbative renormalization group that preserves the momentum dependence of correlation functions. This approximation scheme can be seen as a simple improvement of the local potential approximation (LPA) where the derivative terms in the effective action are promoted to arbitrary momentum-dependent functions. As in the LPA, the only field dependence comes from the effective potential, which allows us to solve the renormalization-group equations at a relatively modest numerical cost (as compared, e.g., to the Blaizot-Mendéz-Galain-Wschebor approximation scheme). As an application we consider the two-dimensional quantum O(N ) model at zero temperature. We discuss not only the two-point correlation function but also higher-order correlation functions such as the scalar susceptibility (which allows for an investigation of the "Higgs" amplitude mode) and the conductivity. In particular, we show how, using Padé approximants to perform the analytic continuation i ωn→ω +i 0+ of imaginary frequency correlation functions χ (i ωn) computed numerically from the renormalization-group equations, one can obtain spectral functions in the real-frequency domain.

  19. Functional renormalization group analysis of tensorial group field theories on Rd

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Geloun, Joseph Ben; Martini, Riccardo; Oriti, Daniele

    2016-07-01

    Rank-d tensorial group field theories are quantum field theories (QFTs) defined on a group manifold G×d , which represent a nonlocal generalization of standard QFT and a candidate formalism for quantum gravity, since, when endowed with appropriate data, they can be interpreted as defining a field theoretic description of the fundamental building blocks of quantum spacetime. Their renormalization analysis is crucial both for establishing their consistency as quantum field theories and for studying the emergence of continuum spacetime and geometry from them. In this paper, we study the renormalization group flow of two simple classes of tensorial group field theories (TGFTs), defined for the group G =R for arbitrary rank, both without and with gauge invariance conditions, by means of functional renormalization group techniques. The issue of IR divergences is tackled by the definition of a proper thermodynamic limit for TGFTs. We map the phase diagram of such models, in a simple truncation, and identify both UV and IR fixed points of the RG flow. Encouragingly, for all the models we study, we find evidence for the existence of a phase transition of condensation type.

  20. Nonperturbative Quantum Nature of the Dislocation–Phonon Interaction

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Li, Mingda; Ding, Zhiwei; Meng, Qingping

    Despite the long history of dislocation–phonon interaction studies, there are many problems that have not been fully resolved during this development. These include an incompatibility between a perturbative approach and the long-range nature of a dislocation, the relation between static and dynamic scattering, and their capability of dealing with thermal transport phenomena for bulk material only. Here in this paper, by utilizing a fully quantized dislocation field, which we called a “dislon”, a phonon interacting with a dislocation is renormalized as a quasi-phonon, with shifted quasi-phonon energy, and accompanied by a finite quasi-phonon lifetime, which are reducible to classical results.more » A series of outstanding legacy issues including those above can be directly explained within this unified phonon renormalization approach. For instance, a renormalized phonon naturally resolves the decade-long debate between dynamic and static dislocation–phonon scattering approaches, as two limiting cases. In particular, at nanoscale, both the dynamic and static approaches break down, while the present renormalization approach remains valid by capturing the size effect, showing good agreement with lattice dynamics simulations.« less

  1. Precise MS light-quark masses from lattice QCD in the regularization invariant symmetric momentum-subtraction scheme

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gorbahn, Martin; Jaeger, Sebastian; Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QH

    2010-12-01

    We compute the conversion factors needed to obtain the MS and renormalization-group-invariant (RGI) up, down, and strange quark masses at next-to-next-to-leading order from the corresponding parameters renormalized in the recently proposed RI/SMOM and RI/SMOM{sub {gamma}{sub {mu}} }renormalization schemes. This is important for obtaining the MS masses with the best possible precision from numerical lattice QCD simulations, because the customary RI{sup (')}/MOM scheme is afflicted with large irreducible uncertainties both on the lattice and in perturbation theory. We find that the smallness of the known one-loop matching coefficients is accompanied by even smaller two-loop contributions. From a study of residual scalemore » dependences, we estimate the resulting perturbative uncertainty on the light-quark masses to be about 2% in the RI/SMOM scheme and about 3% in the RI/SMOM{sub {gamma}{sub {mu}} }scheme. Our conversion factors are given in fully analytic form, for general covariant gauge and renormalization point. We provide expressions for the associated anomalous dimensions.« less

  2. Renormalization group fixed points of foliated gravity-matter systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Biemans, Jorn; Platania, Alessia; Saueressig, Frank

    2017-05-01

    We employ the Arnowitt-Deser-Misner formalism to study the renormalization group flow of gravity minimally coupled to an arbitrary number of scalar, vector, and Dirac fields. The decomposition of the gravitational degrees of freedom into a lapse function, shift vector, and spatial metric equips spacetime with a preferred (Euclidean) "time"- direction. In this work, we provide a detailed derivation of the renormalization group flow of Newton's constant and the cosmological constant on a flat Friedmann-Robertson-Walker background. Adding matter fields, it is shown that their contribution to the flow is the same as in the covariant formulation and can be captured by two parameters d g d λ . We classify the resulting fixed point structure as a function of these parameters finding that the existence of non-Gaussian renormalization group fixed points is rather generic. In particular the matter content of the standard model and its most common extensions gives rise to one non-Gaussian fixed point with real critical exponents suitable for Asymptotic Safety. Moreover, we find non-Gaussian fixed points for any number of scalar matter fields, making the scenario attractive for cosmological model building.

  3. Nonperturbative Quantum Nature of the Dislocation–Phonon Interaction

    DOE PAGES

    Li, Mingda; Ding, Zhiwei; Meng, Qingping; ...

    2017-01-31

    Despite the long history of dislocation–phonon interaction studies, there are many problems that have not been fully resolved during this development. These include an incompatibility between a perturbative approach and the long-range nature of a dislocation, the relation between static and dynamic scattering, and their capability of dealing with thermal transport phenomena for bulk material only. Here in this paper, by utilizing a fully quantized dislocation field, which we called a “dislon”, a phonon interacting with a dislocation is renormalized as a quasi-phonon, with shifted quasi-phonon energy, and accompanied by a finite quasi-phonon lifetime, which are reducible to classical results.more » A series of outstanding legacy issues including those above can be directly explained within this unified phonon renormalization approach. For instance, a renormalized phonon naturally resolves the decade-long debate between dynamic and static dislocation–phonon scattering approaches, as two limiting cases. In particular, at nanoscale, both the dynamic and static approaches break down, while the present renormalization approach remains valid by capturing the size effect, showing good agreement with lattice dynamics simulations.« less

  4. Indium phosphide all air-gap Fabry-Pérot filters for near-infrared spectroscopic applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ullah, A.; Butt, M. A.; Fomchenkov, S. A.; Khonina, S. N.

    2016-08-01

    Food quality can be characterized by noninvasive techniques such as spectroscopy in the Near Infrared wavelength range. For example, 930 -1450 nm wavelength range can be used to detect diseases and differentiate between meat samples. Miniaturization of such NIR spectrometers is useful for quick and mobile characterization of food samples. Spectrometers can be miniaturized, without compromising the spectral resolution, using Fabry-Pérot (FP) filters consisting of two highly reflecting mirrors with a central cavity in between. The most commonly used mirrors in the design of FP filters are Distributed Bragg Reflections (DBRs) consisting of alternating high and low refractive index material pairs, due to their high reflectivity compared to metal mirrors. However, DBRs have high reflectivity for a selected range of wavelengths known as the stopband of the DBR. This range is usually much smaller than the sensitivity range of the spectrometer detector. Therefore, a bandpass filter is usually required to restrict wavelengths outside the stopband of the FP DBRs. Such bandpass filters are difficult to design and implement. Alternatively, high index contrast materials must be can be used to broaden the stopband width of the FP DBRs. In this work, Indium phosphide all air-gap filters are proposed in conjunction with InGaAs based detectors. The designed filter has a wide stopband covering the entire InGaAs detector sensitivity range. The filter can be tuned in the 950-1450 nm with single mode operation. The designed filter can hence be used for noninvasive meat quality control.

  5. Toyota beamline (BL33XU) at SPring-8

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nonaka, T., E-mail: nonaka@mosk.tytlabs.co.jp; Dohmae, K.; Hayashi, Y.

    2016-07-27

    The Toyota beamline (BL33XU) at SPring-8 is an undulator beamline developed to assist in the study of various automotive-related materials. The light source is a tapered in-vacuum undulator that provides a variable energy band width as well as a high brilliance X-ray beam. Two different optical arrangements are available: Optics 1 and Optics 2. Optics 1 is dedicated to time-resolved X-ray absorption spectroscopy (XAFS), and consists of two channel-cut crystal monochromators and four water-cooled flat Si mirrors. The Si(111) and Si(220) monochromator crystals cover an energy range of 4.0–46.0 keV and are driven by high-speed AC servo motors. These monochromators,more » in conjunction with the tapered undulator, enable high-quality XAFS data acquisition with a temporal resolution of 10 ms. Optics 2 is optimized for X-ray diffraction, scattering and imaging and includes a recently installed double crystal monochromator, two water-cooled flat Si mirrors and Kirkpatrick-Baez (KB) focusing mirrors. The monochromator incorporates parallel mounted Si(111) and Si(311) crystals and covers an energy range of 4.5–70 keV. The beamline provides two experimental stations: Exp. Hutch 2 and Exp. Hutch 3. The gas supply system and mass spectrometers installed in Exp. Hutch 2 allow in-operando measurements under various atmospheres. The scanning three-dimensional X-ray diffraction (scanning 3DXRD) microscopy instrumentation developed and installed in Exp. Hutch 3 enables non-destructive orientation and stress mapping of 1 mm-thick steel specimens using a high energy microbeam.« less

  6. Fluctuation-enhanced electric conductivity in electrolyte solutions

    DOE PAGES

    Péraud, Jean-Philippe; Nonaka, Andrew J.; Bell, John B.; ...

    2017-09-26

    In this work, we analyze the effects of an externally applied electric field on thermal fluctuations for a binary electrolyte fluid. We show that the fluctuating Poisson–Nernst–Planck (PNP) equations for charged multispecies diffusion coupled with the fluctuating fluid momentum equation result in enhanced charge transport via a mechanism distinct from the well-known enhancement of mass transport that accompanies giant fluctuations. Although the mass and charge transport occurs by advection by thermal velocity fluctuations, it can macroscopically be represented as electrodiffusion with renormalized electric conductivity and a nonzero cation–anion diffusion coefficient. Specifically, we predict a nonzero cation–anion Maxwell– Stefan coefficient proportionalmore » to the square root of the salt concentration, a prediction that agrees quantitatively with experimental measurements. The renormalized or effective macroscopic equations are different from the starting PNP equations, which contain no cross-diffusion terms, even for rather dilute binary electrolytes. At the same time, for infinitely dilute solutions the renormalized electric conductivity and renormalized diffusion coefficients are consistent and the classical PNP equations with renormalized coefficients are recovered, demonstrating the self-consistency of the fluctuating hydrodynamics equations. Our calculations show that the fluctuating hydrodynamics approach recovers the electrophoretic and relaxation corrections obtained by Debye–Huckel–Onsager theory, while elucidating the physical origins of these corrections and generalizing straightforwardly to more complex multispecies electrolytes. Lastly, we show that strong applied electric fields result in anisotropically enhanced “giant” velocity fluctuations and reduced fluctuations of salt concentration.« less

  7. Fluctuation-enhanced electric conductivity in electrolyte solutions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Péraud, Jean-Philippe; Nonaka, Andrew J.; Bell, John B.

    In this work, we analyze the effects of an externally applied electric field on thermal fluctuations for a binary electrolyte fluid. We show that the fluctuating Poisson–Nernst–Planck (PNP) equations for charged multispecies diffusion coupled with the fluctuating fluid momentum equation result in enhanced charge transport via a mechanism distinct from the well-known enhancement of mass transport that accompanies giant fluctuations. Although the mass and charge transport occurs by advection by thermal velocity fluctuations, it can macroscopically be represented as electrodiffusion with renormalized electric conductivity and a nonzero cation–anion diffusion coefficient. Specifically, we predict a nonzero cation–anion Maxwell– Stefan coefficient proportionalmore » to the square root of the salt concentration, a prediction that agrees quantitatively with experimental measurements. The renormalized or effective macroscopic equations are different from the starting PNP equations, which contain no cross-diffusion terms, even for rather dilute binary electrolytes. At the same time, for infinitely dilute solutions the renormalized electric conductivity and renormalized diffusion coefficients are consistent and the classical PNP equations with renormalized coefficients are recovered, demonstrating the self-consistency of the fluctuating hydrodynamics equations. Our calculations show that the fluctuating hydrodynamics approach recovers the electrophoretic and relaxation corrections obtained by Debye–Huckel–Onsager theory, while elucidating the physical origins of these corrections and generalizing straightforwardly to more complex multispecies electrolytes. Lastly, we show that strong applied electric fields result in anisotropically enhanced “giant” velocity fluctuations and reduced fluctuations of salt concentration.« less

  8. RELATIVISTIC MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS: RENORMALIZED EIGENVECTORS AND FULL WAVE DECOMPOSITION RIEMANN SOLVER

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Anton, Luis; MartI, Jose M; Ibanez, Jose M

    2010-05-01

    We obtain renormalized sets of right and left eigenvectors of the flux vector Jacobians of the relativistic MHD equations, which are regular and span a complete basis in any physical state including degenerate ones. The renormalization procedure relies on the characterization of the degeneracy types in terms of the normal and tangential components of the magnetic field to the wave front in the fluid rest frame. Proper expressions of the renormalized eigenvectors in conserved variables are obtained through the corresponding matrix transformations. Our work completes previous analysis that present different sets of right eigenvectors for non-degenerate and degenerate states, andmore » can be seen as a relativistic generalization of earlier work performed in classical MHD. Based on the full wave decomposition (FWD) provided by the renormalized set of eigenvectors in conserved variables, we have also developed a linearized (Roe-type) Riemann solver. Extensive testing against one- and two-dimensional standard numerical problems allows us to conclude that our solver is very robust. When compared with a family of simpler solvers that avoid the knowledge of the full characteristic structure of the equations in the computation of the numerical fluxes, our solver turns out to be less diffusive than HLL and HLLC, and comparable in accuracy to the HLLD solver. The amount of operations needed by the FWD solver makes it less efficient computationally than those of the HLL family in one-dimensional problems. However, its relative efficiency increases in multidimensional simulations.« less

  9. PyR@TE. Renormalization group equations for general gauge theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lyonnet, F.; Schienbein, I.; Staub, F.; Wingerter, A.

    2014-03-01

    Although the two-loop renormalization group equations for a general gauge field theory have been known for quite some time, deriving them for specific models has often been difficult in practice. This is mainly due to the fact that, albeit straightforward, the involved calculations are quite long, tedious and prone to error. The present work is an attempt to facilitate the practical use of the renormalization group equations in model building. To that end, we have developed two completely independent sets of programs written in Python and Mathematica, respectively. The Mathematica scripts will be part of an upcoming release of SARAH 4. The present article describes the collection of Python routines that we dubbed PyR@TE which is an acronym for “Python Renormalization group equations At Two-loop for Everyone”. In PyR@TE, once the user specifies the gauge group and the particle content of the model, the routines automatically generate the full two-loop renormalization group equations for all (dimensionless and dimensionful) parameters. The results can optionally be exported to LaTeX and Mathematica, or stored in a Python data structure for further processing by other programs. For ease of use, we have implemented an interactive mode for PyR@TE in form of an IPython Notebook. As a first application, we have generated with PyR@TE the renormalization group equations for several non-supersymmetric extensions of the Standard Model and found some discrepancies with the existing literature. Catalogue identifier: AERV_v1_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AERV_v1_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen’s University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: Standard CPC licence, http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/licence/licence.html No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 924959 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 495197 Distribution format: tar.gz Programming language: Python. Computer: Personal computer. Operating system: Tested on Fedora 15, MacOS 10 and 11, Ubuntu 12. Classification: 11.1. External routines: SymPy, PyYAML, NumPy, IPython, SciPy Nature of problem: Deriving the renormalization group equations for a general quantum field theory. Solution method: Group theory, tensor algebra Running time: Tens of seconds per model (one-loop), tens of minutes (two-loop)

  10. Renormalization group invariance and optimal QCD renormalization scale-setting: a key issues review.

    PubMed

    Wu, Xing-Gang; Ma, Yang; Wang, Sheng-Quan; Fu, Hai-Bing; Ma, Hong-Hao; Brodsky, Stanley J; Mojaza, Matin

    2015-12-01

    A valid prediction for a physical observable from quantum field theory should be independent of the choice of renormalization scheme--this is the primary requirement of renormalization group invariance (RGI). Satisfying scheme invariance is a challenging problem for perturbative QCD (pQCD), since a truncated perturbation series does not automatically satisfy the requirements of the renormalization group. In a previous review, we provided a general introduction to the various scale setting approaches suggested in the literature. As a step forward, in the present review, we present a discussion in depth of two well-established scale-setting methods based on RGI. One is the 'principle of maximum conformality' (PMC) in which the terms associated with the β-function are absorbed into the scale of the running coupling at each perturbative order; its predictions are scheme and scale independent at every finite order. The other approach is the 'principle of minimum sensitivity' (PMS), which is based on local RGI; the PMS approach determines the optimal renormalization scale by requiring the slope of the approximant of an observable to vanish. In this paper, we present a detailed comparison of the PMC and PMS procedures by analyzing two physical observables R(e+e-) and [Formula: see text] up to four-loop order in pQCD. At the four-loop level, the PMC and PMS predictions for both observables agree within small errors with those of conventional scale setting assuming a physically-motivated scale, and each prediction shows small scale dependences. However, the convergence of the pQCD series at high orders, behaves quite differently: the PMC displays the best pQCD convergence since it eliminates divergent renormalon terms; in contrast, the convergence of the PMS prediction is questionable, often even worse than the conventional prediction based on an arbitrary guess for the renormalization scale. PMC predictions also have the property that any residual dependence on the choice of initial scale is highly suppressed even for low-order predictions. Thus the PMC, based on the standard RGI, has a rigorous foundation; it eliminates an unnecessary systematic error for high precision pQCD predictions and can be widely applied to virtually all high-energy hadronic processes, including multi-scale problems.

  11. Renormalization group invariance and optimal QCD renormalization scale-setting: a key issues review

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Xing-Gang; Ma, Yang; Wang, Sheng-Quan; Fu, Hai-Bing; Ma, Hong-Hao; Brodsky, Stanley J.; Mojaza, Matin

    2015-12-01

    A valid prediction for a physical observable from quantum field theory should be independent of the choice of renormalization scheme—this is the primary requirement of renormalization group invariance (RGI). Satisfying scheme invariance is a challenging problem for perturbative QCD (pQCD), since a truncated perturbation series does not automatically satisfy the requirements of the renormalization group. In a previous review, we provided a general introduction to the various scale setting approaches suggested in the literature. As a step forward, in the present review, we present a discussion in depth of two well-established scale-setting methods based on RGI. One is the ‘principle of maximum conformality’ (PMC) in which the terms associated with the β-function are absorbed into the scale of the running coupling at each perturbative order; its predictions are scheme and scale independent at every finite order. The other approach is the ‘principle of minimum sensitivity’ (PMS), which is based on local RGI; the PMS approach determines the optimal renormalization scale by requiring the slope of the approximant of an observable to vanish. In this paper, we present a detailed comparison of the PMC and PMS procedures by analyzing two physical observables R e+e- and Γ(H\\to b\\bar{b}) up to four-loop order in pQCD. At the four-loop level, the PMC and PMS predictions for both observables agree within small errors with those of conventional scale setting assuming a physically-motivated scale, and each prediction shows small scale dependences. However, the convergence of the pQCD series at high orders, behaves quite differently: the PMC displays the best pQCD convergence since it eliminates divergent renormalon terms; in contrast, the convergence of the PMS prediction is questionable, often even worse than the conventional prediction based on an arbitrary guess for the renormalization scale. PMC predictions also have the property that any residual dependence on the choice of initial scale is highly suppressed even for low-order predictions. Thus the PMC, based on the standard RGI, has a rigorous foundation; it eliminates an unnecessary systematic error for high precision pQCD predictions and can be widely applied to virtually all high-energy hadronic processes, including multi-scale problems.

  12. LEO-ground scintillation measurements with the optical ground station Oberpfaffenhofen and SOTA/OPALS space terminals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moll, Florian; Kolev, Dimitar; Abrahamson, Matthew; Schmidt, Christopher; Mata Calvo, Ramon; Fuchs, Christian

    2016-10-01

    The optical satellite-ground channel is turbulent and causes scintillation of the power received by a ground based telescope. Measurements are important to quantify the effect and evaluate common theory. A telescope with 40 cm primary mirror is used to measure the signals from the OPALS terminal on the International Space Station and the SOTA terminal on the SOCRATES satellite. The measurement instrument is a pupil camera from which images are recorded and intensity scintillation index, power scintillation index, probability density function of intensity and intensity correlation width are derived. A preliminary analysis of measurements from three satellite passed is performed, presented and discussed. The intensity scintillation index ranges from 0.25 to 0.03 within elevations of 26 to 66 deg. Power scintillation index varies from 0.08 to 0.006 and correlation width of intensity between 11 and 3 cm. The measurements can be used to estimate the fluctuation dynamics to be expected for a future operational ground receiver. The measurements are compared to model calculations based on the HV5/7-profile. Good agreement is observed to some part in the intensity scintillation index. Agreement is less for the power scintillation index and intensity correlation width. The reason seems to be a reduction of aperture averaging in some sections of the measurements due to increased speckle size. Finally, topics for future work are identified to improve the measurement analysis and deeper investigate the origin of the observed behavior.

  13. Intestinal disease of scattered mirror carp Cyprinus carpio caused by Thelohanellus kitauei and notes on the morphology and phylogeny of the myxosporean from Sichuan Province, southwest China

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ye, Lingtong; Lu, Mingmiao; Quan, Keyan; Li, Wenxiang; Zou, Hong; Wu, Shangong; Wang, Jiangyong; Wang, Guitang

    2017-05-01

    The mass mortality of pond-reared scattered mirror carp, Cyprinus carpio, caused by Thelohanellus kitauei, occurred at fish farms in Sichuan Province, southwest China. Morphological and molecular analyses were supplemented with histological evaluation of infected tissues to better understand the route of infection and the pathological effects of T. kitauei on the fish host. The intestine of the diseased host was full of large cysts of the myxosporean. The cysts range from 2 cm to 3.6 cm in diameter. Histopathology indicated that T. kitaue i first invaded the submucosa of the host intestine and then moved into the mucosa layers with the development of their spores, finally entering into the enteric cavity of the hosts after the disruption of mucosa layers. The pyriform spores of T. kitauei were surrounded by the transparent spore sheath, measuring 25.98 μm±0.95 μm in body length, 8.72 μm±0.51 μm in body width, and 7.86 μm±0.26 μm in body thickness. The single polar capsule was pyriform, measuring 14.73 μm±0.92 μm in length and 6.82 μm±0.45 μm in width, with eight to 10 turns of filament coils winding inside. Phylogenetic analysis based on the 18S small-subunit ribosomal DNA sequences indicated that minimal genetic differences were present between T. kitauei samples from South Korea and from China. Close affinity was found between the genus Thelohanellus and Myxobolus. Additionally, two polar capsule nuclei were found at the anterior end of the single polar capsule in spores of T. kitauei stained with hematoxylin and eosin, which suggested the separation of the genus Thelohanellus from Myxobolus.

  14. Elastic tunneling identification through crossings, anti-crossings and splitting of states in the complex electronic current of systems based on mesoscopic molecules

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    López, Luis I. A.; Mendoza, Michel; Ujevic, Sebastian

    2013-09-01

    We have systematically studied the conductance σ( E,B) and the electronic current line shapes J( V ex ) through complex mesoscopic molecules in an elastic resonant tunneling regime. The studied systems are based on GaAs/AlGaAs hetero-structures, with several discrete states in each coupled mesoscopic molecule. The molecules were formed using different wells and barrier widths. These systems allow effective couplings and uncouplings that lead to elastic processes as a function of the electronic potential V ex and magnetic field B. In this situation, the J( V ex ) and σ( E, B) curves exhibit a sequence of peaks of difficult interpretation, in which crossings and anti-crossings (a splitting if it is generated in the resonance condition) of states contribute in a way that they cannot be easily identified. Performing a systematic analysis of the evolution of these states (before the resonance condition), we were able to determine the origin of these current peaks. We have found that the coupling of states (anti-crossing) around the resonance region can be identified as a broad mirrored- D line shape in the J( V ex ) curves. The mirrored- D line shape peaks can be clearly differentiated from the neighboring peaks because the last ones follow a very defined increasing sequence in their intensities and widths. Also, this behavior (fingerprint) can be used to identify possible splitting of states in the J( V ex ). The splittings that are generated between states with different quantum numbers (quantum numbers associated to the individual well) follow an unexpected opposite behavior when compared with those generated between states with the same quantum numbers (quasi-miniband). All these results are also observed in the conductance σ( E, B) associated with complex mesoscopic molecules based on a two-dimensional electron gas.

  15. Two-loop renormalization of gaugino masses in general supersymmetric gauge models

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yamada, Y.

    1994-01-03

    We calculate the two-loop renormalization group equations for the running gaugino masses in general supersymmetry (SUSY) gauge models, improving our previous result. We also study its consequences on the unification of the gaugino masses in the SUSY SU(5) model. The two-loop correction to the one-loop relation [ital m][sub [ital i

  16. Galilean invariance and vertex renormalization in turbulence theory.

    PubMed

    McComb, W D

    2005-03-01

    The Navier-Stokes equation is invariant under Galilean transformation of the instantaneous velocity field. However, the total velocity transformation is effected by transformation of the mean velocity alone. For a constant mean velocity, the equation of motion for the fluctuating velocity is automatically Galilean invariant in the comoving frame, and vertex renormalization is not constrained by this symmetry.

  17. Group-theoretical model of developed turbulence and renormalization of the Navier-Stokes equation.

    PubMed

    Saveliev, V L; Gorokhovski, M A

    2005-07-01

    On the basis of the Euler equation and its symmetry properties, this paper proposes a model of stationary homogeneous developed turbulence. A regularized averaging formula for the product of two fields is obtained. An equation for the averaged turbulent velocity field is derived from the Navier-Stokes equation by renormalization-group transformation.

  18. Large-cell renormalisation and systems of dimensionality larger than the upper marginal dimension

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nakanishi, H.

    1984-01-01

    A recent argument dismissing the applicability of large-cell renormalization schemes to systems whose dimensionality is larger than the upper marginal dimension is critically discussed. In this connection, new large-cell renormalization results for the random walk for a dimensionality of 3 and 4 are presented which indicate convergence to the correct results.

  19. Rayleigh surface wave interaction with the 2D exciton Bose-Einstein condensate

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Boev, M. V.; Kovalev, V. M., E-mail: vadimkovalev@isp.nsc.ru

    We describe the interaction of a Rayleigh surface acoustic wave (SAW) traveling on the semiconductor substrate with the excitonic gas in a double quantum well located on the substrate surface. We study the SAW attenuation and its velocity renormalization due to the coupling to excitons. Both the deformation potential and piezoelectric mechanisms of the SAW-exciton interaction are considered. We focus on the frequency and excitonic density dependences of the SAW absorption coefficient and velocity renormalization at temperatures both above and well below the critical temperature of Bose-Einstein condensation of the excitonic gas. We demonstrate that the SAW attenuation and velocitymore » renormalization are strongly different below and above the critical temperature.« less

  20. Poissonian renormalizations, exponentials, and power laws.

    PubMed

    Eliazar, Iddo

    2013-05-01

    This paper presents a comprehensive "renormalization study" of Poisson processes governed by exponential and power-law intensities. These Poisson processes are of fundamental importance, as they constitute the very bedrock of the universal extreme-value laws of Gumbel, Fréchet, and Weibull. Applying the method of Poissonian renormalization we analyze the emergence of these Poisson processes, unveil their intrinsic dynamical structures, determine their domains of attraction, and characterize their structural phase transitions. These structural phase transitions are shown to be governed by uniform and harmonic intensities, to have universal domains of attraction, to uniquely display intrinsic invariance, and to be intimately connected to "white noise" and to "1/f noise." Thus, we establish a Poissonian explanation to the omnipresence of white and 1/f noises.

  1. Functional renormalization group and Kohn-Sham scheme in density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liang, Haozhao; Niu, Yifei; Hatsuda, Tetsuo

    2018-04-01

    Deriving accurate energy density functional is one of the central problems in condensed matter physics, nuclear physics, and quantum chemistry. We propose a novel method to deduce the energy density functional by combining the idea of the functional renormalization group and the Kohn-Sham scheme in density functional theory. The key idea is to solve the renormalization group flow for the effective action decomposed into the mean-field part and the correlation part. Also, we propose a simple practical method to quantify the uncertainty associated with the truncation of the correlation part. By taking the φ4 theory in zero dimension as a benchmark, we demonstrate that our method shows extremely fast convergence to the exact result even for the highly strong coupling regime.

  2. A GPU-based large-scale Monte Carlo simulation method for systems with long-range interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liang, Yihao; Xing, Xiangjun; Li, Yaohang

    2017-06-01

    In this work we present an efficient implementation of Canonical Monte Carlo simulation for Coulomb many body systems on graphics processing units (GPU). Our method takes advantage of the GPU Single Instruction, Multiple Data (SIMD) architectures, and adopts the sequential updating scheme of Metropolis algorithm. It makes no approximation in the computation of energy, and reaches a remarkable 440-fold speedup, compared with the serial implementation on CPU. We further use this method to simulate primitive model electrolytes, and measure very precisely all ion-ion pair correlation functions at high concentrations. From these data, we extract the renormalized Debye length, renormalized valences of constituent ions, and renormalized dielectric constants. These results demonstrate unequivocally physics beyond the classical Poisson-Boltzmann theory.

  3. Fixing the fixed-point system—Applying Dynamic Renormalization Group to systems with long-range interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Katzav, Eytan

    2013-04-01

    In this paper, a mode of using the Dynamic Renormalization Group (DRG) method is suggested in order to cope with inconsistent results obtained when applying it to a continuous family of one-dimensional nonlocal models. The key observation is that the correct fixed-point dynamical system has to be identified during the analysis in order to account for all the relevant terms that are generated under renormalization. This is well established for static problems, however poorly implemented in dynamical ones. An application of this approach to a nonlocal extension of the Kardar-Parisi-Zhang equation resolves certain problems in one-dimension. Namely, obviously problematic predictions are eliminated and the existing exact analytic results are recovered.

  4. Functional renormalization group for the U (1 )-T56 tensorial group field theory with closure constraint

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lahoche, Vincent; Ousmane Samary, Dine

    2017-02-01

    This paper is focused on the functional renormalization group applied to the T56 tensor model on the Abelian group U (1 ) with closure constraint. For the first time, we derive the flow equations for the couplings and mass parameters in a suitable truncation around the marginal interactions with respect to the perturbative power counting. For the second time, we study the behavior around the Gaussian fixed point, and show that the theory is nonasymptotically free. Finally, we discuss the UV completion of the theory. We show the existence of several nontrivial fixed points, study the behavior of the renormalization group flow around them, and point out evidence in favor of an asymptotically safe theory.

  5. Renormalization group flow of the Higgs potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gies, Holger; Sondenheimer, René

    2018-01-01

    We summarize results for local and global properties of the effective potential for the Higgs boson obtained from the functional renormalization group, which allows one to describe the effective potential as a function of both scalar field amplitude and renormalization group scale. This sheds light onto the limitations of standard estimates which rely on the identification of the two scales and helps in clarifying the origin of a possible property of meta-stability of the Higgs potential. We demonstrate that the inclusion of higher-dimensional operators induced by an underlying theory at a high scale (GUT or Planck scale) can relax the conventional lower bound on the Higgs mass derived from the criterion of absolute stability. This article is part of the Theo Murphy meeting issue `Higgs cosmology'.

  6. Loop optimization for tensor network renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Shuo; Gu, Zheng-Cheng; Wen, Xiao-Gang

    We introduce a tensor renormalization group scheme for coarse-graining a two-dimensional tensor network, which can be successfully applied to both classical and quantum systems on and off criticality. The key idea of our scheme is to deform a 2D tensor network into small loops and then optimize tensors on each loop. In this way we remove short-range entanglement at each iteration step, and significantly improve the accuracy and stability of the renormalization flow. We demonstrate our algorithm in the classical Ising model and a frustrated 2D quantum model. NSF Grant No. DMR-1005541 and NSFC 11274192, BMO Financial Group, John Templeton Foundation, Government of Canada through Industry Canada, Province of Ontario through the Ministry of Economic Development & Innovation.

  7. E-cigarette marketing and older smokers: road to renormalization.

    PubMed

    Cataldo, Janine K; Petersen, Anne Berit; Hunter, Mary; Wang, Julie; Sheon, Nicolas

    2015-05-01

    To describe older smokers' perceptions of risks and use of e-cigarettes, and their responses to marketing and knowledge of, and opinions about, regulation of e-cigarettes. Eight 90-minute focus groups with 8 to 9 participants met in urban and suburban California to discuss topics related to cigarettes and alternative tobacco products. Older adults are using e-cigarettes for cessation and as a way to circumvent no-smoking policies; they have false perceptions about the effectiveness and safety of e-cigarettes. They perceive e-cigarette marketing as a way to renormalize smoking. To stem the current epidemic of nicotine addiction, the FDA must take immediate action because e-cigarette advertising promotes dual use and may contribute to the renormalization of smoking.

  8. Interacting Electrons in Graphene: Fermi Velocity Renormalization and Optical Response

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stauber, T.; Parida, P.; Trushin, M.; Ulybyshev, M. V.; Boyda, D. L.; Schliemann, J.

    2017-06-01

    We have developed a Hartree-Fock theory for electrons on a honeycomb lattice aiming to solve a long-standing problem of the Fermi velocity renormalization in graphene. Our model employs no fitting parameters (like an unknown band cutoff) but relies on a topological invariant (crystal structure function) that makes the Hartree-Fock sublattice spinor independent of the electron-electron interaction. Agreement with the experimental data is obtained assuming static self-screening including local field effects. As an application of the model, we derive an explicit expression for the optical conductivity and discuss the renormalization of the Drude weight. The optical conductivity is also obtained via precise quantum Monte Carlo calculations which compares well to our mean-field approach.

  9. Anomalous dimension in a two-species reaction-diffusion system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vollmayr-Lee, Benjamin; Hanson, Jack; McIsaac, R. Scott; Hellerick, Joshua D.

    2018-01-01

    We study a two-species reaction-diffusion system with the reactions A+A\\to (0, A) and A+B\\to A , with general diffusion constants D A and D B . Previous studies showed that for dimensions d≤slant 2 the B particle density decays with a nontrivial, universal exponent that includes an anomalous dimension resulting from field renormalization. We demonstrate via renormalization group methods that the scaled B particle correlation function has a distinct anomalous dimension resulting in the asymptotic scaling \\tilde CBB(r, t) ˜ tφf(r/\\sqrt{t}) , where the exponent ϕ results from the renormalization of the square of the field associated with the B particles. We compute this exponent to first order in \

  10. A functional renormalization method for wave propagation in random media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lamagna, Federico; Calzetta, Esteban

    2017-08-01

    We develop the exact renormalization group approach as a way to evaluate the effective speed of the propagation of a scalar wave in a medium with random inhomogeneities. We use the Martin-Siggia-Rose formalism to translate the problem into a non equilibrium field theory one, and then consider a sequence of models with a progressively lower infrared cutoff; in the limit where the cutoff is removed we recover the problem of interest. As a test of the formalism, we compute the effective dielectric constant of an homogeneous medium interspersed with randomly located, interpenetrating bubbles. A simple approximation to the renormalization group equations turns out to be equivalent to a self-consistent two-loops evaluation of the effective dielectric constant.

  11. Velocity renormalization in graphene: The role of trigonal warping and electron-phonon coupling effects

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kandemir, B. S.; Gökçek, N.

    2017-12-01

    We investigate the combined effects of trigonal warping and electron-phonon interactions on the renormalization of the Fermi velocity in graphene. We present an analytical solution to the associated Fröhlich Hamiltonian describing the interaction of doubly degenerate-optical phonon modes of graphene with electrons in the presence of trigonal warp within the framework of Lee-Low-Pines theory. On the basis of our model, it is analytically shown that in addition to its renormalization, Fermi velocity exhibits strong anisotropy due to the trigonal warping. It is also found that in the regime where the trigonal warp starts, distortion of energy bands emerges due to electron-phonon coupling, and the bands exhibit strong anisotropy.

  12. Tensor-entanglement-filtering renormalization approach and symmetry-protected topological order

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gu Zhengcheng; Wen Xiaogang

    2009-10-15

    We study the renormalization group flow of the Lagrangian for statistical and quantum systems by representing their path integral in terms of a tensor network. Using a tensor-entanglement-filtering renormalization approach that removes local entanglement and produces a coarse-grained lattice, we show that the resulting renormalization flow of the tensors in the tensor network has a nice fixed-point structure. The isolated fixed-point tensors T{sub inv} plus the symmetry group G{sub sym} of the tensors (i.e., the symmetry group of the Lagrangian) characterize various phases of the system. Such a characterization can describe both the symmetry breaking phases and topological phases, asmore » illustrated by two-dimensional (2D) statistical Ising model, 2D statistical loop-gas model, and 1+1D quantum spin-1/2 and spin-1 models. In particular, using such a (G{sub sym},T{sub inv}) characterization, we show that the Haldane phase for a spin-1 chain is a phase protected by the time-reversal, parity, and translation symmetries. Thus the Haldane phase is a symmetry-protected topological phase. The (G{sub sym},T{sub inv}) characterization is more general than the characterizations based on the boundary spins and string order parameters. The tensor renormalization approach also allows us to study continuous phase transitions between symmetry breaking phases and/or topological phases. The scaling dimensions and the central charges for the critical points that describe those continuous phase transitions can be calculated from the fixed-point tensors at those critical points.« less

  13. Tadpole renormalization and relativistic corrections in lattice NRQCD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shakespeare, Norman H.; Trottier, Howard D.

    1998-08-01

    We make a detailed comparison of two tadpole renormalization schemes in the context of the quarkonium hyperfine splittings in lattice NRQCD. We renormalize improved gauge-field and NRQCD actions using the mean-link u0,L in the Landau gauge, and using the fourth root of the average plaquette u0,P. Simulations are done for the three quarkonium systems cc¯, bc¯, and bb¯. The hyperfine splittings are computed both at leading [O(MQv4)] and at next-to-leading [O(MQv6)] order in the relativistic expansion, where MQ is the renormalized quark mass, and v2 is the mean-squared velocity. Results are obtained at a large number of lattice spacings, in the range of about 0.14-0.38 fm. A number of features emerge, all of which favor tadpole renormalization using u0,L. This includes a much better scaling behavior of the hyperfine splittings in the three quarkonium systems when u0,L is used. We also find that relativistic corrections to the spin splittings are smaller when u0,L is used, particularly for the cc¯ and bc¯ systems. We also see signs of a breakdown in the NRQCD expansion when the bare quark mass falls below about 1 in lattice units. Simulations with u0,L also appear to be better behaved in this context: the bare quark masses turn out to be larger when u0,L is used, compared to when u0,P is used on lattices with comparable spacings. These results also demonstrate the need to go beyond tree-level tadpole improvement for precision simulations.

  14. 978-nm square-wave in an all-fiber single-mode ytterbium-doped fiber laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Shujie; Xu, Lixin; Gu, Chun

    2018-01-01

    A 978 nm single mode passively mode-locked all-fiber laser delivering square-wave pulses was demonstrated using a figure-8 cavity and a 75 cm commercial double-clad ytterbium-doped fiber. We found the three-level system near 978 nm was able to operate efficiently under clad pumping, simultaneously oscillation around 1030 nm well inhibited. The optimized nonlinear amplifying loop mirror made the mode locking stable and performed the square-pulses shaping. To the best of our knowledge, it is the first time to report the square-wave pulse fiber laser operating at 980 nm. The spectral width of the 978 mode-locked square pulses was about 4 nm, far greater than that of the mode-locked square pulses around 1060 nm reported before, which would be helpful to deeply understand the various square-wave pulses' natures and forming mechanisms. Compared with modulated single-mode or multimode 980 nm LDs, this kind of 980 nm square-wave sources having higher brightness, more steeper rising and falling edge and shorter pulse width, might have potential applications in pumping nanosecond ytterbium or erbium fiber lasers and amplifiers.

  15. Multifield Galileons and higher codimension branes

    DOE PAGES

    Hinterbichler, Kurt; Trodden, Mark; Wesley, Daniel

    2010-12-07

    We studied a multi-field generalizations of the galileon - a popular idea of how to modify gravity to account for the acceleration of the universe. We derived an extremely restrictive theory of multiple galileon fields, and explored some properties of this theory, including proving a general non-renormalization theorem: multi-field galileons are not renormalized quantum mechanically to any loop in perturbation theory.

  16. Renormalization of generalized scalar Duffin-Kemmer-Petiau electrodynamics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bufalo, R.; Cardoso, T. R.; Nogueira, A. A.; Pimentel, B. M.

    2018-05-01

    We establish the multiplicative renormalization procedure of generalized scalar Duffin-Kemmer-Petiau electrodynamics (GSDKP4 ) in the mass shell. We show an explicit calculation of the first radiative corrections (one-loop) associated with the photon propagator, meson propagator, vertex function, and photon-photon four-point function utilizing the dimensional regularization method, where the gauge symmetry is manifest. As we will see, one of the consequences of the study is that, from the complete photon propagator renormalization condition, imposing that it behaves as a massless field, an energy range where GSDKP4 is well defined is m2≪k2

  17. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Abolhasani, Ali Akbar; School of Physics, Institute for Research in Fundamental Sciences; Mirbabayi, Mehrdad

    A perturbative description of Large Scale Structure is a cornerstone of our understanding of the observed distribution of matter in the universe. Renormalization is an essential and defining step to make this description physical and predictive. Here we introduce a systematic renormalization procedure, which neatly associates counterterms to the UV-sensitive diagrams order by order, as it is commonly done in quantum field theory. As a concrete example, we renormalize the one-loop power spectrum and bispectrum of both density and velocity. In addition, we present a series of results that are valid to all orders in perturbation theory. First, we showmore » that while systematic renormalization requires temporally non-local counterterms, in practice one can use an equivalent basis made of local operators. We give an explicit prescription to generate all counterterms allowed by the symmetries. Second, we present a formal proof of the well-known general argument that the contribution of short distance perturbations to large scale density contrast δ and momentum density π(k) scale as k{sup 2} and k, respectively. Third, we demonstrate that the common practice of introducing counterterms only in the Euler equation when one is interested in correlators of δ is indeed valid to all orders.« less

  18. Computing eigenfunctions and eigenvalues of boundary-value problems with the orthogonal spectral renormalization method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cartarius, Holger; Musslimani, Ziad H.; Schwarz, Lukas; Wunner, Günter

    2018-03-01

    The spectral renormalization method was introduced in 2005 as an effective way to compute ground states of nonlinear Schrödinger and Gross-Pitaevskii type equations. In this paper, we introduce an orthogonal spectral renormalization (OSR) method to compute ground and excited states (and their respective eigenvalues) of linear and nonlinear eigenvalue problems. The implementation of the algorithm follows four simple steps: (i) reformulate the underlying eigenvalue problem as a fixed-point equation, (ii) introduce a renormalization factor that controls the convergence properties of the iteration, (iii) perform a Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process in order to prevent the iteration from converging to an unwanted mode, and (iv) compute the solution sought using a fixed-point iteration. The advantages of the OSR scheme over other known methods (such as Newton's and self-consistency) are (i) it allows the flexibility to choose large varieties of initial guesses without diverging, (ii) it is easy to implement especially at higher dimensions, and (iii) it can easily handle problems with complex and random potentials. The OSR method is implemented on benchmark Hermitian linear and nonlinear eigenvalue problems as well as linear and nonlinear non-Hermitian PT -symmetric models.

  19. New form of the exact NSVZ β-function: the three-loop verification for terms containing Yukawa couplings

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kazantsev, A. E.; Shakhmanov, V. Yu.; Stepanyantz, K. V.

    2018-04-01

    We investigate a recently proposed new form of the exact NSVZ β-function, which relates the β-function to the anomalous dimensions of the quantum gauge superfield, of the Faddeev-Popov ghosts, and of the chiral matter superfields. Namely, for the general renormalizable N = 1 supersymmetric gauge theory, regularized by higher covariant derivatives, the sum of all three-loop contributions to the β-function containing the Yukawa couplings is compared with the corresponding two-loop contributions to the anomalous dimensions of the quantum superfields. It is demonstrated that for the considered terms both new and original forms of the NSVZ relation are valid independently of the subtraction scheme if the renormalization group functions are defined in terms of the bare couplings. This result is obtained from the equality relating the loop integrals, which, in turn, follows from the factorization of the integrals for the β-function into integrals of double total derivatives. For the renormalization group functions defined in terms of the renormalized couplings we verify that the NSVZ scheme is obtained with the higher covariant derivative regularization supplemented by the subtraction scheme in which only powers of ln Λ /μ are included into the renormalization constants.

  20. How nonperturbative is the infrared regime of Landau gauge Yang-Mills correlators?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Reinosa, U.; Serreau, J.; Tissier, M.; Wschebor, N.

    2017-07-01

    We study the Landau gauge correlators of Yang-Mills fields for infrared Euclidean momenta in the context of a massive extension of the Faddeev-Popov Lagrangian which, we argue, underlies a variety of continuum approaches. Standard (perturbative) renormalization group techniques with a specific, infrared-safe renormalization scheme produce so-called decoupling and scaling solutions for the ghost and gluon propagators, which correspond to nontrivial infrared fixed points. The decoupling fixed point is infrared stable and weakly coupled, while the scaling fixed point is unstable and generically strongly coupled except for low dimensions d →2 . Under the assumption that such a scaling fixed point exists beyond one-loop order, we find that the corresponding ghost and gluon scaling exponents are, respectively, 2 αF=2 -d and 2 αG=d at all orders of perturbation theory in the present renormalization scheme. We discuss the relation between the ghost wave function renormalization, the gluon screening mass, the scale of spectral positivity violation, and the gluon mass parameter. We also show that this scaling solution does not realize the standard Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin symmetry of the Faddeev-Popov Lagrangian. Finally, we discuss our findings in relation to the results of nonperturbative continuum methods.

  1. Power counting and Wilsonian renormalization in nuclear effective field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Valderrama, Manuel Pavón

    2016-05-01

    Effective field theories are the most general tool for the description of low energy phenomena. They are universal and systematic: they can be formulated for any low energy systems we can think of and offer a clear guide on how to calculate predictions with reliable error estimates, a feature that is called power counting. These properties can be easily understood in Wilsonian renormalization, in which effective field theories are the low energy renormalization group evolution of a more fundamental — perhaps unknown or unsolvable — high energy theory. In nuclear physics they provide the possibility of a theoretically sound derivation of nuclear forces without having to solve quantum chromodynamics explicitly. However there is the problem of how to organize calculations within nuclear effective field theory: the traditional knowledge about power counting is perturbative but nuclear physics is not. Yet power counting can be derived in Wilsonian renormalization and there is already a fairly good understanding of how to apply these ideas to non-perturbative phenomena and in particular to nuclear physics. Here we review a few of these ideas, explain power counting in two-nucleon scattering and reactions with external probes and hint at how to extend the present analysis beyond the two-body problem.

  2. Renormalization group analysis of dipolar Heisenberg model on square lattice

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Keleş, Ahmet; Zhao, Erhai

    2018-06-01

    We present a detailed functional renormalization group analysis of spin-1/2 dipolar Heisenberg model on square lattice. This model is similar to the well-known J1-J2 model and describes the pseudospin degrees of freedom of polar molecules confined in deep optical lattice with long-range anisotropic dipole-dipole interactions. Previous study of this model based on tensor network ansatz indicates a paramagnetic ground state for certain dipole tilting angles which can be tuned in experiments to control the exchange couplings. The tensor ansatz formulated on a small cluster unit cell is inadequate to describe the spiral order, and therefore the phase diagram at high azimuthal tilting angles remains undetermined. Here, we obtain the full phase diagram of the model from numerical pseudofermion functional renormalization group calculations. We show that an extended quantum paramagnetic phase is realized between the Néel and stripe/spiral phases. In this region, the spin susceptibility flows smoothly down to the lowest numerical renormalization group scales with no sign of divergence or breakdown of the flow, in sharp contrast to the flow towards the long-range-ordered phases. Our results provide further evidence that the dipolar Heisenberg model is a fertile ground for quantum spin liquids.

  3. A shape dynamical approach to holographic renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gomes, Henrique; Gryb, Sean; Koslowski, Tim; Mercati, Flavio; Smolin, Lee

    2015-01-01

    We provide a bottom-up argument to derive some known results from holographic renormalization using the classical bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics, a theory with spatial conformal (Weyl) invariance. The purpose of this paper is twofold: (1) to advertise the simple classical mechanism, trading off gauge symmetries, that underlies the bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics to readers interested in dualities of the type of AdS/conformal field theory (CFT); and (2) to highlight that this mechanism can be used to explain certain results of holographic renormalization, providing an alternative to the AdS/CFT conjecture for these cases. To make contact with the usual semiclassical AdS/CFT correspondence, we provide, in addition, a heuristic argument that makes it plausible that the classical equivalence between General Relativity and Shape Dynamics turns into a duality between radial evolution in gravity and the renormalization group flow of a CFT. We believe that Shape Dynamics provides a new perspective on gravity by giving conformal structure a primary role within the theory. It is hoped that this work provides the first steps toward understanding what this new perspective may be able to teach us about holographic dualities.

  4. High average power diode pumped solid state laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gao, Yue; Wang, Yanjie; Chan, Amy; Dawson, Murray; Greene, Ben

    2017-03-01

    A new generation of high average power pulsed multi-joule solid state laser system has been developed at EOS Space Systems for various space related tracking applications. It is a completely diode pumped, fully automated multi-stage system consisting of a pulsed single longitudinal mode oscillator, three stages of pre-amplifiers, two stages of power amplifiers, completely sealed phase conjugate mirror or stimulated Brillouin scattering (SBS) cell and imaging relay optics with spatial filters in vacuum cells. It is capable of generating pulse energy up to 4.7 J, a beam quality M 2 ~ 3, pulse width between 10-20 ns, and a pulse repetition rate between 100-200 Hz. The system has been in service for more than two years with excellent performance and reliability.

  5. Astronaut Training in the Neutral Buoyancy Simulator

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1993-01-01

    This photograph shows an STS-61 astronaut training for the Hubble Space Telescope (HST) servicing mission (STS-61) in the Marshall Space Flight Center's (MSFC's) Neutral Buoyancy Simulator (NBS). Two months after its deployment in space, scientists detected a 2-micron spherical aberration in the primary mirror of the HST that affected the telescope's ability to focus faint light sources into a precise point. This imperfection was very slight, one-fiftieth of the width of a human hair. A scheduled Space Service servicing mission (STS-61) in 1993 permitted scientists to correct the problem. The MSFC NBS provided an excellent environment for testing hardware to examine how it would operate in space and for evaluating techniques for space construction and spacecraft servicing.

  6. Laser plasma source for soft x-ray imaging in CIOM

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shao, Zhongxing; Wang, Zhanshan; Xu, Fengming; Lu, Junxia; Chen, Xingdan

    1997-10-01

    We previously reported 18 nm Schwartzchild microscope by using a laser plasma source. Now we are planning to improve our Nd:YAG laser system and the multilayers mirror of Mo/B4C instead of Mo/Si, for producing shorter wavelength radiation and developing a new soft x-ray imaging setup. To compress the pulse width of the laser, the SBS (Stimulated Brillouin Scattering) cells is available. To short the wavelength to the 4th harmonics of the laser with high as 0.4 J energy per pulse, the hindrance is the low, less than 20%, nonlinear conversion efficiency. In this paper we are going to briefly introduce the new method to overcome the hindrance and the configuration of the SBS cell.

  7. History of Hubble Space Telescope (HST)

    NASA Image and Video Library

    1993-07-09

    This photograph shows an STS-61 astronaut training for the Hubble Space Telescope (HST) servicing mission (STS-61) in the Marshall Space Flight Center's (MSFC's) Neutral Buoyancy Simulator (NBS). Two months after its deployment in space, scientists detected a 2-micron spherical aberration in the primary mirror of the HST that affected the telescope's ability to focus faint light sources into a precise point. This imperfection was very slight, one-fiftieth of the width of a human hair. A scheduled Space Service servicing mission (STS-61) in 1993 permitted scientists to correct the problem. The MSFC NBS provided an excellent environment for testing hardware to examine how it would operate in space and for evaluating techniques for space construction and spacecraft servicing.

  8. Note: Simple 100 Hz N2 laser with longitudinal discharge tube and high-voltage power supply using neon sign transformer.

    PubMed

    Uno, K; Jitsuno, T

    2017-12-01

    We developed a longitudinally excited N 2 laser with a simple driver circuit and a simple power supply. The N 2 laser consisted of a 20 cm-long glass tube with an inner diameter of 2.5 mm, a normal stable resonator formed by flat mirrors, a variable transformer, a neon sign transformer, a spark gap, and a 200 pF capacitance. The N 2 laser produced a laser pulse with an energy of 379 nJ and a pulse width of 7.5 ns at a repetition rate of 100 Hz. The laser beam was circular and had a Gaussian profile with a correlation factor of 0.992 93.

  9. Optimization of mid-IR generation from a periodically poled MgO doped stoichiometric lithium tantalate optical parametric oscillator with intracavity difference frequency mixing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hatano, Hideki; Slater, Richard; Takekawa, Shunji; Kusano, Masahiro; Watanabe, Makoto

    2017-07-01

    We demonstrate 43% slope efficiency for generation of ∼3200 nm light, a wavelength considered to be ideal for laser induced ultrasound generation in carbon fiber reinforced plastic. High slope efficiency was obtained by optimizing crystal lengths, cavity length and mirror reflectivity using a two crystal optical parametric oscillator+difference frequency mixing (OPO+DFM) nonlinear wavelength conversion scheme. Mid-IR output >12 mJ was obtained from a 1064 nm Nd:YAG pump laser with 12 ns pulse width (FWHM) and containing pulse energy of 43 mJ. A compact, single temperature crystal oven is described along with some suggestions for improving the slope efficiency.

  10. Poissonian renormalizations, exponentials, and power laws

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eliazar, Iddo

    2013-05-01

    This paper presents a comprehensive “renormalization study” of Poisson processes governed by exponential and power-law intensities. These Poisson processes are of fundamental importance, as they constitute the very bedrock of the universal extreme-value laws of Gumbel, Fréchet, and Weibull. Applying the method of Poissonian renormalization we analyze the emergence of these Poisson processes, unveil their intrinsic dynamical structures, determine their domains of attraction, and characterize their structural phase transitions. These structural phase transitions are shown to be governed by uniform and harmonic intensities, to have universal domains of attraction, to uniquely display intrinsic invariance, and to be intimately connected to “white noise” and to “1/f noise.” Thus, we establish a Poissonian explanation to the omnipresence of white and 1/f noises.

  11. Two-loop renormalization of quantum gravity simplified

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bern, Zvi; Chi, Huan-Hang; Dixon, Lance; Edison, Alex

    2017-02-01

    The coefficient of the dimensionally regularized two-loop R3 divergence of (nonsupersymmetric) gravity theories has recently been shown to change when nondynamical three-forms are added to the theory, or when a pseudoscalar is replaced by the antisymmetric two-form field to which it is dual. This phenomenon involves evanescent operators, whose matrix elements vanish in four dimensions, including the Gauss-Bonnet operator which is also connected to the trace anomaly. On the other hand, these effects appear to have no physical consequences for renormalized scattering processes. In particular, the dependence of the two-loop four-graviton scattering amplitude on the renormalization scale is simple. We explain this result for any minimally-coupled massless gravity theory with renormalizable matter interactions by using unitarity cuts in four dimensions and never invoking evanescent operators.

  12. Covariant Derivatives and the Renormalization Group Equation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dolan, Brian P.

    The renormalization group equation for N-point correlation functions can be interpreted in a geometrical manner as an equation for Lie transport of amplitudes in the space of couplings. The vector field generating the diffeomorphism has components given by the β functions of the theory. It is argued that this simple picture requires modification whenever any one of the points at which the amplitude is evaluated becomes close to any other. This modification necessitates the introduction of a connection on the space of couplings and new terms appear in the renormalization group equation involving covariant derivatives of the β function and the curvature associated with the connection. It is shown how the connection is related to the operator product expansion coefficients, but there remains an arbitrariness in its definition.

  13. Density-matrix renormalization group method for the conductance of one-dimensional correlated systems using the Kubo formula

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bischoff, Jan-Moritz; Jeckelmann, Eric

    2017-11-01

    We improve the density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG) evaluation of the Kubo formula for the zero-temperature linear conductance of one-dimensional correlated systems. The dynamical DMRG is used to compute the linear response of a finite system to an applied ac source-drain voltage; then the low-frequency finite-system response is extrapolated to the thermodynamic limit to obtain the dc conductance of an infinite system. The method is demonstrated on the one-dimensional spinless fermion model at half filling. Our method is able to replicate several predictions of the Luttinger liquid theory such as the renormalization of the conductance in a homogeneous conductor, the universal effects of a single barrier, and the resonant tunneling through a double barrier.

  14. Renormalization group flow of the Higgs potential.

    PubMed

    Gies, Holger; Sondenheimer, René

    2018-03-06

    We summarize results for local and global properties of the effective potential for the Higgs boson obtained from the functional renormalization group, which allows one to describe the effective potential as a function of both scalar field amplitude and renormalization group scale. This sheds light onto the limitations of standard estimates which rely on the identification of the two scales and helps in clarifying the origin of a possible property of meta-stability of the Higgs potential. We demonstrate that the inclusion of higher-dimensional operators induced by an underlying theory at a high scale (GUT or Planck scale) can relax the conventional lower bound on the Higgs mass derived from the criterion of absolute stability.This article is part of the Theo Murphy meeting issue 'Higgs cosmology'. © 2018 The Author(s).

  15. E-cigarette Marketing and Older Smokers: Road to Renormalization

    PubMed Central

    Cataldo, Janine K.; Petersen, Anne Berit; Hunter, Mary; Wang, Julie; Sheon, Nicolas

    2015-01-01

    Objectives To describe older smokers’ perceptions of risks and use of e-cigarettes, and their responses to marketing and knowledge of, and opinions about, regulation of e-cigarettes. Methods Eight 90-minute focus groups with 8 to 9 participants met in urban and suburban California to discuss topics related to cigarettes and alternative tobacco products. Results Older adults are using e-cigarettes for cessation and as a way to circumvent no-smoking policies; they have false perceptions about the effectiveness and safety of e-cigarettes. They perceive e-cigarette marketing as a way to renormalize smoking. Conclusions To stem the current epidemic of nicotine addiction, the FDA must take immediate action because e-cigarette advertising promotes dual use and may contribute to the renormalization of smoking. PMID:25741681

  16. Renormalization of a tensorial field theory on the homogeneous space SU(2)/U(1)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lahoche, Vincent; Oriti, Daniele

    2017-01-01

    We study the renormalization of a general field theory on the homogeneous space (SU(2)/ ≤ft. U(1)\\right){{}× d} with tensorial interaction and gauge invariance under the diagonal action of SU(2). We derive the power counting for arbitrary d. For the case d  =  4, we prove perturbative renormalizability to all orders via multi-scale analysis, study both the renormalized and effective perturbation series, and establish the asymptotic freedom of the model. We also outline a general power counting for the homogeneous space {{≤ft(SO(D)/SO(D-1)\\right)}× d} , of direct interest for quantum gravity models in arbitrary dimension, and point out the obstructions to the direct generalization of our results to these cases.

  17. Nonperturbative renormalization of the axial current in Nf=3 lattice QCD with Wilson fermions and a tree-level improved gauge action

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bulava, John; Della Morte, Michele; Heitger, Jochen; Wittemeier, Christian

    2016-06-01

    We nonperturbatively determine the renormalization factor of the axial vector current in lattice QCD with Nf=3 flavors of Wilson-clover fermions and the tree-level Symanzik-improved gauge action. The (by now standard) renormalization condition is derived from the massive axial Ward identity, and it is imposed among Schrödinger functional states with large overlap on the lowest lying hadronic state in the pseudoscalar channel, in order to reduce kinematically enhanced cutoff effects. We explore a range of couplings relevant for simulations at lattice spacings of ≈0.09 fm and below. An interpolation formula for ZA(g02) , smoothly connecting the nonperturbative values to the 1-loop expression, is provided together with our final results.

  18. Renormalization group procedure for potential -g/r2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dawid, S. M.; Gonsior, R.; Kwapisz, J.; Serafin, K.; Tobolski, M.; Głazek, S. D.

    2018-02-01

    Schrödinger equation with potential - g /r2 exhibits a limit cycle, described in the literature in a broad range of contexts using various regularizations of the singularity at r = 0. Instead, we use the renormalization group transformation based on Gaussian elimination, from the Hamiltonian eigenvalue problem, of high momentum modes above a finite, floating cutoff scale. The procedure identifies a richer structure than the one we found in the literature. Namely, it directly yields an equation that determines the renormalized Hamiltonians as functions of the floating cutoff: solutions to this equation exhibit, in addition to the limit-cycle, also the asymptotic-freedom, triviality, and fixed-point behaviors, the latter in vicinity of infinitely many separate pairs of fixed points in different partial waves for different values of g.

  19. Small-cluster renormalization group in Ising and Blume-Emery-Griffiths models with ferromagnetic, antiferromagnetic, and quenched disordered magnetic interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Antenucci, F.; Crisanti, A.; Leuzzi, L.

    2014-07-01

    The Ising and Blume-Emery-Griffiths (BEG) models' critical behavior is analyzed in two dimensions and three dimensions by means of a renormalization group scheme on small clusters made of a few lattice cells. Different kinds of cells are proposed for both ordered and disordered model cases. In particular, cells preserving a possible antiferromagnetic ordering under renormalization allow for the determination of the Néel critical point and its scaling indices. These also provide more reliable estimates of the Curie fixed point than those obtained using cells preserving only the ferromagnetic ordering. In all studied dimensions, the present procedure does not yield a strong-disorder critical point corresponding to the transition to the spin-glass phase. This limitation is thoroughly analyzed and motivated.

  20. Exploration of quantum phases transition in the XXZ model with Dzyaloshinskii-Moriya interaction using trance distance discord

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Ren-jie; Xu, Shuai; Shi, Jia-dong; Ma, Wen-chao; Ye, Liu

    2015-11-01

    In the paper, we researched the quantum phase transition (QPT) in the anisotropic spin XXZ model by exploiting the quantum renormalization group (QRG) method. The innovation point is that we adopt a new approach called trace distance discord to indicate the quantum correlation of the system. QPT after several iterations of renormalization in current system has been observed. Consequently, it opened the possibility of investigation of QPR in the geometric discord territory. While the anisotropy suppresses the correlation due to favoring of the alignment of spins, the DM interaction restores the spoiled correlation via creation of the quantum fluctuations. We also apply quantum renormalization group method to probe the thermodynamic limit of the model and emerging of nonanalytic behavior of the correlation.

  1. Dual fermionic variables and renormalization group approach to junctions of strongly interacting quantum wires

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Giuliano, Domenico; Nava, Andrea

    2015-09-01

    Making a combined use of bosonization and fermionization techniques, we build nonlocal transformations between dual fermion operators, describing junctions of strongly interacting spinful one-dimensional quantum wires. Our approach allows for trading strongly interacting (in the original coordinates) fermionic Hamiltonians for weakly interacting (in the dual coordinates) ones. It enables us to generalize to the strongly interacting regime the fermionic renormalization group approach to weakly interacting junctions. As a result, on one hand, we are able to pertinently complement the information about the phase diagram of the junction obtained within the bosonization approach; on the other hand, we map out the full crossover of the conductance tensors between any two fixed points in the phase diagram connected by a renormalization group trajectory.

  2. Critical behavior of a chiral superfluid in a bipartite square lattice

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Okamoto, Junichi; Huang, Wen-Min; Höppner, Robert; Mathey, Ludwig

    2018-01-01

    We study the critical behavior of Bose-Einstein condensation in the second band of a bipartite optical square lattice in a renormalization group framework at one-loop order. Within our field theoretical representation of the system, we approximate the system as a two-component Bose gas in three dimensions. We demonstrate that the system is in a different universality class than the previously studied condensation in a frustrated triangular lattice due to an additional Umklapp scattering term, which stabilizes the chiral superfluid order at low temperatures. We derive the renormalization group flow of the system and show that this order persists in the low energy limit. Furthermore, the renormalization flow suggests that the phase transition from the thermal phase to the chiral superfluid state is first order.

  3. Self-energy renormalization for inhomogeneous nonequilibrium systems and field expansion via complete set of time-dependent wavefunctions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kuwahara, Y.; Nakamura, Y.; Yamanaka, Y.

    2018-04-01

    The way to determine the renormalized energy of inhomogeneous systems of a quantum field under an external potential is established for both equilibrium and nonequilibrium scenarios based on thermo field dynamics. The key step is to find an extension of the on-shell concept valid in homogeneous case. In the nonequilibrium case, we expand the field operator by time-dependent wavefunctions that are solutions of the appropriately chosen differential equation, synchronizing with temporal change of thermal situation, and the quantum transport equation is derived from the renormalization procedure. Through numerical calculations of a triple-well model with a reservoir, we show that the number distribution and the time-dependent wavefunctions are relaxed consistently to the correct equilibrium forms at the long-term limit.

  4. Single-particle and collective motion in unbound deformed 39Mg

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fossez, K.; Rotureau, J.; Michel, N.; Liu, Quan; Nazarewicz, W.

    2016-11-01

    Background: Deformed neutron-rich magnesium isotopes constitute a fascinating territory where the interplay between collective rotation and single-particle motion is strongly affected by the neutron continuum. The unbound f p -shell nucleus 39Mg is an ideal candidate to study this interplay. Purpose: In this work, we predict the properties of low-lying resonant states of 39Mg, using a suite of realistic theoretical approaches rooted in the open quantum system framework. Method: To describe the spectrum and decay modes of 39Mg we use the conventional shell model, Gamow shell model, resonating group method, density matrix renormalization group method, and the nonadiabatic particle-plus-rotor model formulated in the Berggren basis. Results: The unbound ground state of 39Mg is predicted to be either a Jπ=7/2 - state or a 3/2 - state. A narrow Jπ=7/2 - ground-state candidate exhibits a resonant structure reminiscent of that of its one-neutron halo neighbor 37Mg, which is dominated by the f7 /2 partial wave at short distances and a p3 /2 component at large distances. A Jπ=3/2 - ground-state candidate is favored by the large deformation of the system. It can be associated with the 1/2 -[321 ] Nilsson orbital dominated by the ℓ =1 wave; hence its predicted width is large. The excited Jπ=1/2 - and 5 /2- states are expected to be broad resonances, while the Jπ=9/2 - and 11/2 - members of the ground-state rotational band are predicted to have very small neutron decay widths. Conclusion: We demonstrate that the subtle interplay between deformation, shell structure, and continuum coupling can result in a variety of excitations in an unbound nucleus just outside the neutron drip line.

  5. Conductance scaling of junctions of Luttinger-liquid wires out of equilibrium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aristov, D. N.; Wölfle, P.

    2018-05-01

    We develop the renormalization group theory of the conductances of N -lead junctions of spinless Luttinger-liquid wires as functions of bias voltages applied to N independent Fermi-liquid reservoirs. Based on the perturbative results up to second order in the interaction we demonstrate that the conductances obey scaling. The corresponding renormalization group β functions are derived up to second order.

  6. Emergent supersymmetry in the marginal deformations of $$\\mathcal{N}=4$$ SYM

    DOE PAGES

    Jin, Qingjun

    2016-10-24

    Here, we study the one loop renormalization group flow of the marginal deformations ofmore » $$\\mathcal{N}=4$$ SYM theory using the a-function. We found that in the planar limit some non-supersymmetric deformations flow to the supersymmetric infrared fixed points described by the Leigh-Strassler theory. This means supersymmetry emerges as a result of renormalization group flow.« less

  7. Representation of Renormalization Group Functions By Nonsingular Integrals in a Model of the Critical Dynamics of Ferromagnets: The Fourth Order of The ɛ-Expansion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Adzhemyan, L. Ts.; Vorob'eva, S. E.; Ivanova, E. V.; Kompaniets, M. V.

    2018-04-01

    Using the representation for renormalization group functions in terms of nonsingular integrals, we calculate the dynamical critical exponents in the model of critical dynamics of ferromagnets in the fourth order of the ɛ-expansion. We calculate the Feynman diagrams using the sector decomposition technique generalized to critical dynamics problems.

  8. Optimisation of a polygon mirror-based spectral filter for swept source optical coherence tomography (SS-OCT)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Everson, Michael; Duma, Virgil-Florin; Dobre, George

    2018-03-01

    Medical imaging using Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) provides clinicians with 3D, high resolution reconstructions of microscopic structures, in depth. It has been initially developed for ophthalmology, in order to scan the retinas of patients to diagnose illness. The quality of the images depends upon their axial and lateral resolutions and the properties of the light being used. Research using a polygon mirror (PM) as a spectral filter in Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) has resulted in a variety of different experimental arrangements. Although the application of PM-based SS-OCT sources has been successfully demonstrated, the combination of their components' fundamental properties and the overall impact they have on imaging performance is rarely reported. A more detailed examination of these properties would lead to a full description of their operation and to the best methods to employ if system performance is to be maximised. This work presents our current findings of on-going research into the optimisation of PM-based SS-OCT systems. A swept source spectral filter, consisting of a collimator, a transmission grating, a two-lens telescope and an off-axis PM with an end reflector mirror has been evaluated experimentally and compared with theoretical predictions. The system's performance has been compared for two different fibre collimators. Although the beam width on the grating is different for each of the two collimators, the spot size at the PM facet is made the same by selecting appropriate focal lengths. An improvement in the signal roll-off at the interferometer output of 1.0 dB/mm was obtained when using a 3.4 mm collimator compared to a 1.5 mm collimator.

  9. Cosmetic and aesthetic skin photosurgery using a computer-assisted CO2 laser-scanning system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dutu, Doru C. A.; Dumitras, Dan C.; Nedelcu, Ioan; Ghetie, Sergiu D.

    1997-12-01

    Since the first application of CO2 laser in skin photosurgery, various techniques such as laser pulsing, beam scanning and computer-assisted laser pulse generator have been introduced for the purpose of reducing tissue carbonization and thermal necrosis. Using a quite simple XY optical scanner equipped with two galvanometric driven mirrors and an appropriate software to process the scanning data and control the interaction time and energy density in the scanned area, we have obtained a device which can improve CO2 laser application in cosmetic and aesthetic surgery. The opto-mechanical CO2 laser scanner based on two total reflecting flat mirrors placed at 90 degree(s) in respect to the XY scanning directions and independently driven through a magnetic field provides a linear movement of the incident laser beam in the operating field. A DA converter supplied with scanning data by the software enables a scanning with linearity better than 1% for a maximum angular deviation of 20 degree(s). Because the scanning quality of the laser beam in the operating field is given not only by the displacement function of the two mirrors, but also by the beam characteristics in the focal plane and the cross distribution in the laser beam, the surgeon can control through software either the scanning field dimensions or the distance between two consecutive points of the vertically and/or horizontally sweep line. The development of computer-assisted surgical scanning techniques will help control the surgical laser, to create either a reproducible incision with a controlled depth or a controlled incision pattern with minimal incision width, a long desired facility for plastic surgery, neurosurgery, ENT and dentistry.

  10. Narrow Energy Spread Protons and Ions from High-Intensity, High-Contrast Laser Solid Target Interactions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dollar, Franklin; Matsuoka, Takeshi; McGuffey, Christopher

    2010-11-04

    Recent simulations show that an idealized, high intensity, short pulse laser can generate quasi-monoenergetic proton beams with energies over 100 MeV in an interaction with a thin film. However, most short pulse laser facilities with sufficient intensity have difficulty controlling the nanosecond and picosecond contrast necessary to realize such a regime. Experiments were performed to investigate proton and ion acceleration from a high contrast, short pulse laser by employing dual plasma mirrors along with a deformable mirror at the HERCULES laser facility at the Center for Ultrafast Optical Sciences, University of Michigan. Plasma mirrors were characterized, allowing a 50% throughputmore » with an intensity contrast increase of 105. The focal spot quality was also exceptional, showing a 1.1 micron full width at half maximum (FWHM) focal diameter. Experiments were done using temporally cleaned 30 TW, 32 fs pulses to achieve an intensity of up to 10{sup 21} Wcm{sup -2} on Si{sub 3}N{sub 4} and Mylar targets with thicknesses ranging 50 nm to 13 microns. Proton beams with energy spreads below 2 MeV were observed from all thicknesses, peaking with energies up to 10.3 MeV and an energy spread of 0.8 MeV. Similar narrow energy spreads were observed for oxygen, nitrogen, and carbon at the silicon nitride thickness of 50 nm with energies up to 24 MeV with an energy spread of 3 MeV, whereas the energy spread is greatly increased at a larger thickness. Maximum energies were confirmed with CR39 track detectors, while a Thomson ion spectrometer was used to gauge the monoenergetic nature of the beam.« less

  11. Enhancement of soft X-ray reflectivity and interface stability in nitridated Pd/Y multilayer mirrors.

    PubMed

    Xu, Dechao; Huang, Qiushi; Wang, Yiwen; Li, Pin; Wen, Mingwu; Jonnard, Philippe; Giglia, Angelo; Kozhevnikov, Igor V; Wang, Kun; Zhang, Zhong; Wang, Zhanshan

    2015-12-28

    Pd/Y multilayer mirrors operating in the soft X-ray region are characterized by a high theoretical reflectance, reaching 65% at normal incidence in the 8-12 nm wavelength range. However, a severe intermixing of neighboring Pd and Y layers results in an almost total disappearance of the interfaces inside the multilayer structures fabricated by direct current magnetron sputtering and thus a dramatic reflectivity decrease. Based on grazing incidence X-ray reflectometry and X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, we demonstrate that the stability of the interfaces in Pd/Y multilayer structures can be essentially improved by adding a small amount of nitrogen (4-8%) to the working gas (Ar). High resolution transmission electron microscopy shows that the interlayer width is only 0.9 nm and 0.6 nm for Y(N)-on-Pd(N) and Pd(N)-on-Y(N) interfaces, respectively. A well-defined crystalline texture of YN (200) is observed on the electron diffraction pattern. As a result, the measured reflectance of the Pd(N)/Y(N) multilayer achieves 30% at λ = 9.3 nm. The peak reflectivity value is limited by the remaining interlayers and the formation of the YN compound inside the yttrium layers, resulting in an increased absorption.

  12. Emergence of criticality in the transportation passenger flow: scaling and renormalization in the Seoul bus system.

    PubMed

    Goh, Segun; Lee, Keumsook; Choi, Moo Young; Fortin, Jean-Yves

    2014-01-01

    Social systems have recently attracted much attention, with attempts to understand social behavior with the aid of statistical mechanics applied to complex systems. Collective properties of such systems emerge from couplings between components, for example, individual persons, transportation nodes such as airports or subway stations, and administrative districts. Among various collective properties, criticality is known as a characteristic property of a complex system, which helps the systems to respond flexibly to external perturbations. This work considers the criticality of the urban transportation system entailed in the massive smart card data on the Seoul transportation network. Analyzing the passenger flow on the Seoul bus system during one week, we find explicit power-law correlations in the system, that is, power-law behavior of the strength correlation function of bus stops and verify scale invariance of the strength fluctuations. Such criticality is probed by means of the scaling and renormalization analysis of the modified gravity model applied to the system. Here a group of nearby (bare) bus stops are transformed into a (renormalized) "block stop" and the scaling relations of the network density turn out to be closely related to the fractal dimensions of the system, revealing the underlying structure. Specifically, the resulting renormalized values of the gravity exponent and of the Hill coefficient give a good description of the Seoul bus system: The former measures the characteristic dimensionality of the network whereas the latter reflects the coupling between distinct transportation modes. It is thus demonstrated that such ideas of physics as scaling and renormalization can be applied successfully to social phenomena exemplified by the passenger flow.

  13. Emergence of Criticality in the Transportation Passenger Flow: Scaling and Renormalization in the Seoul Bus System

    PubMed Central

    Goh, Segun; Lee, Keumsook; Choi, MooYoung; Fortin, Jean-Yves

    2014-01-01

    Social systems have recently attracted much attention, with attempts to understand social behavior with the aid of statistical mechanics applied to complex systems. Collective properties of such systems emerge from couplings between components, for example, individual persons, transportation nodes such as airports or subway stations, and administrative districts. Among various collective properties, criticality is known as a characteristic property of a complex system, which helps the systems to respond flexibly to external perturbations. This work considers the criticality of the urban transportation system entailed in the massive smart card data on the Seoul transportation network. Analyzing the passenger flow on the Seoul bus system during one week, we find explicit power-law correlations in the system, that is, power-law behavior of the strength correlation function of bus stops and verify scale invariance of the strength fluctuations. Such criticality is probed by means of the scaling and renormalization analysis of the modified gravity model applied to the system. Here a group of nearby (bare) bus stops are transformed into a (renormalized) “block stop” and the scaling relations of the network density turn out to be closely related to the fractal dimensions of the system, revealing the underlying structure. Specifically, the resulting renormalized values of the gravity exponent and of the Hill coefficient give a good description of the Seoul bus system: The former measures the characteristic dimensionality of the network whereas the latter reflects the coupling between distinct transportation modes. It is thus demonstrated that such ideas of physics as scaling and renormalization can be applied successfully to social phenomena exemplified by the passenger flow. PMID:24599221

  14. Two-loop renormalization of quantum gravity simplified

    DOE PAGES

    Bern, Zvi; Chi, Huan -Hang; Dixon, Lance; ...

    2017-02-22

    The coefficient of the dimensionally regularized two-loop R 3 divergence of (nonsupersymmetric) gravity theories has recently been shown to change when nondynamical three-forms are added to the theory, or when a pseudoscalar is replaced by the antisymmetric two-form field to which it is dual. This phenomenon involves evanescent operators, whose matrix elements vanish in four dimensions, including the Gauss-Bonnet operator which is also connected to the trace anomaly. On the other hand, these effects appear to have no physical consequences for renormalized scattering processes. In particular, the dependence of the two-loop four-graviton scattering amplitude on the renormalization scale is simple.more » As a result, we explain this result for any minimally-coupled massless gravity theory with renormalizable matter interactions by using unitarity cuts in four dimensions and never invoking evanescent operators.« less

  15. Critical Exponents, Scaling Law, Universality and Renormalization Group Flow in Strong Coupling QED

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kondo, Kei-Ichi

    The critical behavior of strongly coupled QED with a chiral-invariant four-fermion interaction (gauged Nambu-Jona-Lasinio model) is investigated through the unquenched Schwinger-Dyson equation including the fermion loop effect at the one-loop level. It is shown that the critical exponents satisfy the (hyper)scaling relations as in the quenched case. However, the respective critical exponent takes the classical mean-field value, and consequently unquenched QED belongs to the same universality class as the zero-charge model. On the other hand, it is pointed out that quenched QED violates not only universality but also weak universality, due to continuously varying critical exponents. Furthermore, the renormalization group flow of constant renormalized charge is given. All the results are consistent with triviality of QED and the gauged Nambu-Jona-Lasinio model in the unquenched case.

  16. Large-cell Monte Carlo renormalization of irreversible growth processes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nakanishi, H.; Family, F.

    1985-01-01

    Monte Carlo sampling is applied to a recently formulated direct-cell renormalization method for irreversible, disorderly growth processes. Large-cell Monte Carlo renormalization is carried out for various nonequilibrium problems based on the formulation dealing with relative probabilities. Specifically, the method is demonstrated by application to the 'true' self-avoiding walk and the Eden model of growing animals for d = 2, 3, and 4 and to the invasion percolation problem for d = 2 and 3. The results are asymptotically in agreement with expectations; however, unexpected complications arise, suggesting the possibility of crossovers, and in any case, demonstrating the danger of using small cells alone, because of the very slow convergence as the cell size b is extrapolated to infinity. The difficulty of applying the present method to the diffusion-limited-aggregation model, is commented on.

  17. Renormalized vacuum polarization of rotating black holes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ferreira, Hugo R. C.

    2015-04-01

    Quantum field theory on rotating black hole spacetimes is plagued with technical difficulties. Here, we describe a general method to renormalize and compute the vacuum polarization of a quantum field in the Hartle-Hawking state on rotating black holes. We exemplify the technique with a massive scalar field on the warped AdS3 black hole solution to topologically massive gravity, a deformation of (2 + 1)-dimensional Einstein gravity. We use a "quasi-Euclidean" technique, which generalizes the Euclidean techniques used for static spacetimes, and we subtract the divergences by matching to a sum over mode solutions on Minkowski spacetime. This allows us, for the first time, to have a general method to compute the renormalized vacuum polarization, for a given quantum state, on a rotating black hole, such as the physically relevant case of the Kerr black hole in four dimensions.

  18. Renormalization Group scale-setting in astrophysical systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Domazet, Silvije; Štefančić, Hrvoje

    2011-09-01

    A more general scale-setting procedure for General Relativity with Renormalization Group corrections is proposed. Theoretical aspects of the scale-setting procedure and the interpretation of the Renormalization Group running scale are discussed. The procedure is elaborated for several highly symmetric systems with matter in the form of an ideal fluid and for two models of running of the Newton coupling and the cosmological term. For a static spherically symmetric system with the matter obeying the polytropic equation of state the running scale-setting is performed analytically. The obtained result for the running scale matches the Ansatz introduced in a recent paper by Rodrigues, Letelier and Shapiro which provides an excellent explanation of rotation curves for a number of galaxies. A systematic explanation of the galaxy rotation curves using the scale-setting procedure introduced in this Letter is identified as an important future goal.

  19. Higher-order quantum-chromodynamic corrections to the longitudinal coefficient function in deep-inelastic scattering

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sowell, G.A.

    1982-01-01

    A calculation of nonsinglet longitudinal coefficient function of deep-inelastic scattering through order-g/sup 4/ is presented, using the operator-product expansion and the renormalization group. Both ultraviolet and infrared divergences are regulated with dimensional regularization. The renormalization scheme dependence of the result is discussed along with its phenomenological application in the determination of R = sigma/sub L//sigma/sub T/.

  20. Remarks on the renormalization group in statistical fluid dynamics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fournier, J.-D.; Frisch, U.

    1983-08-01

    A variant of the renormalization group is applied to the problem of randomly forced fluids studied by Forster, Nelson, and Stephen

    [Phys. Rev. A 16, 732 (1977)]
    and others. Amplitude factors (thought to be nonuniversal by some authors) are evaluated and shown to have universal values. Comparisons with closures are made. The possibility of a breakdown of self-similarity and/or universality due to intermittency effects is discussed.

  1. Fickian dispersion is anomalous

    DOE PAGES

    Cushman, John H.; O’Malley, Dan

    2015-06-22

    The thesis put forward here is that the occurrence of Fickian dispersion in geophysical settings is a rare event and consequently should be labeled as anomalous. What people classically call anomalous is really the norm. In a Lagrangian setting, a process with mean square displacement which is proportional to time is generally labeled as Fickian dispersion. With a number of counter examples we show why this definition is fraught with difficulty. In a related discussion, we show an infinite second moment does not necessarily imply the process is super dispersive. By employing a rigorous mathematical definition of Fickian dispersion wemore » illustrate why it is so hard to find a Fickian process. We go on to employ a number of renormalization group approaches to classify non-Fickian dispersive behavior. Scaling laws for the probability density function for a dispersive process, the distribution for the first passage times, the mean first passage time, and the finite-size Lyapunov exponent are presented for fixed points of both deterministic and stochastic renormalization group operators. The fixed points of the renormalization group operators are p-self-similar processes. A generalized renormalization group operator is introduced whose fixed points form a set of generalized self-similar processes. Finally, power-law clocks are introduced to examine multi-scaling behavior. Several examples of these ideas are presented and discussed.« less

  2. Efficient tree tensor network states (TTNS) for quantum chemistry: Generalizations of the density matrix renormalization group algorithm

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nakatani, Naoki; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2013-04-01

    We investigate tree tensor network states for quantum chemistry. Tree tensor network states represent one of the simplest generalizations of matrix product states and the density matrix renormalization group. While matrix product states encode a one-dimensional entanglement structure, tree tensor network states encode a tree entanglement structure, allowing for a more flexible description of general molecules. We describe an optimal tree tensor network state algorithm for quantum chemistry. We introduce the concept of half-renormalization which greatly improves the efficiency of the calculations. Using our efficient formulation we demonstrate the strengths and weaknesses of tree tensor network states versus matrix product states. We carry out benchmark calculations both on tree systems (hydrogen trees and π-conjugated dendrimers) as well as non-tree molecules (hydrogen chains, nitrogen dimer, and chromium dimer). In general, tree tensor network states require much fewer renormalized states to achieve the same accuracy as matrix product states. In non-tree molecules, whether this translates into a computational savings is system dependent, due to the higher prefactor and computational scaling associated with tree algorithms. In tree like molecules, tree network states are easily superior to matrix product states. As an illustration, our largest dendrimer calculation with tree tensor network states correlates 110 electrons in 110 active orbitals.

  3. Mode-sum regularization of ⟨ϕ2⟩ in the angular-splitting method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Levi, Adam; Ori, Amos

    2016-08-01

    The computation of the renormalized stress-energy tensor or ⟨ϕ2⟩ren in curved spacetime is a challenging task, at both the conceptual and technical levels. Recently we developed a new approach to compute such renormalized quantities in asymptotically flat curved spacetimes, based on the point-splitting procedure. Our approach requires the spacetime to admit some symmetry. We already implemented this approach to compute ⟨ϕ2⟩ren in a stationary spacetime using t splitting, namely splitting in the time-translation direction. Here we present the angular-splitting version of this approach, aimed for computing renormalized quantities in a general (possibly dynamical) spherically symmetric spacetime. To illustrate how the angular-splitting method works, we use it here to compute ⟨ϕ2⟩ren for a quantum massless scalar field in Schwarzschild background, in various quantum states (Boulware, Unruh, and Hartle-Hawking states). We find excellent agreement with the results obtained from the t -splitting variant and also with other methods. Our main goal in pursuing this new mode-sum approach was to enable the computation of the renormalized stress-energy tensor in a dynamical spherically symmetric background, e.g. an evaporating black hole. The angular-splitting variant presented here is most suitable to this purpose.

  4. Supersymmetric QCD on the lattice: An exploratory study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Costa, M.; Panagopoulos, H.

    2017-08-01

    We perform a pilot study of the perturbative renormalization of a supersymmetric gauge theory with matter fields on the lattice. As a specific example, we consider supersymmetric N =1 QCD (SQCD). We study the self-energies of all particles which appear in this theory, as well as the renormalization of the coupling constant. To this end we compute, perturbatively to one-loop, the relevant two-point and three-point Green's functions using both dimensional and lattice regularizations. Our lattice formulation involves the Wilson discretization for the gluino and quark fields; for gluons we employ the Wilson gauge action; for scalar fields (squarks) we use naïve discretization. The gauge group that we consider is S U (Nc), while the number of colors, Nc, the number of flavors, Nf, and the gauge parameter, α , are left unspecified. We obtain analytic expressions for the renormalization factors of the coupling constant (Zg) and of the quark (Zψ), gluon (Zu), gluino (Zλ), squark (ZA ±), and ghost (Zc) fields on the lattice. We also compute the critical values of the gluino, quark and squark masses. Finally, we address the mixing which occurs among squark degrees of freedom beyond tree level: we calculate the corresponding mixing matrix which is necessary in order to disentangle the components of the squark field via an additional finite renormalization.

  5. Wavefunctions, quantum diffusion, and scaling exponents in golden-mean quasiperiodic tilings.

    PubMed

    Thiem, Stefanie; Schreiber, Michael

    2013-02-20

    We study the properties of wavefunctions and the wavepacket dynamics in quasiperiodic tight-binding models in one, two, and three dimensions. The atoms in the one-dimensional quasiperiodic chains are coupled by weak and strong bonds aligned according to the Fibonacci sequence. The associated d-dimensional quasiperiodic tilings are constructed from the direct product of d such chains, which yields either the hypercubic tiling or the labyrinth tiling. This approach allows us to consider fairly large systems numerically. We show that the wavefunctions of the system are multifractal and that their properties can be related to the structure of the system in the regime of strong quasiperiodic modulation by a renormalization group (RG) approach. We also study the dynamics of wavepackets to get information about the electronic transport properties. In particular, we investigate the scaling behaviour of the return probability of the wavepacket with time. Applying again the RG approach we show that in the regime of strong quasiperiodic modulation the return probability is governed by the underlying quasiperiodic structure. Further, we also discuss lower bounds for the scaling exponent of the width of the wavepacket and propose a modified lower bound for the absolute continuous regime.

  6. Phonon self-energy corrections to non-zero wavevector phonon modes in single-layer graphene

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Araujo, Paulo; Mafra, Daniela; Sato, Kentaro; Saito, Richiiro; Kong, Jing; Dresselhaus, Mildred

    2012-02-01

    Phonon self-energy corrections have mostly been studied theoretically and experimentally for phonon modes with zone-center (q = 0) wave-vectors. Here, gate-modulated Raman scattering is used to study phonons of a single layer of graphene (1LG) in the frequency range from 2350 to 2750 cm-1, which shows the G* and the G'-band features originating from a double-resonant Raman process with q 0. The observed phonon renormalization effects are different from what is observed for the zone-center q = 0 case. To explain our experimental findings, we explored the phonon self-energy for the phonons with non-zero wave-vectors (q 0) in 1LG in which the frequencies and decay widths are expected to behave oppositely to the behavior observed in the corresponding zone-center q = 0 processes. Within this framework, we resolve the identification of the phonon modes contributing to the G* Raman feature at 2450 cm-1 to include the iTO+LA combination modes with q 0 and the 2iTO overtone modes with q = 0, showing both to be associated with wave-vectors near the high symmetry point K in the Brillouin zone.

  7. Giant Gating Tunability of Optical Refractive Index in Transition Metal Dichalcogenide Monolayers.

    PubMed

    Yu, Yiling; Yu, Yifei; Huang, Lujun; Peng, Haowei; Xiong, Liwei; Cao, Linyou

    2017-06-14

    We report that the refractive index of transition metal dichacolgenide (TMDC) monolayers, such as MoS 2 , WS 2 , and WSe 2 , can be substantially tuned by >60% in the imaginary part and >20% in the real part around exciton resonances using complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) compatible electrical gating. This giant tunablility is rooted in the dominance of excitonic effects in the refractive index of the monolayers and the strong susceptibility of the excitons to the influence of injected charge carriers. The tunability mainly results from the effects of injected charge carriers to broaden the spectral width of excitonic interband transitions and to facilitate the interconversion of neutral and charged excitons. The other effects of the injected charge carriers, such as renormalizing bandgap and changing exciton binding energy, only play negligible roles. We also demonstrate that the atomically thin monolayers, when combined with photonic structures, can enable the efficiencies of optical absorption (reflection) tuned from 40% (60%) to 80% (20%) due to the giant tunability of the refractive index. This work may pave the way toward the development of field-effect photonics in which the optical functionality can be controlled with CMOS circuits.

  8. Thermalization and light cones in a model with weak integrability breaking

    DOE PAGES

    Bertini, Bruno; Essler, Fabian H. L.; Groha, Stefan; ...

    2016-12-09

    Here, we employ equation-of-motion techniques to study the nonequilibrium dynamics in a lattice model of weakly interacting spinless fermions. Our model provides a simple setting for analyzing the effects of weak integrability-breaking perturbations on the time evolution after a quantum quench. We establish the accuracy of the method by comparing results at short and intermediate times to time-dependent density matrix renormalization group computations. For sufficiently weak integrability-breaking interactions we always observe prethermalization plateaus, where local observables relax to nonthermal values at intermediate time scales. At later times a crossover towards thermal behavior sets in. We determine the associated time scale,more » which depends on the initial state, the band structure of the noninteracting theory, and the strength of the integrability-breaking perturbation. Our method allows us to analyze in some detail the spreading of correlations and in particular the structure of the associated light cones in our model. We find that the interior and exterior of the light cone are separated by an intermediate region, the temporal width of which appears to scale with a universal power law t 1/3.« less

  9. Renormalization group naturalness of GUT Higgs potentials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Allanach, B. C.; Amelino-Camelia, G.; Philipsen, O.; Pisanti, O.; Rosa, L.

    1999-01-01

    We analyze the symmetry-breaking patterns of grand unified theories from the point of view of a recently proposed criterion of renormalization-group naturalness. We perform the analysis on simple non-SUSY SU(5) and SO(10) and SUSY SU(5) GUTs. We find that the naturalness criterion can favor spontaneous symmetry breaking in the direction of the smallest of the maximal little groups. Some differences between theories with and without supersymmetry are also emphasized.

  10. The density-matrix renormalization group: a short introduction.

    PubMed

    Schollwöck, Ulrich

    2011-07-13

    The density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method has established itself over the last decade as the leading method for the simulation of the statics and dynamics of one-dimensional strongly correlated quantum lattice systems. The DMRG is a method that shares features of a renormalization group procedure (which here generates a flow in the space of reduced density operators) and of a variational method that operates on a highly interesting class of quantum states, so-called matrix product states (MPSs). The DMRG method is presented here entirely in the MPS language. While the DMRG generally fails in larger two-dimensional systems, the MPS picture suggests a straightforward generalization to higher dimensions in the framework of tensor network states. The resulting algorithms, however, suffer from difficulties absent in one dimension, apart from a much more unfavourable efficiency, such that their ultimate success remains far from clear at the moment.

  11. Quenched results for light quark physics with overlap fermions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Giusti, L.; Hoelbling, C.; Rebbi, C.

    2002-03-01

    We present results of a quenched QCD simulation with overlap fermions on a lattice of volume V = 16 3 × 32 at β = 6.0, which corresponds to a lattice cutoff of ⋍ 2 GeV and an extension of ⋍ 1.4 fm. From the two-point correlation functions of bilinear operators we extract the pseudoscalar meson masses and the corresponding decay constants. From the GMOR relation we determine the chiral condensate and, by using the K-meson mass as experimental input, we compute the sum of the strange and average up-down quark masses ( m s + overlinem). The needed logarithmic divergent renormalization constant Z S is computed with the RI/MOM non-perturbative renormalization technique. Since the overlap preserves chiral symmetry at finite cutoff and volume, no divergent quark mass and chiral condensate additive renormalizations are required and the results are O( a) improved.

  12. Renormalizing Entanglement Distillation.

    PubMed

    Waeldchen, Stephan; Gertis, Janina; Campbell, Earl T; Eisert, Jens

    2016-01-15

    Entanglement distillation refers to the task of transforming a collection of weakly entangled pairs into fewer highly entangled ones. It is a core ingredient in quantum repeater protocols, which are needed to transmit entanglement over arbitrary distances in order to realize quantum key distribution schemes. Usually, it is assumed that the initial entangled pairs are identically and independently distributed and are uncorrelated with each other, an assumption that might not be reasonable at all in any entanglement generation process involving memory channels. Here, we introduce a framework that captures entanglement distillation in the presence of natural correlations arising from memory channels. Conceptually, we bring together ideas from condensed-matter physics-ideas from renormalization and matrix-product states and operators-with those of local entanglement manipulation, Markov chain mixing, and quantum error correction. We identify meaningful parameter regions for which we prove convergence to maximally entangled states, arising as the fixed points of a matrix-product operator renormalization flow.

  13. The Flynn effect and U.S. policies: the impact of rising IQ scores on American society via mental retardation diagnoses.

    PubMed

    Kanaya, Tomoe; Scullin, Matthew H; Ceci, Stephen J

    2003-10-01

    Over the last century, IQ scores have been steadily rising, a phenomenon dubbed the Flynn effect. Because of the Flynn effect, IQ tests are periodically renormed, making them harder. Given that eligibility for mental retardation (MR) services relies heavily on IQ scores, renormed tests could have a significant impact on MR placements. In longitudinal IQ records from 9 sites around the country, students in the borderline and mild MR range lost an average of 5.6 points when retested on a renormed test and were more likely to be classified MR compared with peers retested on the same test. The magnitude of the effect is large and affects national policies on education, social security, the death penalty, and the military. This paper reports the perceptions of professionals as they relate to IQ score fluctuations in normal, borderline, and/or MR populations.

  14. Renormalizing Entanglement Distillation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Waeldchen, Stephan; Gertis, Janina; Campbell, Earl T.; Eisert, Jens

    2016-01-01

    Entanglement distillation refers to the task of transforming a collection of weakly entangled pairs into fewer highly entangled ones. It is a core ingredient in quantum repeater protocols, which are needed to transmit entanglement over arbitrary distances in order to realize quantum key distribution schemes. Usually, it is assumed that the initial entangled pairs are identically and independently distributed and are uncorrelated with each other, an assumption that might not be reasonable at all in any entanglement generation process involving memory channels. Here, we introduce a framework that captures entanglement distillation in the presence of natural correlations arising from memory channels. Conceptually, we bring together ideas from condensed-matter physics—ideas from renormalization and matrix-product states and operators—with those of local entanglement manipulation, Markov chain mixing, and quantum error correction. We identify meaningful parameter regions for which we prove convergence to maximally entangled states, arising as the fixed points of a matrix-product operator renormalization flow.

  15. Renormalized charge in a two-dimensional model of colloidal suspension from hypernetted chain approach.

    PubMed

    Camargo, Manuel; Téllez, Gabriel

    2008-04-07

    The renormalized charge of a simple two-dimensional model of colloidal suspension was determined by solving the hypernetted chain approximation and Ornstein-Zernike equations. At the infinite dilution limit, the asymptotic behavior of the correlation functions is used to define the effective interactions between the components of the system and these effective interactions were compared to those derived from the Poisson-Boltzmann theory. The results we obtained show that, in contrast to the mean-field theory, the renormalized charge does not saturate, but exhibits a maximum value and then decays monotonically as the bare charge increases. The results also suggest that beyond the counterion layer near to the macroion surface, the ionic cloud is not a diffuse layer which can be handled by means of the linearized theory, as the two-state model claims, but a more complex structure is settled by the correlations between microions.

  16. Multireference quantum chemistry through a joint density matrix renormalization group and canonical transformation theory.

    PubMed

    Yanai, Takeshi; Kurashige, Yuki; Neuscamman, Eric; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2010-01-14

    We describe the joint application of the density matrix renormalization group and canonical transformation theory to multireference quantum chemistry. The density matrix renormalization group provides the ability to describe static correlation in large active spaces, while the canonical transformation theory provides a high-order description of the dynamic correlation effects. We demonstrate the joint theory in two benchmark systems designed to test the dynamic and static correlation capabilities of the methods, namely, (i) total correlation energies in long polyenes and (ii) the isomerization curve of the [Cu(2)O(2)](2+) core. The largest complete active spaces and atomic orbital basis sets treated by the joint DMRG-CT theory in these systems correspond to a (24e,24o) active space and 268 atomic orbitals in the polyenes and a (28e,32o) active space and 278 atomic orbitals in [Cu(2)O(2)](2+).

  17. Matrix product density operators: Renormalization fixed points and boundary theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Cirac, J.I.; Pérez-García, D., E-mail: dperezga@ucm.es; ICMAT, Nicolas Cabrera, Campus de Cantoblanco, 28049 Madrid

    We consider the tensors generating matrix product states and density operators in a spin chain. For pure states, we revise the renormalization procedure introduced in (Verstraete et al., 2005) and characterize the tensors corresponding to the fixed points. We relate them to the states possessing zero correlation length, saturation of the area law, as well as to those which generate ground states of local and commuting Hamiltonians. For mixed states, we introduce the concept of renormalization fixed points and characterize the corresponding tensors. We also relate them to concepts like finite correlation length, saturation of the area law, as well asmore » to those which generate Gibbs states of local and commuting Hamiltonians. One of the main result of this work is that the resulting fixed points can be associated to the boundary theories of two-dimensional topological states, through the bulk-boundary correspondence introduced in (Cirac et al., 2011).« less

  18. Entanglement Holographic Mapping of Many-Body Localized System by Spectrum Bifurcation Renormalization Group

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    You, Yi-Zhuang; Qi, Xiao-Liang; Xu, Cenke

    We introduce the spectrum bifurcation renormalization group (SBRG) as a generalization of the real-space renormalization group for the many-body localized (MBL) system without truncating the Hilbert space. Starting from a disordered many-body Hamiltonian in the full MBL phase, the SBRG flows to the MBL fixed-point Hamiltonian, and generates the local conserved quantities and the matrix product state representations for all eigenstates. The method is applicable to both spin and fermion models with arbitrary interaction strength on any lattice in all dimensions, as long as the models are in the MBL phase. In particular, we focus on the 1 d interacting Majorana chain with strong disorder, and map out its phase diagram using the entanglement entropy. The SBRG flow also generates an entanglement holographic mapping, which duals the MBL state to a fragmented holographic space decorated with small blackholes.

  19. Alien calculus and a Schwinger-Dyson equation: two-point function with a nonperturbative mass scale

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bellon, Marc P.; Clavier, Pierre J.

    2018-02-01

    Starting from the Schwinger-Dyson equation and the renormalization group equation for the massless Wess-Zumino model, we compute the dominant nonperturbative contributions to the anomalous dimension of the theory, which are related by alien calculus to singularities of the Borel transform on integer points. The sum of these dominant contributions has an analytic expression. When applied to the two-point function, this analysis gives a tame evolution in the deep euclidean domain at this approximation level, making doubtful the arguments on the triviality of the quantum field theory with positive β -function. On the other side, we have a singularity of the propagator for timelike momenta of the order of the renormalization group invariant scale of the theory, which has a nonperturbative relationship with the renormalization point of the theory. All these results do not seem to have an interpretation in terms of semiclassical analysis of a Feynman path integral.

  20. Observation of an anisotropic Dirac cone reshaping and ferrimagnetic spin polarization in an organic conductor

    PubMed Central

    Hirata, Michihiro; Ishikawa, Kyohei; Miyagawa, Kazuya; Tamura, Masafumi; Berthier, Claude; Basko, Denis; Kobayashi, Akito; Matsuno, Genki; Kanoda, Kazushi

    2016-01-01

    The Coulomb interaction among massless Dirac fermions in graphene is unscreened around the isotropic Dirac points, causing a logarithmic velocity renormalization and a cone reshaping. In less symmetric Dirac materials possessing anisotropic cones with tilted axes, the Coulomb interaction can provide still more exotic phenomena, which have not been experimentally unveiled yet. Here, using site-selective nuclear magnetic resonance, we find a non-uniform cone reshaping accompanied by a bandwidth reduction and an emergent ferrimagnetism in tilted Dirac cones that appear on the verge of charge ordering in an organic compound. Our theoretical analyses based on the renormalization-group approach and the Hubbard model show that these observations are the direct consequences of the long-range and short-range parts of the Coulomb interaction, respectively. The cone reshaping and the bandwidth renormalization, as well as the magnetic behaviour revealed here, can be ubiquitous and vital for many Dirac materials. PMID:27578363

  1. Mass deformations of 5d SCFTs via holography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gutperle, Michael; Kaidi, Justin; Raj, Himanshu

    2018-02-01

    Using six-dimensional Euclidean F (4) gauged supergravity we construct a holographic renormalization group flow for a CFT on S 5. Numerical solutions to the BPS equations are obtained and the free energy of the theory on S 5 is determined holographically by calculation of the renormalized on-shell supergravity action. In the process, we deal with subtle issues such as holographic renormalization and addition of finite counterterms. We then propose a candidate field theory dual to these solutions. This tentative dual is a supersymmetry-preserving deformation of the strongly-coupled non-Lagrangian SCFT derived from the D4-D8 system in string theory. In the IR, this theory is a mass deformation of a USp(2 N ) gauge theory. A localization calculation of the free energy is performed for this IR theory, which for reasonably small values of the deformation parameter is found to have the same qualitative behaviour as the holographic free energy.

  2. One-loop renormalization of Lee-Wick gauge theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Grinstein, Benjamin; O'Connell, Donal

    2008-11-15

    We examine the renormalization of Lee-Wick gauge theory to one-loop order. We show that only knowledge of the wave function renormalization is necessary to determine the running couplings, anomalous dimensions, and vector boson masses. In particular, the logarithmic running of the Lee-Wick vector boson mass is exactly related to the running of the coupling. In the case of an asymptotically free theory, the vector boson mass runs to infinity in the ultraviolet. Thus, the UV fixed point of the pure gauge theory is an ordinary quantum field theory. We find that the coupling runs more quickly in Lee-Wick gauge theorymore » than in ordinary gauge theory, so the Lee-Wick standard model does not naturally unify at any scale. Finally, we present results on the beta function of more general theories containing dimension six operators which differ from previous results in the literature.« less

  3. Baryon chiral perturbation theory extended beyond the low-energy region.

    PubMed

    Epelbaum, E; Gegelia, J; Meißner, Ulf-G; Yao, De-Liang

    We consider an extension of the one-nucleon sector of baryon chiral perturbation theory beyond the low-energy region. The applicability of this approach for higher energies is restricted to small scattering angles, i.e. the kinematical region, where the quark structure of hadrons cannot be resolved. The main idea is to re-arrange the low-energy effective Lagrangian according to a new power counting and to exploit the freedom of the choice of the renormalization condition for loop diagrams. We generalize the extended on-mass-shell scheme for the one-nucleon sector of baryon chiral perturbation theory by choosing a sliding scale, that is, we expand the physical amplitudes around kinematical points beyond the threshold. This requires the introduction of complex-valued renormalized coupling constants, which can be either extracted from experimental data, or calculated using the renormalization group evolution of coupling constants fixed in threshold region.

  4. Renormalization group analysis of B →π form factors with B -meson light-cone sum rules

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shen, Yue-Long; Wei, Yan-Bing; Lü, Cai-Dian

    2018-03-01

    Within the framework of the B -meson light-cone sum rules, we review the calculation of radiative corrections to the three B →π transition form factors at leading power in Λ /mb. To resum large logarithmic terms, we perform the complete renormalization group evolution of the correlation function. We employ the integral transformation which diagonalizes evolution equations of the jet function and the B -meson light-cone distribution amplitude to solve these evolution equations and obtain renormalization group improved sum rules for the B →π form factors. Results of the form factors are extrapolated to the whole physical q2 region and are compared with that of other approaches. The effect of B -meson three-particle light-cone distribution amplitudes, which will contribute to the form factors at next-to-leading power in Λ /mb at tree level, is not considered in this paper.

  5. Passive mode-locking of a diode-pumped Nd:YVO(4) laser by intracavity SHG in PPKTP.

    PubMed

    Iliev, Hristo; Chuchumishev, Danail; Buchvarov, Ivan; Petrov, Valentin

    2010-03-15

    Experimental results on passive mode-locking of a Nd:YVO(4) laser using intracavity frequency doubling in periodically poled KTP (PPKTP) crystal are reported. Both, negative cascaded chi((2)) lensing and frequency doubling nonlinear mirror (FDNLM) are exploited for the laser mode-locking. The FDNLM based on intensity dependent reflection in the laser cavity ensures self-starting and self-sustaining mode-locking while the cascaded chi((2)) lens process contributes to substantial pulse shortening. This hybrid technique enables generation of stable trains of pulses at high-average output power with several picoseconds pulse width. The pulse repetition rate of the laser is 117 MHz with average output power ranging from 0.5 to 3.1 W and pulse duration from 2.9 to 5.2 ps.

  6. Engineering two-wire optical antennas for near field enhancement

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Zhong-Jian; Zhao, Qian; Xiao, Si; He, Jun

    2017-07-01

    We study the optimization of near field enhancement in the two-wire optical antenna system. By varying the nanowire sizes we obtain the optimized side-length (width and height) for the maximum field enhancement with a given gap size. The optimized side-length applies to a broadband range (λ = 650-1000 nm). The ratio of extinction cross section to field concentration size is found to be closely related to the field enhancement behavior. We also investigate two experimentally feasible cases which are antennas on glass substrate and mirror, and find that the optimized side-length also applies to these systems. It is also found that the optimized side-length shows a tendency of increasing with the gap size. Our results could find applications in field-enhanced spectroscopies.

  7. High-pulse energy-stabilized passively mode-locked external cavity inverse bow-tie 980nm laser diode for space applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krakowski, M.; Resneau, P.; Garcia, M.; Vinet, E.; Robert, Y.; Lecomte, M.; Parillaud, O.; Gerard, B.; Kundermann, S.; Torcheboeuf, N.; Boiko, D. L.

    2018-02-01

    We report on multi-section inverse bow-tie laser producing mode-locked pulses of 90 pJ energy and 6.5 ps width (895 fs after compression) at 1.3 GHz pulse repetition frequency (PRF) and consuming 2.9 W of electric power. The laser operates in an 80 mm long external cavity. By translation of the output coupling mirror, the PRF was continuously tuned over 37 MHz range without additional adjustments. Active stabilization with a phase lock loop actuating on the driving current has allowed us to reach the PRF relative stability at a 2·10-10 level on 10 s intervals, as required by the European Space Agency (ESA) for inter-satellite long distance measurements.

  8. Temporal measurement on and using pulses from spectrally narrowed emission in styrylpyridinium cyanine dye

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dharmadhikari, Aditya K.; Bhowmik, Achintya K.; Ahyi, Ayayi C.; Thakur, Mrinal

    2001-11-01

    Highly efficient spectrally narrowed emission (SNE) was observed in the solution of strylpyridinium cyanine dye (SPCD) pumped by fundamental and second harmonic of a picosecond Nd:YAG laser in two separate arrangements. A highly directional emission was observed in both the pumping arrangements without incorporating any mirrors. The pulse duration of the SNE was measured by background free SHG intensity autocorrelation technique. The measured duration of the pulses was 40 ps. These pulses, having a spectral linewidth of 10 nm (full width at half maximum), were used as a probe to measure the transient changes in the transmission in SPCD solution using a pump-probe setup. The transient optical transmission indicated a gain at the overlap and no gain was observed beyond a delay of 40 ps.

  9. Ultrafast Nyquist OTDM demultiplexing using optical Nyquist pulse sampling in an all-optical nonlinear switch.

    PubMed

    Hirooka, Toshihiko; Seya, Daiki; Harako, Koudai; Suzuki, Daiki; Nakazawa, Masataka

    2015-08-10

    We propose the ultrahigh-speed demultiplexing of Nyquist OTDM signals using an optical Nyquist pulse as both a signal and a sampling pulse in an all-optical nonlinear switch. The narrow spectral width of the Nyquist pulses means that the spectral overlap between data and control pulses is greatly reduced, and the control pulse itself can be made more tolerant to dispersion and nonlinear distortions inside the nonlinear switch. We apply the Nyquist control pulse to the 640 to 40 Gbaud demultiplexing of DPSK and DQPSK signals using a nonlinear optical loop mirror (NOLM), and demonstrate a large performance improvement compared with conventional Gaussian control pulses. We also show that the optimum spectral profile of the Nyquist control pulse depends on the walk-off property of the NOLM.

  10. Three-dimensional facial analysis of Chinese children with repaired unilateral cleft lip and palate

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Othman, Siti Adibah; Aidil Koay, Noor Airin

    2016-08-01

    We analyzed the facial features of Chinese children with repaired unilateral cleft lip and palate (UCLP) and compared them with a normal control group using a three-dimensional (3D) stereophotogrammetry camera. This cross-sectional study examined 3D measurements of the facial surfaces of 20 Chinese children with repaired UCLP and 40 unaffected Chinese children aged 7 to 12 years old, which were captured using the VECTRA 3D five-pod photosystem and analyzed using Mirror software. Twenty-five variables and two ratios were compared between both groups using independent t-test. Intra- and inter-observer reliability was determined using ten randomly selected images and analyzed using intra-class correlation coefficient test (ICC). The level of significance was set at p < 0.0018. Intra- and inter-observers’ reliability was considered fair to excellent with an ICC value ranging from 0.54 to 0.99. Statistically significant differences (p < 0.0018) were found mainly in the nasolabial region. The cleft group exhibited wider alar base root width, flattened nose and broader nostril floor width on the cleft side. They tended to have shorter upper lip length and thinner upper vermillion thickness. Faces of Chinese children with repaired UCLP displayed meaningful differences when compared to the normal group especially in the nasolabial regions.

  11. Efficacy of a bioactive glass-ceramic (Biosilicate) in the maintenance of alveolar ridges and in osseointegration of titanium implants.

    PubMed

    Roriz, Virgílio M; Rosa, Adalberto L; Peitl, Oscar; Zanotto, Edgar D; Panzeri, Heitor; de Oliveira, Paulo T

    2010-02-01

    The aims of this research were to evaluate the efficacy of a bioactive glass-ceramic (Biosilicate) and a bioactive glass (Biogran) placed in dental sockets in the maintenance of alveolar ridge and in the osseointegration of Ti implants. Six dogs had their low premolars extracted and the sockets were implanted with Biosilicate, Biogran particles, or left untreated. After the extractions, measurements of width and height on the alveolar ridge were taken. After 12 weeks a new surgery was performed to take the final ridge measurements and to insert bilaterally three Ti implants in biomaterial-implanted and control sites. Eight weeks post-Ti implant placement block biopsies were processed for histological and histomorphometric analysis. The percentages of bone-implant contact (BIC), of mineralized bone area between threads (BABT), and of mineralized bone area within the mirror area (BAMA) were determined. The presence of Biosilicate or Biogran particles preserved alveolar ridge height without affecting its width. No significant differences in terms of BIC, BAMA, and BABT values were detected among Biosilicate, Biogran, and the non-implanted group. The results of the present study indicate that filling of sockets with either Biosilicate or Biogran particles preserves alveolar bone ridge height and allows osseointegration of Ti implants.

  12. Development of a Renormalization Group Approach to Multi-Scale Plasma Physics Computation

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2012-03-28

    with a collection of information if it does not display a currently valid OMB control number. PLEASE DO NOT RETURN YOUR FORM TO THE ABOVE ADDRESS. 1...NUMBER(S) 12. DISTRIBUTION/AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 13. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES 14. ABSTRACT 15. SUBJECT TERMS 16. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: a . REPORT...code) 29-12-2008 Final Technical Report From 29-12-2008 To 16-95-2011 (STTR PHASE II) DEVELOPMENT OF A RENORMALIZATION GROUP APPROACH TO MULTI-SCALE

  13. New applications of renormalization group methods in nuclear physics.

    PubMed

    Furnstahl, R J; Hebeler, K

    2013-12-01

    We review recent developments in the use of renormalization group (RG) methods in low-energy nuclear physics. These advances include enhanced RG technology, particularly for three-nucleon forces, which greatly extends the reach and accuracy of microscopic calculations. We discuss new results for the nucleonic equation of state with applications to astrophysical systems such as neutron stars, new calculations of the structure and reactions of finite nuclei, and new explorations of correlations in nuclear systems.

  14. Renormalization Group Theory for the Imbalanced Fermi Gas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gubbels, K. B.; Stoof, H. T. C.

    2008-04-11

    We formulate a Wilsonian renormalization group theory for the imbalanced Fermi gas. The theory is able to recover quantitatively well-established results in both the weak-coupling and the strong-coupling (unitarity) limits. We determine for the latter case the line of second-order phase transitions of the imbalanced Fermi gas and, in particular, the location of the tricritical point. We obtain good agreement with the recent experiments of Y. Shin et al. [Nature (London) 451, 689 (2008)].

  15. Application of renormalization group theory to the large-eddy simulation of transitional boundary layers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Piomelli, Ugo; Zang, Thomas A.; Speziale, Charles G.; Lund, Thomas S.

    1990-01-01

    An eddy viscosity model based on the renormalization group theory of Yakhot and Orszag (1986) is applied to the large-eddy simulation of transition in a flat-plate boundary layer. The simulation predicts with satisfactory accuracy the mean velocity and Reynolds stress profiles, as well as the development of the important scales of motion. The evolution of the structures characteristic of the nonlinear stages of transition is also predicted reasonably well.

  16. BPHZ renormalization in configuration space for the A4-model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pottel, Steffen

    2018-02-01

    Recent developments for BPHZ renormalization performed in configuration space are reviewed and applied to the model of a scalar quantum field with quartic self-interaction. An extension of the results regarding the short-distance expansion and the Zimmermann identity is shown for a normal product, which is quadratic in the field operator. The realization of the equation of motion is computed for the interacting field and the relation to parametric differential equations is indicated.

  17. Functional renormalization group approach to SU(N ) Heisenberg models: Real-space renormalization group at arbitrary N

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Buessen, Finn Lasse; Roscher, Dietrich; Diehl, Sebastian; Trebst, Simon

    2018-02-01

    The pseudofermion functional renormalization group (pf-FRG) is one of the few numerical approaches that has been demonstrated to quantitatively determine the ordering tendencies of frustrated quantum magnets in two and three spatial dimensions. The approach, however, relies on a number of presumptions and approximations, in particular the choice of pseudofermion decomposition and the truncation of an infinite number of flow equations to a finite set. Here we generalize the pf-FRG approach to SU (N )-spin systems with arbitrary N and demonstrate that the scheme becomes exact in the large-N limit. Numerically solving the generalized real-space renormalization group equations for arbitrary N , we can make a stringent connection between the physically most significant case of SU(2) spins and more accessible SU (N ) models. In a case study of the square-lattice SU (N ) Heisenberg antiferromagnet, we explicitly demonstrate that the generalized pf-FRG approach is capable of identifying the instability indicating the transition into a staggered flux spin liquid ground state in these models for large, but finite, values of N . In a companion paper [Roscher et al., Phys. Rev. B 97, 064416 (2018), 10.1103/PhysRevB.97.064416] we formulate a momentum-space pf-FRG approach for SU (N ) spin models that allows us to explicitly study the large-N limit and access the low-temperature spin liquid phase.

  18. Renormalization of the one-loop theory of fluctuations in polymer blends and diblock copolymer melts.

    PubMed

    Grzywacz, Piotr; Qin, Jian; Morse, David C

    2007-12-01

    Attempts to use coarse-grained molecular theories to calculate corrections to the random-phase approximation (RPA) for correlations in polymer mixtures have been plagued by an unwanted sensitivity to the value of an arbitrary cutoff length, i.e., by an ultraviolet (UV) divergence. We analyze the UV divergence of the inverse structure factor S(-1)(k) predicted by a "one-loop" approximation similar to that used in several previous studies. We consider both miscible homopolymer blends and disordered diblock copolymer melts. We show, in both cases, that all UV divergent contributions can be absorbed into a renormalization of the values of the phenomenological parameters of a generalized self-consistent field theory (SCFT). This observation allows the construction of an UV convergent theory of corrections to SCFT phenomenology. The UV-divergent one-loop contribution to S(-1)(k) is shown to be the sum of (i) a k -independent contribution that arises from a renormalization of the effective chi parameter, (ii) a k-dependent contribution that arises from a renormalization of monomer statistical segment lengths, (iii) a contribution proportional to k(2) that arises from a square-gradient contribution to the one-loop fluctuation free energy, and (iv) a k-dependent contribution that is inversely proportional to the degree of polymerization, which arises from local perturbations in fluid structure near chain ends and near junctions between blocks in block copolymers.

  19. The long flow to freedom

    DOE PAGES

    Aharony, Ofer; Razamat, Shlomo S.; Seiberg, Nathan; ...

    2017-02-10

    Two-dimensional field theories do not have a moduli space of vacua. Instead, it is common that their low-energy behavior is a sigma model with a target space. When this target space is compact its renormalization group flow is standard. When it is non-compact the continuous spectrum of operators can change the qualitative behavior. Here we discuss two-dimensional gauge theories with N = (2,2) supersymmetry. We focus on two specific theories, for which we argue that they flow to free chiral multiplets at low energies: the U(1) gauge theory with one flavor (two chiral superfields with charges plus and minus one)more » and a non-zero Fayet-Iliopoulos term, and pure SU( N) gauge theories. We argue that the renormalization group flow of these theories has an interesting order of limits issue. Holding the position on the target space fixed, the space flattens out under the renormalization group. On the other hand, if we first go to infinity on the target space and then perform the renormalization group, we always have a non-trivial space, e.g. a cone with a deficit angle. We explain how to interpret low-energy dualities between theories with non-compact target spaces. As a result, we expect a similar qualitative behavior also for other non-compact sigma models, even when they do not flow to free theories.« less

  20. Renormalized Two-Fluid Hydrodynamics of Cosmic-Ray--modified Shocks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Malkov, M. A.; Voelk, H. J.

    1996-12-01

    A simple two-fluid model of diffusive shock acceleration, introduced by Axford, Leer, & Skadron and Drury & Völk, is revisited. This theory became a chief instrument in the studies of shock modification due to particle acceleration. Unfortunately its most intriguing steady state prediction about a significant enhancement of the shock compression and a corresponding increase of the cosmic-ray production violates assumptions which are critical for the derivation of this theory. In particular, for strong shocks the spectral flattening makes a cutoff-independent definition of pressure and energy density impossible and therefore causes an additional closure problem. Confining ourselves for simplicity to the case of plane shocks, assuming reacceleration of a preexisting cosmic-ray population, we argue that also under these circumstances the kinetic solution has a rather simple form. It can be characterized by only a few parameters, in the simplest case by the slope and the magnitude of the momentum distribution at the upper momentum cutoff. We relate these parameters to standard hydrodynamic quantities like the overall shock compression ratio and the downstream cosmic-ray pressure. The two-fluid theory produced in this way has the traditional form but renormalized closure parameters. By solving the renormalized Rankine-Hugoniot equations, we show that for the efficient stationary solution, most significant for cosmic-ray acceleration, the renormalization is needed in the whole parameter range of astrophysical interest.

  1. Renormalized Hamiltonian for a peptide chain: Digitalizing the protein folding problem

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fernández, Ariel; Colubri, Andrés

    2000-05-01

    A renormalized Hamiltonian for a flexible peptide chain is derived to generate the long-time limit dynamics compatible with a coarsening of torsional conformation space. The renormalization procedure is tailored taking into account the coarse graining imposed by the backbone torsional constraints due to the local steric hindrance and the local backbone-side-group interactions. Thus, the torsional degrees of freedom for each residue are resolved modulo basins of attraction in its so-called Ramachandran map. This Ramachandran renormalization (RR) procedure is implemented so that the chain is energetically driven to form contact patterns as their respective collective topological constraints are fulfilled within the coarse description. In this way, the torsional dynamics are digitalized and become codified as an evolving pattern in a binary matrix. Each accepted Monte Carlo step in a canonical ensemble simulation is correlated with the real mean first passage time it takes to reach the destination coarse topological state. This real-time correlation enables us to test the RR dynamics by comparison with experimentally probed kinetic bottlenecks along the dominant folding pathway. Such intermediates are scarcely populated at any given time, but they determine the kinetic funnel leading to the active structure. This landscape region is reached through kinetically controlled steps needed to overcome the conformational entropy of the random coil. The results are specialized for the bovine pancreatic trypsin inhibitor, corroborating the validity of our method.

  2. Impact of saturation on the polariton renormalization in III-nitride based planar microcavities

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rossbach, Georg; Levrat, Jacques; Feltin, Eric; Carlin, Jean-François; Butté, Raphaël; Grandjean, Nicolas

    2013-10-01

    It has been widely observed that an increasing carrier density in a strongly coupled semiconductor microcavity (MC) alters the dispersion of cavity polaritons, below and above the condensation threshold. The interacting nature of cavity polaritons stems from their excitonic fraction being intrinsically subject to Coulomb interactions and the Pauli-blocking principle at high carrier densities. By means of injection-dependent photoluminescence studies performed nonresonantly on a GaN-based MC at various temperatures, it is shown that already below the condensation threshold saturation effects generally dominate over any energy variation in the excitonic resonance. This observation is in sharp contrast to the usually assumed picture in strongly coupled semiconductor MCs, where the impact of saturation is widely neglected. These experimental findings are confirmed by tracking the exciton emission properties of the bare MC active medium and those of a high-quality single GaN quantum well up to the Mott density. The systematic investigation of renormalization up to the polariton condensation threshold as a function of lattice temperature and exciton-cavity photon detuning is strongly hampered by photonic disorder. However, when overcoming the latter by averaging over a larger spot size, a behavior in agreement with a saturation-dominated polariton renormalization is revealed. Finally, a comparison with other inorganic material systems suggests that for correctly reproducing polariton renormalization, exciton saturation effects should be taken into account systematically.

  3. A dedicated superbend x-ray microdiffraction beamline for materials, geo-, and environmental sciences at the advanced light source.

    PubMed

    Kunz, Martin; Tamura, Nobumichi; Chen, Kai; MacDowell, Alastair A; Celestre, Richard S; Church, Matthew M; Fakra, Sirine; Domning, Edward E; Glossinger, James M; Kirschman, Jonathan L; Morrison, Gregory Y; Plate, Dave W; Smith, Brian V; Warwick, Tony; Yashchuk, Valeriy V; Padmore, Howard A; Ustundag, Ersan

    2009-03-01

    A new facility for microdiffraction strain measurements and microfluorescence mapping has been built on beamline 12.3.2 at the advanced light source of the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. This beamline benefits from the hard x-radiation generated by a 6 T superconducting bending magnet (superbend). This provides a hard x-ray spectrum from 5 to 22 keV and a flux within a 1 microm spot of approximately 5x10(9) photons/s (0.1% bandwidth at 8 keV). The radiation is relayed from the superbend source to a focus in the experimental hutch by a toroidal mirror. The focus spot is tailored by two pairs of adjustable slits, which serve as secondary source point. Inside the lead hutch, a pair of Kirkpatrick-Baez (KB) mirrors placed in a vacuum tank refocuses the secondary slit source onto the sample position. A new KB-bending mechanism with active temperature stabilization allows for more reproducible and stable mirror bending and thus mirror focusing. Focus spots around 1 microm are routinely achieved and allow a variety of experiments, which have in common the need of spatial resolution. The effective spatial resolution (approximately 0.2 microm) is limited by a convolution of beam size, scan-stage resolution, and stage stability. A four-bounce monochromator consisting of two channel-cut Si(111) crystals placed between the secondary source and KB-mirrors allows for easy changes between white-beam and monochromatic experiments while maintaining a fixed beam position. High resolution stage scans are performed while recording a fluorescence emission signal or an x-ray diffraction signal coming from either a monochromatic or a white focused beam. The former allows for elemental mapping, whereas the latter is used to produce two-dimensional maps of crystal-phases, -orientation, -texture, and -strain/stress. Typically achieved strain resolution is in the order of 5x10(-5) strain units. Accurate sample positioning in the x-ray focus spot is achieved with a commercial laser-triangulation unit. A Si-drift detector serves as a high-energy-resolution (approximately 150 eV full width at half maximum) fluorescence detector. Fluorescence scans can be collected in continuous scan mode with up to 300 pixels/s scan speed. A charge coupled device area detector is utilized as diffraction detector. Diffraction can be performed in reflecting or transmitting geometry. Diffraction data are processed using XMAS, an in-house written software package for Laue and monochromatic microdiffraction analysis.

  4. Renormalization of Coulomb interactions in a system of two-dimensional tilted Dirac fermions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Yu-Wen; Lee, Yu-Li

    2018-01-01

    We investigate the effects of long-ranged Coulomb interactions in a tilted Dirac semimetal in two dimensions by using the perturbative renormalization-group (RG) method. Depending on the magnitude of the tilting parameter, the undoped system can have either Fermi points (type I) or Fermi lines (type II). Previous studies usually performed the renormalization-group transformations by integrating out the modes with large momenta. This is problematic when the Fermi surface is open, like type-II Dirac fermions. In this work we study the effects of Coulomb interactions, following the spirit of Shankar [Rev. Mod. Phys. 66, 129 (1994), 10.1103/RevModPhys.66.129], by introducing a cutoff in the energy scale around the Fermi surface and integrating out the high-energy modes. For type-I Dirac fermions, our result is consistent with that of the previous work. On the other hand, we find that for type-II Dirac fermions, the magnitude of the tilting parameter increases monotonically with lowering energies. This implies the stability of type-II Dirac fermions in the presence of Coulomb interactions, in contrast with previous results. Furthermore, for type-II Dirac fermions, the velocities in different directions acquire different renormalization even if they have the same bare values. By taking into account the renormalization of the tilting parameter and the velocities due to the Coulomb interactions, we show that while the presence of a charged impurity leads only to charge redistribution around the impurity for type-I Dirac fermions, for type-II Dirac fermions, the impurity charge is completely screened, albeit with a very long screening length. The latter indicates that the temperature dependence of physical observables are essentially determined by the RG equations we derived. We illustrate this by calculating the temperature dependence of the compressibility and specific heat of the interacting tilted Dirac fermions.

  5. Type 0 open string amplitudes and the tensionless limit

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rojas, Francisco

    2014-12-01

    The sum over planar multiloop diagrams in the NS + sector of type 0 open strings in flat spacetime has been proposed by Thorn as a candidate to resolve nonperturbative issues of gauge theories in the large N limit. With S U (N ) Chan-Paton factors, the sum over planar open string multiloop diagrams describes the 't Hooft limit N →∞ with N gs2 held fixed. By including only planar diagrams in the sum the usual mechanism for the cancellation of loop divergences (which occurs, for example, among the planar and Möbius strip diagrams by choosing a specific gauge group) is not available and a renormalization procedure is needed. In this article the renormalization is achieved by suspending total momentum conservation by an amount p ≡∑ i n ki≠0 at the level of the integrands in the integrals over the moduli and analytically continuing them to p =0 at the very end. This procedure has been successfully tested for the 2 and 3 gluon planar loop amplitudes by Thorn. Gauge invariance is respected and the correct running of the coupling in the limiting gauge field theory was also correctly obtained. In this article we extend those results in two directions. First, we generalize the renormalization method to an arbitrary n -gluon planar loop amplitude giving full details for the 4-point case. One of our main results is to provide a fully renormalized amplitude which is free of both UV and the usual spurious divergences leaving only the physical singularities in it. Second, using the complete renormalized amplitude, we extract the high-energy scattering regime at fixed angle (tensionless limit). Apart from obtaining the usual exponential falloff at high energies, we compute the full dependence on the scattering angle which shows the existence of a smooth connection between the Regge and hard scattering regimes.

  6. The generalized scheme-independent Crewther relation in QCD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shen, Jian-Ming; Wu, Xing-Gang; Ma, Yang; Brodsky, Stanley J.

    2017-07-01

    The Principle of Maximal Conformality (PMC) provides a systematic way to set the renormalization scales order-by-order for any perturbative QCD calculable processes. The resulting predictions are independent of the choice of renormalization scheme, a requirement of renormalization group invariance. The Crewther relation, which was originally derived as a consequence of conformally invariant field theory, provides a remarkable connection between two observables when the β function vanishes: one can show that the product of the Bjorken sum rule for spin-dependent deep inelastic lepton-nucleon scattering times the Adler function, defined from the cross section for electron-positron annihilation into hadrons, has no pQCD radiative corrections. The ;Generalized Crewther Relation; relates these two observables for physical QCD with nonzero β function; specifically, it connects the non-singlet Adler function (Dns) to the Bjorken sum rule coefficient for polarized deep-inelastic electron scattering (CBjp) at leading twist. A scheme-dependent ΔCSB-term appears in the analysis in order to compensate for the conformal symmetry breaking (CSB) terms from perturbative QCD. In conventional analyses, this normally leads to unphysical dependence in both the choice of the renormalization scheme and the choice of the initial scale at any finite order. However, by applying PMC scale-setting, we can fix the scales of the QCD coupling unambiguously at every order of pQCD. The result is that both Dns and the inverse coefficient CBjp-1 have identical pQCD coefficients, which also exactly match the coefficients of the corresponding conformal theory. Thus one obtains a new generalized Crewther relation for QCD which connects two effective charges, αˆd (Q) =∑i≥1 αˆg1 i (Qi), at their respective physical scales. This identity is independent of the choice of the renormalization scheme at any finite order, and the dependence on the choice of the initial scale is negligible. Similar scale-fixed commensurate scale relations also connect other physical observables at their physical momentum scales, thus providing convention-independent, fundamental precision tests of QCD.

  7. Precision mass measurements of magnesium isotopes and implications for the validity of the isobaric mass multiplet equation

    DOE PAGES

    Brodeur, M.; Kwiatkowski, A. A.; Drozdowski, O. M.; ...

    2017-09-18

    If the mass excess of neutron-deficient nuclei and their neutron-rich mirror partners are both known, it can be shown that deviations of the isobaric mass multiplet equation (IMME) in the form of a cubic term can be probed. Such a cubic term was probed by using the atomic mass of neutron-rich magnesium isotopes measured using the TITAN Penning trap and the recently measured proton-separation energies of 29Cl and 30Ar. The atomic mass of 27Mg was found to be within 1.6σ of the value stated in the Atomic Mass Evaluation. The atomic masses of 28,29Mg were measured to be both withinmore » 1σ, while being 7 and 33 times more precise, respectively. Using the 29Mg mass excess and previous measurements of 29Cl, we uncovered a cubic coefficient of d = 28(7)keV, which is the largest known cubic coefficient of the IMME. This departure, however, could also be caused by experimental data with unknown systematic errors. Hence there is a need to confirm the mass excess of 28S and the one-neutron separation energy of 29Cl, which have both come from a single measurement. Lastly, our results were compared with ab initio calculations from the valence-space in-medium similarity renormalization group, resulting in a good agreement.« less

  8. Generic first-order phase transitions between isotropic and orientational phases with polyhedral symmetries

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Ke; Greitemann, Jonas; Pollet, Lode

    2018-01-01

    Polyhedral nematics are examples of exotic orientational phases that possess a complex internal symmetry, representing highly nontrivial ways of rotational symmetry breaking, and are subject to current experimental pursuits in colloidal and molecular systems. The classification of these phases has been known for a long time; however, their transitions to the disordered isotropic liquid phase remain largely unexplored, except for a few symmetries. In this work, we utilize a recently introduced non-Abelian gauge theory to explore the nature of the underlying nematic-isotropic transition for all three-dimensional polyhedral nematics. The gauge theory can readily be applied to nematic phases with an arbitrary point-group symmetry, including those where traditional Landau methods and the associated lattice models may become too involved to implement owing to a prohibitive order-parameter tensor of high rank or (the absence of) mirror symmetries. By means of exhaustive Monte Carlo simulations, we find that the nematic-isotropic transition is generically first-order for all polyhedral symmetries. Moreover, we show that this universal result is fully consistent with our expectation from a renormalization group approach, as well as with other lattice models for symmetries already studied in the literature. We argue that extreme fine tuning is required to promote those transitions to second-order ones. We also comment on the nature of phase transitions breaking the O(3 ) symmetry in general cases.

  9. Precision mass measurements of magnesium isotopes and implications for the validity of the isobaric mass multiplet equation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Brodeur, M.; Kwiatkowski, A. A.; Drozdowski, O. M.

    If the mass excess of neutron-deficient nuclei and their neutron-rich mirror partners are both known, it can be shown that deviations of the isobaric mass multiplet equation (IMME) in the form of a cubic term can be probed. Such a cubic term was probed by using the atomic mass of neutron-rich magnesium isotopes measured using the TITAN Penning trap and the recently measured proton-separation energies of 29Cl and 30Ar. The atomic mass of 27Mg was found to be within 1.6σ of the value stated in the Atomic Mass Evaluation. The atomic masses of 28,29Mg were measured to be both withinmore » 1σ, while being 7 and 33 times more precise, respectively. Using the 29Mg mass excess and previous measurements of 29Cl, we uncovered a cubic coefficient of d = 28(7)keV, which is the largest known cubic coefficient of the IMME. This departure, however, could also be caused by experimental data with unknown systematic errors. Hence there is a need to confirm the mass excess of 28S and the one-neutron separation energy of 29Cl, which have both come from a single measurement. Lastly, our results were compared with ab initio calculations from the valence-space in-medium similarity renormalization group, resulting in a good agreement.« less

  10. Monte Carlo renormalization-group study of the Baxter-Wu model

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Novotny, M.A.; Landau, D.P.; Swendsen, R.H.

    1982-07-01

    The effectiveness of a Monte Carlo renormalization-group method is studied by applying it to the Baxter-Wu model (Ising spins on a triangular lattice with three-spin interactions). The calculations yield three relevent eigenvalues in good agreement with exact or conjectured results. We demonstrate that the method is capable of distinguishing between models expected to be in the same universality class, when one of them (four-state Potts) exhibits logarithmic corrections to the usual power-law singularities and the other (Baxter-Wu) does not.

  11. FRACTAL DIMENSION OF SPIN-GLASSES INTERFACES IN DIMENSION d = 2 AND d = 3 VIA STRONG DISORDER RENORMALIZATION AT ZERO TEMPERATURE

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Monthus, Cécile

    2015-09-01

    For Gaussian Spin-Glasses in low dimensions, we introduce a simple Strong Disorder renormalization at zero temperature in order to construct ground states for Periodic and Anti-Periodic boundary conditions. The numerical study in dimensions d = 2 (up to sizes 20482) and d = 3 (up to sizes 1283) yields that Domain Walls are fractal of dimensions ds(d = 2) ≃ 1.27 and ds(d = 3) ≃ 2.55, respectively.

  12. Chiral algebras in Landau-Ginzburg models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dedushenko, Mykola

    2018-03-01

    Chiral algebras in the cohomology of the {\\overline{Q}}+ supercharge of two-dimensional N=(0,2) theories on flat spacetime are discussed. Using the supercurrent multiplet, we show that the answer is renormalization group invariant for theories with an R-symmetry. For N=(0,2) Landau-Ginzburg models, the chiral algebra is determined by the operator equations of motion, which preserve their classical form, and quantum renormalization of composite operators. We study these theories and then specialize to the N=(2,2) models and consider some examples.

  13. New applications of the renormalization group method in physics: a brief introduction.

    PubMed

    Meurice, Y; Perry, R; Tsai, S-W

    2011-07-13

    The renormalization group (RG) method developed by Ken Wilson more than four decades ago has revolutionized the way we think about problems involving a broad range of energy scales such as phase transitions, turbulence, continuum limits and bifurcations in dynamical systems. The Theme Issue provides articles reviewing recent progress made using the RG method in atomic, condensed matter, nuclear and particle physics. In the following, we introduce these articles in a way that emphasizes common themes and the universal aspects of the method.

  14. Multiloop Functional Renormalization Group That Sums Up All Parquet Diagrams

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kugler, Fabian B.; von Delft, Jan

    2018-02-01

    We present a multiloop flow equation for the four-point vertex in the functional renormalization group (FRG) framework. The multiloop flow consists of successive one-loop calculations and sums up all parquet diagrams to arbitrary order. This provides substantial improvement of FRG computations for the four-point vertex and, consequently, the self-energy. Using the x-ray-edge singularity as an example, we show that solving the multiloop FRG flow is equivalent to solving the (first-order) parquet equations and illustrate this with numerical results.

  15. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hill, Christopher T.

    We review and expand upon recent work demonstrating that Weyl invariant theories can be broken "inertially," which does not depend upon a potential. This can be understood in a general way by the "current algebra" of these theories, independently of specific Lagrangians. Maintaining the exact Weyl invariance in a renormalized quantum theory can be accomplished by renormalization conditions that refer back to the VEV's of fields in the action. We illustrate the computation of a Weyl invariant Coleman-Weinberg potential that breaks a U(1) symmetry together,with scale invariance.

  16. Is the Luttinger Liquid a New State of Matter?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Afonin, V. V.; Petrov, V. Y.

    2010-02-01

    We are demonstrating that the Luttinger model with short range interaction can be treated as a type of Fermi liquid. In line with the main dogma of Landau’s theory one can define a fermion excitation renormalized by interaction and show that in terms of these fermions any excited state of the system is described by free particles. The fermions are a mixture of renormalized right and left electrons. The electric charge and chirality of the Landau quasi-particle is discussed.

  17. NIMBUS-7 CZCS. Coastal Zone Color Scanner Imagery for Selected Coastal Regions. North America - Europe. South America - Africa - Antarctica. Level 2 Photographic Product

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1984-01-01

    The Nimbus-7 Coastal Zone Color Scanner (CZCS) is the first spacecraft instrument devoted to the measurement of ocean color. Although instruments on other satellites have sensed ocean color, their spectral bands, spatial resolution, and dynamic range were optimized for geographical or meteorological use. In the CZCS, every parameter is optimized for use over water to the exclusion of any other type of sensing. The signal-to-noise ratios in the spectral channels sensing reflected solar radiance are higher than those required in the past. These ratios need to be high because the ocean is such a poor reflecting surface that the majority of the signal seen by the reflected energy channels at spacecraft altitudes is backscattered solar radiation from the atmosphere rather than reflected solar energy from the ocean. The CZCS is a conventional multichannel scanning radiometer utilizing a rotating plane mirror at a 45 deg angle to the optic axis of a Cassegrain telescope. The mirror scans 360 deg; however, only 80 deg of data centered on the spacecraft nadir is collected for ocean color measurements. Spatial resolution at spacecraft nadir is 825x825 m with some degradation at the edges of the scan swath. The useful swath width from a spacecraft altitude of 955 km is 1600 km.

  18. A framed, 16-image Kirkpatrick–Baez x-ray microscope

    DOE PAGES

    Marshall, F. J.; Bahr, R. E.; Goncharov, V. N.; ...

    2017-09-08

    A 16-image Kirkpatrick–Baez (KB)–type x-ray microscope consisting of compact KB mirrors has been assembled for the first time with mirrors aligned to allow it to be coupled to a high-speed framing camera. The high-speed framing camera has four independently gated strips whose emission sampling interval is ~30 ps. Images are arranged four to a strip with ~60-ps temporal spacing between frames on a strip. By spacing the timing of the strips, a frame spacing of ~15 ps is achieved. A framed resolution of ~6-um is achieved with this combination in a 400-um region of laser–plasma x-ray emission in the 2-more » to 8-keV energy range. A principal use of the microscope is to measure the evolution of the implosion stagnation region of cryogenic DT target implosions on the University of Rochester’s OMEGA Laser System. The unprecedented time and spatial resolution achieved with this framed, multi-image KB microscope have made it possible to accurately determine the cryogenic implosion core emission size and shape at the peak of stagnation. In conclusion, these core size measurements, taken in combination with those of ion temperature, neutron-production temporal width, and neutron yield allow for inference of core pressures, currently exceeding 50 GBar in OMEGA cryogenic target implosions.« less

  19. [The study of CO2 cavity enhanced absorption and highly sensitive absorption spectroscopy].

    PubMed

    Pei, Shi-Xin; Gao, Xiao-Ming; Cui, Fen-Ping; Huang, Wei; Shao, Jie; Fan, Hong; Zhang, Wei-Jun

    2005-12-01

    Cavity enhanced absorption spectroscopy (CEAS) is a new spectral technology that is based on the cavity ring down absorption spectroscopy. In the present paper, a DFB encapsulation narrow line width tunable diode laser (TDL) was used as the light source. At the center output, the TDL radiation wavelength was 1.573 microm, and an optical cavity, which consisted of two high reflectivity mirrors (near 1.573 microm, the mirror reflectivity was about 0.994%), was used as a sample cell. A wavemeter was used to record the accurate frequency of the laser radiation. In the experiment, the method of scanning the optical cavity to change the cavity mode was used, when the laser frequency was coincident with one of the cavity mode; the laser radiation was coupled into the optical cavity and the detector could receive the light signals that escaped the optical cavity. As a result, the absorption spectrum of carbon dioxide weak absorption at low pressure was obtained with an absorption intensity of 1.816 x 10(-23) cm(-1) x (molecule x cm(-2)(-1) in a sample cell with a length of only 33.5 cm. An absorption sensitivity of about 3.62 x 10(-7) cm(-1) has been achieved. The experiment result indicated that the cavity enhanced absorption spectroscopy has the advantage of high sensivity, simple experimental setup, and easy operation.

  20. A framed, 16-image Kirkpatrick–Baez x-ray microscope

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Marshall, F. J.; Bahr, R. E.; Goncharov, V. N.

    A 16-image Kirkpatrick–Baez (KB)–type x-ray microscope consisting of compact KB mirrors has been assembled for the first time with mirrors aligned to allow it to be coupled to a high-speed framing camera. The high-speed framing camera has four independently gated strips whose emission sampling interval is ~30 ps. Images are arranged four to a strip with ~60-ps temporal spacing between frames on a strip. By spacing the timing of the strips, a frame spacing of ~15 ps is achieved. A framed resolution of ~6-um is achieved with this combination in a 400-um region of laser–plasma x-ray emission in the 2-more » to 8-keV energy range. A principal use of the microscope is to measure the evolution of the implosion stagnation region of cryogenic DT target implosions on the University of Rochester’s OMEGA Laser System. The unprecedented time and spatial resolution achieved with this framed, multi-image KB microscope have made it possible to accurately determine the cryogenic implosion core emission size and shape at the peak of stagnation. In conclusion, these core size measurements, taken in combination with those of ion temperature, neutron-production temporal width, and neutron yield allow for inference of core pressures, currently exceeding 50 GBar in OMEGA cryogenic target implosions.« less

  1. Semiclassical transport in nearly symmetric quantum dots. I. Symmetry breaking in the dot.

    PubMed

    Whitney, Robert S; Schomerus, Henning; Kopp, Marten

    2009-11-01

    We apply the semiclassical theory of transport to quantum dots with exact and approximate spatial symmetries; left-right mirror symmetry, up-down mirror symmetry, inversion symmetry, or fourfold symmetry. In this work-the first of a pair of articles-we consider (a) perfectly symmetric dots and (b) nearly symmetric dots in which the symmetry is broken by the dot's internal dynamics. The second article addresses symmetry-breaking by displacement of the leads. Using semiclassics, we identify the origin of the symmetry-induced interference effects that contribute to weak localization corrections and universal conductance fluctuations. For perfect spatial symmetry, we recover results previously found using the random-matrix theory conjecture. We then go on to show how the results are affected by asymmetries in the dot, magnetic fields, and decoherence. In particular, the symmetry-asymmetry crossover is found to be described by a universal dependence on an asymmetry parameter gamma_{asym} . However, the form of this parameter is very different depending on how the dot is deformed away from spatial symmetry. Symmetry-induced interference effects are completely destroyed when the dot's boundary is globally deformed by less than an electron wavelength. In contrast, these effects are only reduced by a finite amount when a part of the dot's boundary smaller than a lead-width is deformed an arbitrarily large distance.

  2. Anomaly-corrected supersymmetry algebra and supersymmetric holographic renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    An, Ok Song

    2017-12-01

    We present a systematic approach to supersymmetric holographic renormalization for a generic 5D N=2 gauged supergravity theory with matter multiplets, including its fermionic sector, with all gauge fields consistently set to zero. We determine the complete set of supersymmetric local boundary counterterms, including the finite counterterms that parameterize the choice of supersymmetric renormalization scheme. This allows us to derive holographically the superconformal Ward identities of a 4D superconformal field theory on a generic background, including the Weyl and super-Weyl anomalies. Moreover, we show that these anomalies satisfy the Wess-Zumino consistency condition. The super-Weyl anomaly implies that the fermionic operators of the dual field theory, such as the supercurrent, do not transform as tensors under rigid supersymmetry on backgrounds that admit a conformal Killing spinor, and their anticommutator with the conserved supercharge contains anomalous terms. This property is explicitly checked for a toy model. Finally, using the anomalous transformation of the supercurrent, we obtain the anomaly-corrected supersymmetry algebra on curved backgrounds admitting a conformal Killing spinor.

  3. On the soft supersymmetry-breaking parameters in gauge-mediated models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wagner, C. E. M.

    1998-09-01

    Gauge mediation of supersymmetry breaking in the observable sector is an attractive idea, which naturally alleviates the flavor changing neutral current problem of supersymmetric theories. Quite generally, however, the number and quantum number of the messengers are not known; nor is their characteristic mass scale determined by the theory. Using the recently proposed method to extract supersymmetry-breaking parameters from wave-function renormalization, we derived general formulae for the soft supersymmetry-breaking parameters in the observable sector, valid in the small and moderate tan β regimes, for the case of split messengers. The full leading-order effects of top Yukawa and gauge couplings on the soft supersymmetry-breaking parameters are included. We give a simple interpretation of the general formulae in terms of the renormalization group evolution of the soft supersymmetry-breaking parameters. As a by-product of this analysis, the one-loop renormalization group evolution of the soft supersymmetry-breaking parameters is obtained for arbitrary boundary conditions of the scalar and gaugino mass parameters at high energies.

  4. Functional renormalization-group approaches, one-particle (irreducible) reducible with respect to local Green’s functions, with dynamical mean-field theory as a starting point

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Katanin, A. A., E-mail: katanin@mail.ru

    We consider formulations of the functional renormalization-group (fRG) flow for correlated electronic systems with the dynamical mean-field theory as a starting point. We classify the corresponding renormalization-group schemes into those neglecting one-particle irreducible six-point vertices (with respect to the local Green’s functions) and neglecting one-particle reducible six-point vertices. The former class is represented by the recently introduced DMF{sup 2}RG approach [31], but also by the scale-dependent generalization of the one-particle irreducible representation (with respect to local Green’s functions, 1PI-LGF) of the generating functional [20]. The second class is represented by the fRG flow within the dual fermion approach [16, 32].more » We compare formulations of the fRG approach in each of these cases and suggest their further application to study 2D systems within the Hubbard model.« less

  5. Functional Integration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cartier, Pierre; DeWitt-Morette, Cecile

    2006-11-01

    Acknowledgements; List symbols, conventions, and formulary; Part I. The Physical and Mathematical Environment: 1. The physical and mathematical environment; Part II. Quantum Mechanics: 2. First lesson: gaussian integrals; 3. Selected examples; 4. Semiclassical expansion: WKB; 5. Semiclassical expansion: beyond WKB; 6. Quantum dynamics: path integrals and operator formalism; Part III. Methods from Differential Geometry: 7. Symmetries; 8. Homotopy; 9. Grassmann analysis: basics; 10. Grassmann analysis: applications; 11. Volume elements, divergences, gradients; Part IV. Non-Gaussian Applications: 12. Poisson processes in physics; 13. A mathematical theory of Poisson processes; 14. First exit time: energy problems; Part V. Problems in Quantum Field Theory: 15. Renormalization 1: an introduction; 16. Renormalization 2: scaling; 17. Renormalization 3: combinatorics; 18. Volume elements in quantum field theory Bryce DeWitt; Part VI. Projects: 19. Projects; Appendix A. Forward and backward integrals: spaces of pointed paths; Appendix B. Product integrals; Appendix C. A compendium of gaussian integrals; Appendix D. Wick calculus Alexander Wurm; Appendix E. The Jacobi operator; Appendix F. Change of variables of integration; Appendix G. Analytic properties of covariances; Appendix H. Feynman's checkerboard; Bibliography; Index.

  6. Functional Integration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cartier, Pierre; DeWitt-Morette, Cecile

    2010-06-01

    Acknowledgements; List symbols, conventions, and formulary; Part I. The Physical and Mathematical Environment: 1. The physical and mathematical environment; Part II. Quantum Mechanics: 2. First lesson: gaussian integrals; 3. Selected examples; 4. Semiclassical expansion: WKB; 5. Semiclassical expansion: beyond WKB; 6. Quantum dynamics: path integrals and operator formalism; Part III. Methods from Differential Geometry: 7. Symmetries; 8. Homotopy; 9. Grassmann analysis: basics; 10. Grassmann analysis: applications; 11. Volume elements, divergences, gradients; Part IV. Non-Gaussian Applications: 12. Poisson processes in physics; 13. A mathematical theory of Poisson processes; 14. First exit time: energy problems; Part V. Problems in Quantum Field Theory: 15. Renormalization 1: an introduction; 16. Renormalization 2: scaling; 17. Renormalization 3: combinatorics; 18. Volume elements in quantum field theory Bryce DeWitt; Part VI. Projects: 19. Projects; Appendix A. Forward and backward integrals: spaces of pointed paths; Appendix B. Product integrals; Appendix C. A compendium of gaussian integrals; Appendix D. Wick calculus Alexander Wurm; Appendix E. The Jacobi operator; Appendix F. Change of variables of integration; Appendix G. Analytic properties of covariances; Appendix H. Feynman's checkerboard; Bibliography; Index.

  7. Electrostatic contribution to the persistence length of a semiflexible dipolar chain.

    PubMed

    Podgornik, Rudi

    2004-09-01

    We investigate the electrostatic contribution to the persistence length of a semiflexible polymer chain whose segments interact via a screened Debye-Hückel dipolar interaction potential. We derive the expressions for the renormalized persistence length on the level of a 1/D-expansion method already successfully used in other contexts of polyelectrolye physics. We investigate different limiting forms of the renormalized persistence length of the dipolar chain and show that, in, general, it depends less strongly on the screening length than in the context of a monopolar chain. We show that for a dipolar chain the electrostatic persistence length in the same regime of the parameter phase space as the original Odijk-Skolnick-Fixman (OSF) form for a monopolar chain depends logarithmically on the screening length rather than quadratically. This can be understood solely on the basis of a swifter decay of the dipolar interactions with separation compared to the monopolar electrostatic interactions. We comment also on the general contribution of higher multipoles to the electrostatic renormalization of the bending rigidity.

  8. Renormalization group method based on the ionization energy theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Arulsamy, Andrew Das, E-mail: sadwerdna@gmail.com; School of Physics, University of Sydney, Sydney, New South Wales 2006

    2011-03-15

    Proofs are developed to explicitly show that the ionization energy theory is a renormalized theory, which mathematically exactly satisfies the renormalization group formalisms developed by Gell-Mann-Low, Shankar and Zinn-Justin. However, the cutoff parameter for the ionization energy theory relies on the energy-level spacing, instead of lattice point spacing in k-space. Subsequently, we apply the earlier proofs to prove that the mathematical structure of the ionization-energy dressed electron-electron screened Coulomb potential is exactly the same as the ionization-energy dressed electron-phonon interaction potential. The latter proof is proven by means of the second-order time-independent perturbation theory with the heavier effective mass condition,more » as required by the electron-electron screened Coulomb potential. The outcome of this proof is that we can derive the heat capacity and the Debye frequency as a function of ionization energy, which can be applied in strongly correlated matter and nanostructures.« less

  9. Impact of topology in foliated quantum Einstein gravity.

    PubMed

    Houthoff, W B; Kurov, A; Saueressig, F

    2017-01-01

    We use a functional renormalization group equation tailored to the Arnowitt-Deser-Misner formulation of gravity to study the scale dependence of Newton's coupling and the cosmological constant on a background spacetime with topology [Formula: see text]. The resulting beta functions possess a non-trivial renormalization group fixed point, which may provide the high-energy completion of the theory through the asymptotic safety mechanism. The fixed point is robust with respect to changing the parametrization of the metric fluctuations and regulator scheme. The phase diagrams show that this fixed point is connected to a classical regime through a crossover. In addition the flow may exhibit a regime of "gravitational instability", modifying the theory in the deep infrared. Our work complements earlier studies of the gravitational renormalization group flow on a background topology [Formula: see text] (Biemans et al. Phys Rev D 95:086013, 2017, Biemans et al. arXiv:1702.06539, 2017) and establishes that the flow is essentially independent of the background topology.

  10. Phase structure of NJL model with weak renormalization group

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aoki, Ken-Ichi; Kumamoto, Shin-Ichiro; Yamada, Masatoshi

    2018-06-01

    We analyze the chiral phase structure of the Nambu-Jona-Lasinio model at finite temperature and density by using the functional renormalization group (FRG). The renormalization group (RG) equation for the fermionic effective potential V (σ ; t) is given as a partial differential equation, where σ : = ψ bar ψ and t is a dimensionless RG scale. When the dynamical chiral symmetry breaking (DχSB) occurs at a certain scale tc, V (σ ; t) has singularities originated from the phase transitions, and then one cannot follow RG flows after tc. In this study, we introduce the weak solution method to the RG equation in order to follow the RG flows after the DχSB and to evaluate the dynamical mass and the chiral condensate in low energy scales. It is shown that the weak solution of the RG equation correctly captures vacuum structures and critical phenomena within the pure fermionic system. We show the chiral phase diagram on temperature, chemical potential and the four-Fermi coupling constant.

  11. Effective field renormalization group approach for Ising lattice spin systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fittipaldi, Ivon P.

    1994-03-01

    A new applicable real-space renormalization group framework (EFRG) for computing the critical properties of Ising lattice spin systems is presented. The method, which follows up the same strategy of the mean-field renormalization group scheme (MFRG), is based on rigorous Ising spin identities and utilizes a convenient differential operator expansion technique. Within this scheme, in contrast with the usual mean-field type of equation of state, all the relevant self-spin correlations are taken exactly into account. The results for the critical coupling and the critical exponent v, for the correlation length, are very satisfactory and it is shown that this technique leads to rather accurate results which represent a remarkable improvement on those obtained from the standard MFRG method. In particular, it is shown that the present EFRG approach correctly distinguishes the geometry of the lattice structure even when employing its simplest size-cluster version. Owing to its simplicity we also comment on the wide applicability of the present method to problems in crystalline and disordered Ising spin systems.

  12. Renormalization, conformal ward identities and the origin of a conformal anomaly pole

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Corianò, Claudio; Maglio, Matteo Maria

    2018-06-01

    We investigate the emergence of a conformal anomaly pole in conformal field theories in the case of the TJJ correlator. We show how it comes to be generated in dimensional renormalization, using a basis of 13 form factors (the F-basis), where only one of them requires renormalization (F13), extending previous studies. We then combine recent results on the structure of the non-perturbative solutions of the conformal Ward identities (CWI's) for the TJJ in momentum space, expressed in terms of a minimal set of 4 form factors (A-basis), with the properties of the F-basis, and show how the singular behaviour of the corresponding form factors in both basis can be related. The result proves the centrality of such massless effective interactions induced by the anomaly, which have recently found realization in solid state, in the theory of topological insulators and of Weyl semimetals. This pattern is confirmed in massless abelian and nonabelian theories (QED and QCD) investigated at one-loop.

  13. Confocal Fabry-Perot interferometer for frequency stabilization of laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pan, H.-J.; Ruan, P.; Wang, H.-W.; Li, F.

    2011-02-01

    The frequency shift of laser source of Doppler lidar is required in the range of a few megahertzs. To satisfy this demand, a confocal Fabry-Perot (F-P) interferometer was manufactured as the frequency standard for frequency stabilization. After analyzing and contrasting the center frequency shift of confocal Fabry-Perot interferometers that are made of three different types of material with the change of temperature, the zerodur material was selected to fabricate the interferometer, and the cavity mirrors were optically contacted onto the end of spacer. The confocal Fabry-Perot interferometer was situated within a double-walled chamber, and the change of temperature in the chamber was less than 0.01 K. The experimental results indicate that the free spectral range is 500 MHz, the full-width at half maximum is 3.33 MHz, and the finesse is 150.

  14. Theoretical and experimental investigations on high peak power Q-switched Nd:YAG laser at 1112 nm

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    He, Miao; Yang, Feng; Wang, Zhi-Chao; Gao, Hong-Wei; Yuan, Lei; Li, Chen-Long; Zong, Nan; Shen, Yu; Bo, Yong; Peng, Qin-Jun; Cui, Da-Fu; Xu, Zu-Yan

    2018-07-01

    We report on the experimental measurement and theoretical analysis on a Q-switched high peak power laser diode (LD) side-pumped 1112 nm Nd:YAG laser by means of special mirrors coating design in cavity. In theory, a numerical model, based on four-wavelength rate equations, is performed to analyze the competition process of different gain lines and the output characteristics of the Q-switched Nd:YAG laser. In the experiment, a maximum output power of 25.2 W with beam quality factor M2 of 1.46 is obtained at the pulse repetition rate of 2 kHz and 210 ns of pulse width, corresponding to a pulse energy and peak power of 12.6 mJ and 60 kW, respectively. The experimental data agree well with the theoretical simulation results.

  15. Two simple image slicers for high resolution spectroscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tala, M.; Vanzi, L.; Avila, G.; Guirao, C.; Pecchioli, E.; Zapata, A.; Pieralli, F.

    2017-04-01

    We present the design, manufacturing, test and performance of two image slicers for high resolution spectroscopy. Based on the classical Bowen-Walraven concept, our slicers allow to make two slices of the image of the input fibre. We introduce the idea of a second fibre that can be cropped in half to reach the same width of the science target fibre and that can be used for simultaneous wavelength reference. The slicers presented are mirror and prism based, respectively. Both devices work within expectation, showing differences mainly in their efficiency. The prism based slicer is the solution that was adopted for the FIDEOS spectrograph, an instrument built by the AIUC for the ESO 1m telescope of La Silla. Test spectra obtained with this instrument are included as examples of a real application of the device.

  16. HTS Fabry-Perot resonators for the far infrared

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Keller, Philipp; Prenninger, Martin; Pechen, Evgeny V.; Renk, Karl F.

    1996-06-01

    We report on far infrared (FIR) Fabry-Perot resonators (FPR) with high temperature superconductor (HTS) thin films as mirrors. For the fabrication of FPR we use two parallel MgO plates covered with YBa2Cu3O7-delta thin films on adjacent sides. We have measured the far-infrared transmissivity at 10 K with a Fourier transform infrared spectrometer. Very sharp resonances can be observed for frequencies below 6 THz where the MgO is transparent. The finesse (width of the first order resonance) is comparable to the FPR with metallic meshes as reflectors that are applied in the FIR spectroscopy and astronomy. We have also shown that thin films of gold are not adequate substitute to HTS thin films and not suitable for the fabrication of high-quality FPR due to the ohmic losses.

  17. Reconstructing source terms from atmospheric concentration measurements: Optimality analysis of an inversion technique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Turbelin, Grégory; Singh, Sarvesh Kumar; Issartel, Jean-Pierre

    2014-12-01

    In the event of an accidental or intentional contaminant release in the atmosphere, it is imperative, for managing emergency response, to diagnose the release parameters of the source from measured data. Reconstruction of the source information exploiting measured data is called an inverse problem. To solve such a problem, several techniques are currently being developed. The first part of this paper provides a detailed description of one of them, known as the renormalization method. This technique, proposed by Issartel (2005), has been derived using an approach different from that of standard inversion methods and gives a linear solution to the continuous Source Term Estimation (STE) problem. In the second part of this paper, the discrete counterpart of this method is presented. By using matrix notation, common in data assimilation and suitable for numerical computing, it is shown that the discrete renormalized solution belongs to a family of well-known inverse solutions (minimum weighted norm solutions), which can be computed by using the concept of generalized inverse operator. It is shown that, when the weight matrix satisfies the renormalization condition, this operator satisfies the criteria used in geophysics to define good inverses. Notably, by means of the Model Resolution Matrix (MRM) formalism, we demonstrate that the renormalized solution fulfils optimal properties for the localization of single point sources. Throughout the article, the main concepts are illustrated with data from a wind tunnel experiment conducted at the Environmental Flow Research Centre at the University of Surrey, UK.

  18. Restoration of dimensional reduction in the random-field Ising model at five dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fytas, Nikolaos G.; Martín-Mayor, Víctor; Picco, Marco; Sourlas, Nicolas

    2017-04-01

    The random-field Ising model is one of the few disordered systems where the perturbative renormalization group can be carried out to all orders of perturbation theory. This analysis predicts dimensional reduction, i.e., that the critical properties of the random-field Ising model in D dimensions are identical to those of the pure Ising ferromagnet in D -2 dimensions. It is well known that dimensional reduction is not true in three dimensions, thus invalidating the perturbative renormalization group prediction. Here, we report high-precision numerical simulations of the 5D random-field Ising model at zero temperature. We illustrate universality by comparing different probability distributions for the random fields. We compute all the relevant critical exponents (including the critical slowing down exponent for the ground-state finding algorithm), as well as several other renormalization-group invariants. The estimated values of the critical exponents of the 5D random-field Ising model are statistically compatible to those of the pure 3D Ising ferromagnet. These results support the restoration of dimensional reduction at D =5 . We thus conclude that the failure of the perturbative renormalization group is a low-dimensional phenomenon. We close our contribution by comparing universal quantities for the random-field problem at dimensions 3 ≤D <6 to their values in the pure Ising model at D -2 dimensions, and we provide a clear verification of the Rushbrooke equality at all studied dimensions.

  19. Restoration of dimensional reduction in the random-field Ising model at five dimensions.

    PubMed

    Fytas, Nikolaos G; Martín-Mayor, Víctor; Picco, Marco; Sourlas, Nicolas

    2017-04-01

    The random-field Ising model is one of the few disordered systems where the perturbative renormalization group can be carried out to all orders of perturbation theory. This analysis predicts dimensional reduction, i.e., that the critical properties of the random-field Ising model in D dimensions are identical to those of the pure Ising ferromagnet in D-2 dimensions. It is well known that dimensional reduction is not true in three dimensions, thus invalidating the perturbative renormalization group prediction. Here, we report high-precision numerical simulations of the 5D random-field Ising model at zero temperature. We illustrate universality by comparing different probability distributions for the random fields. We compute all the relevant critical exponents (including the critical slowing down exponent for the ground-state finding algorithm), as well as several other renormalization-group invariants. The estimated values of the critical exponents of the 5D random-field Ising model are statistically compatible to those of the pure 3D Ising ferromagnet. These results support the restoration of dimensional reduction at D=5. We thus conclude that the failure of the perturbative renormalization group is a low-dimensional phenomenon. We close our contribution by comparing universal quantities for the random-field problem at dimensions 3≤D<6 to their values in the pure Ising model at D-2 dimensions, and we provide a clear verification of the Rushbrooke equality at all studied dimensions.

  20. Quantum multicriticality in disordered Weyl semimetals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Luo, Xunlong; Xu, Baolong; Ohtsuki, Tomi; Shindou, Ryuichi

    2018-01-01

    In electronic band structure of solid-state material, two band-touching points with linear dispersion appear in pairs in the momentum space. When they annihilate each other, the system undergoes a quantum phase transition from a three-dimensional (3D) Weyl semimetal (WSM) phase to a band insulator phase such as a Chern band insulator (CI) phase. The phase transition is described by a new critical theory with a "magnetic dipole"-like object in the momentum space. In this paper, we reveal that the critical theory hosts a novel disorder-driven quantum multicritical point, which is encompassed by three quantum phases: a renormalized WSM phase, a CI phase, and a diffusive metal (DM) phase. Based on the renormalization group argument, we first clarify scaling properties around the band-touching points at the quantum multicritical point as well as all phase boundaries among these three phases. Based on numerical calculations of localization length, density of states, and critical conductance distribution, we next prove that a localization-delocalization transition between the CI phase with a finite zero-energy density of states (zDOS) and DM phase belongs to an ordinary 3D unitary class. Meanwhile, a localization-delocalization transition between the Chern insulator phase with zero zDOS and a renormalized WSM phase turns out to be a direct phase transition whose critical exponent ν =0.80 ±0.01 . We interpret these numerical results by a renormalization group analysis on the critical theory.

  1. Functional renormalization group approach to electronic structure calculations for systems without translational symmetry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Seiler, Christian; Evers, Ferdinand

    2016-10-01

    A formalism for electronic-structure calculations is presented that is based on the functional renormalization group (FRG). The traditional FRG has been formulated for systems that exhibit a translational symmetry with an associated Fermi surface, which can provide the organization principle for the renormalization group (RG) procedure. We here advance an alternative formulation, where the RG flow is organized in the energy-domain rather than in k space. This has the advantage that it can also be applied to inhomogeneous matter lacking a band structure, such as disordered metals or molecules. The energy-domain FRG (ɛ FRG) presented here accounts for Fermi-liquid corrections to quasiparticle energies and particle-hole excitations. It goes beyond the state of the art G W -BSE , because in ɛ FRG the Bethe-Salpeter equation (BSE) is solved in a self-consistent manner. An efficient implementation of the approach that has been tested against exact diagonalization calculations and calculations based on the density matrix renormalization group is presented. Similar to the conventional FRG, also the ɛ FRG is able to signalize the vicinity of an instability of the Fermi-liquid fixed point via runaway flow of the corresponding interaction vertex. Embarking upon this fact, in an application of ɛ FRG to the spinless disordered Hubbard model we calculate its phase boundary in the plane spanned by the interaction and disorder strength. Finally, an extension of the approach to finite temperatures and spin S =1 /2 is also given.

  2. Direct hot slumping and accurate integration process to manufacture prototypal x-ray optical units made of glass

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Civitani, M.; Ghigo, M.; Basso, S.; Proserpio, L.; Spiga, D.; Salmaso, B.; Pareschi, G.; Tagliaferri, G.; Burwitz, V.; Hartner, G.; Menz, B.; Bavdaz, M.; Wille, E.

    2013-09-01

    X-ray telescopes with very large collecting area, like the proposed International X-ray Observatory (IXO, with around 3 m2 at 1 keV), need to be composed of a large number high quality mirror segments, aiming at achieving an angular resolution better than 5 arcsec HEW (Half-Energy-Width). A possible technology to manufacture the modular elements that will compose the entire optical module, named X-ray Optical Units (XOUs), consists of stacking in Wolter-I configuration several layers of thin foils of borosilicate glass, previously formed by hot slumping. The XOUs are subsequently assembled to form complete multi-shell optics with Wolter-I geometry. The achievable global angular resolution of the optic relies on the required surface shape accuracy of slumped foils, on the smoothness of the mirror surfaces and on the correct integration and co-alignment of the mirror segments. The Brera Astronomical Observatory (INAF-OAB) is leading a study, supported by ESA, concerning the implementation of the IXO telescopes based on thin slumped glass foils. In addition to the opto-mechanical design, the study foresees the development of a direct hot slumping thin glass foils production technology. Moreover, an innovative assembly concept making use of Wolter-I counter-form moulds and glass reinforcing ribs is under development. The ribs connect pairs of consecutive foils in an XOU stack, playing a structural and a functional role. In fact, as the ribs constrain the foil profile to the correct shape during the bonding, they damp the low-frequency profile errors still present on the foil after slumping. A dedicated semirobotic Integration MAchine (IMA) has been realized to this scope and used to build a few integrated prototypes made of several layers of slumped plates. In this paper we provide an overview of the project, we report the results achieved so far, including full illumination intra-focus X-ray tests of the last integrated prototype that are compliant with a HEW of around 17''.

  3. On holographic entanglement density

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gushterov, Nikola I.; O'Bannon, Andy; Rodgers, Ronnie

    2017-10-01

    We use holographic duality to study the entanglement entropy (EE) of Conformal Field Theories (CFTs) in various spacetime dimensions d, in the presence of various deformations: a relevant Lorentz scalar operator with constant source, a temperature T , a chemical potential μ, a marginal Lorentz scalar operator with source linear in a spatial coordinate, and a circle-compactified spatial direction. We consider EE between a strip or sphere sub-region and the rest of the system, and define the "entanglement density" (ED) as the change in EE due to the deformation, divided by the sub-region's volume. Using the deformed CFTs above, we show how the ED's dependence on the strip width or sphere radius, L, is useful for characterizing states of matter. For example, the ED's small- L behavior is determined either by the dimension of the perturbing operator or by the first law of EE. For Lorentz-invariant renormalization group (RG) flows between CFTs, the "area theorem" states that the coefficient of the EE's area law term must be larger in the UV than in the IR. In these cases the ED must therefore approach zero from below as L→∞. However, when Lorentz symmetry is broken and the IR fixed point has different scaling from the UV, we find that the ED often approaches the thermal entropy density from above, indicating area theorem violation.

  4. SU(2) lattice gluon propagator: Continuum limit, finite-volume effects, and infrared mass scale m{sub IR}

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bornyakov, V. G.; Mitrjushkin, V. K.; Mueller-Preussker, M.

    2010-03-01

    We study the scaling behavior and finite (physical) volume effects as well as the Gribov copy dependence of the SU(2) Landau gauge gluon propagator on the lattice. Our physical lattice sizes range from (3.0 fm){sup 4} to (7.3 fm){sup 4}. Considering lattices with decreasing lattice spacing but fixed physical volume we confirm (nonperturbative) multiplicative renormalizability and the approach to the continuum limit for the renormalized gluon propagator D{sub ren}(p) at momenta |p| > or approx. 0.6 GeV. The finite-volume effects and Gribov copy influence turn out small in this region. On the contrary, in the deeper infrared we found themore » Gribov copy influence strong and finite-volume effects, which still require special attention. The gluon propagator does not seem to be consistent with a simple polelike behavior {approx}(p{sup 2}+m{sub g}{sup 2}){sup -1} for momenta |p| < or approx. 0.6 GeV. Instead, a Gaussian-type fit works very well in this region. From its width - for a physical volume (5.0 fm){sup 4} - we estimate a corresponding infrared (mass) scale to be m{sub IR{approx}}0.7 GeV.« less

  5. Engineering electronic states of periodic and quasiperiodic chains by buckling

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mukherjee, Amrita; Nandy, Atanu; Chakrabarti, Arunava

    2017-07-01

    The spectrum of spinless, non-interacting electrons on a linear chain that is buckled in a non-uniform, quasiperiodic manner is investigated within a tight binding formalism. We have addressed two specific cases, viz., a perfectly periodic chain wrinkled in a quasiperiodic Fibonacci pattern, and a quasiperiodic Fibonacci chain, where the buckling also takes place in a Fibonacci pattern. The buckling brings distant neighbors in the parent chain to close proximity, which is simulated by a tunnel hopping amplitude. It is seen that, in the perfectly ordered case, increasing the strength of the tunnel hopping (that is, bending the segments more) absolutely continuous density of states is retained towards the edges of the band, while the central portion becomes fragmented and host subbands of narrowing widths containing extended, current carrying states, and multiple isolated bound states formed as a result of the bending. A switching ;on; and ;off; of the electronic transmission can thus be engineered by buckling. On the other hand, in the second example of a quasiperiodic Fibonacci chain, imparting a quasiperiodic buckling is found to generate continuous subband(s) destroying the usual multifractality of the energy spectrum. We present exact results based on a real space renormalization group analysis, that is corroborated by explicit calculation of the two terminal electronic transport.

  6. One-dimensional continuum electronic structure with the density-matrix renormalization group and its implications for density-functional theory.

    PubMed

    Stoudenmire, E M; Wagner, Lucas O; White, Steven R; Burke, Kieron

    2012-08-03

    We extend the density matrix renormalization group to compute exact ground states of continuum many-electron systems in one dimension with long-range interactions. We find the exact ground state of a chain of 100 strongly correlated artificial hydrogen atoms. The method can be used to simulate 1D cold atom systems and to study density-functional theory in an exact setting. To illustrate, we find an interacting, extended system which is an insulator but whose Kohn-Sham system is metallic.

  7. Weyl consistency conditions in non-relativistic quantum field theory

    DOE PAGES

    Pal, Sridip; Grinstein, Benjamín

    2016-12-05

    Weyl consistency conditions have been used in unitary relativistic quantum field theory to impose constraints on the renormalization group flow of certain quantities. We classify the Weyl anomalies and their renormalization scheme ambiguities for generic non-relativistic theories in 2 + 1 dimensions with anisotropic scaling exponent z = 2; the extension to other values of z are discussed as well. We give the consistency conditions among these anomalies. As an application we find several candidates for a C-theorem. Here, we comment on possible candidates for a C-theorem in higher dimensions.

  8. Exact renormalization group equation for the Lifshitz critical point

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bervillier, C.

    2004-10-01

    An exact renormalization equation (ERGE) accounting for an anisotropic scaling is derived. The critical and tricritical Lifshitz points are then studied at leading order of the derivative expansion which is shown to involve two differential equations. The resulting estimates of the Lifshitz critical exponents compare well with the O(ε) calculations. In the case of the Lifshitz tricritical point, it is shown that a marginally relevant coupling defies the perturbative approach since it actually makes the fixed point referred to in the previous perturbative calculations O(ε) finally unstable.

  9. Universality, twisted fans, and the Ising model. [Renormalization, two-loop calculations, scale

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dash, J.W.; Harrington, S.J.

    1975-06-24

    Critical exponents are evaluated for the Ising model using universality in the form of ''twisted fans'' previously introduced in Reggeon field theory. The universality is with respect to scales induced through renormalization. Exact twists are obtained at ..beta.. = 0 in one loop for D = 2,3 with ..nu.. = 0.75 and 0.60 respectively. In two loops one obtains ..nu.. approximately 1.32 and 0.68. No twists are obtained for eta, however. The results for the standard two loop calculations are also presented as functions of a scale.

  10. Node synchronization schemes for the Big Viterbi Decoder

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cheung, K.-M.; Swanson, L.; Arnold, S.

    1992-01-01

    The Big Viterbi Decoder (BVD), currently under development for the DSN, includes three separate algorithms to acquire and maintain node and frame synchronization. The first measures the number of decoded bits between two consecutive renormalization operations (renorm rate), the second detects the presence of the frame marker in the decoded bit stream (bit correlation), while the third searches for an encoded version of the frame marker in the encoded input stream (symbol correlation). A detailed account of the operation is given, as well as performance comparison, of the three methods.

  11. Invariant measure of the one-loop quantum gravitational backreaction on inflation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Miao, S. P.; Tsamis, N. C.; Woodard, R. P.

    2017-06-01

    We use dimensional regularization in pure quantum gravity on a de Sitter background to evaluate the one-loop expectation value of an invariant operator which gives the local expansion rate. We show that the renormalization of this nonlocal composite operator can be accomplished using the counterterms of a simple local theory of gravity plus matter, at least at one-loop order. This renormalization completely absorbs the one-loop correction, which accords with the prediction that the lowest secular backreaction should be a two-loop effect.

  12. 2PI effective theory at next-to-leading order using the functional renormalization group

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carrington, M. E.; Friesen, S. A.; Meggison, B. A.; Phillips, C. D.; Pickering, D.; Sohrabi, K.

    2018-02-01

    We consider a symmetric scalar theory with quartic coupling in four dimensions. We show that the four-loop 2PI calculation can be done using a renormalization group method. The calculation involves one bare coupling constant which is introduced at the level of the Lagrangian and is therefore conceptually simpler than a standard 2PI calculation, which requires multiple counterterms. We explain how our method can be used to do the corresponding calculation at the 4PI level, which cannot be done using any known method by introducing counterterms.

  13. Topological Luttinger liquids from decorated domain walls

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Parker, Daniel E.; Scaffidi, Thomas; Vasseur, Romain

    2018-04-01

    We introduce a systematic construction of a gapless symmetry-protected topological phase in one dimension by "decorating" the domain walls of Luttinger liquids. The resulting strongly interacting phases provide a concrete example of a gapless symmetry-protected topological (gSPT) phase with robust symmetry-protected edge modes. Using boundary conformal field theory arguments, we show that while the bulks of such gSPT phases are identical to conventional Luttinger liquids, their boundary critical behavior is controlled by a different, strongly coupled renormalization group fixed point. Our results are checked against extensive density matrix renormalization group calculations.

  14. Renormalization of Extended QCD2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fukaya, Hidenori; Yamamura, Ryo

    2015-10-01

    Extended QCD (XQCD), proposed by Kaplan [D. B. Kaplan, arXiv:1306.5818], is an interesting reformulation of QCD with additional bosonic auxiliary fields. While its partition function is kept exactly the same as that of original QCD, XQCD naturally contains properties of low-energy hadronic models. We analyze the renormalization group flow of 2D (X)QCD, which is solvable in the limit of a large number of colors N_c, to understand what kind of roles the auxiliary degrees of freedom play and how the hadronic picture emerges in the low-energy region.

  15. Properties of resonance wave functions.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    More, R. M.; Gerjuoy, E.

    1973-01-01

    Construction and study of resonance wave functions corresponding to poles of the Green's function for several illustrative models of theoretical interest. Resonance wave functions obtained from the Siegert and Kapur-Peierls definitions of the resonance energies are compared. The comparison especially clarifies the meaning of the normalization constant of the resonance wave functions. It is shown that the wave functions may be considered renormalized in a sense analogous to that of quantum field theory. However, this renormalization is entirely automatic, and the theory has neither ad hoc procedures nor infinite quantities.

  16. Entanglement renormalization, quantum error correction, and bulk causality

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Isaac H.; Kastoryano, Michael J.

    2017-04-01

    Entanglement renormalization can be viewed as an encoding circuit for a family of approximate quantum error correcting codes. The logical information becomes progres-sively more well-protected against erasure errors at larger length scales. In particular, an approximate variant of holographic quantum error correcting code emerges at low energy for critical systems. This implies that two operators that are largely separated in scales behave as if they are spatially separated operators, in the sense that they obey a Lieb-Robinson type locality bound under a time evolution generated by a local Hamiltonian.

  17. Charge independence, charge symmetry breaking in the S-wave nucleon-nucleon interaction, and renormalization

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Alvaro Calle Cordon,Manuel Pavon Valderrama,Enrique Ruiz Arriola

    2012-02-01

    We study the interplay between charge symmetry breaking and renormalization in the NN system for S-waves. We find a set of universality relations which disentangle explicitly the known long distance dynamics from low energy parameters and extend them to the Coulomb case. We analyze within such an approach the One-Boson-Exchange potential and the theoretical conditions which allow to relate the proton-neutron, proton-proton and neutron-neutron scattering observables without the introduction of extra new parameters and providing good phenomenological success.

  18. Nonperturbative renormalization of quark bilinear operators and B{sub K} using domain wall fermions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Aoki, Y.; Dawson, C.; Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, New York 11973

    2008-09-01

    We present a calculation of the renormalization coefficients of the quark bilinear operators and the K-K mixing parameter B{sub K}. The coefficients relating the bare lattice operators to those in the RI/MOM scheme are computed nonperturbatively and then matched perturbatively to the MS scheme. The coefficients are calculated on the RBC/UKQCD 2+1 flavor dynamical lattice configurations. Specifically we use a 16{sup 3}x32 lattice volume, the Iwasaki gauge action at {beta}=2.13 and domain wall fermions with L{sub s}=16.

  19. Exploring excited eigenstates of many-body systems using the functional renormalization group

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Klöckner, Christian; Kennes, Dante Marvin; Karrasch, Christoph

    2018-05-01

    We introduce approximate, functional renormalization group based schemes to obtain correlation functions in pure excited eigenstates of large fermionic many-body systems at arbitrary energies. The algorithms are thoroughly benchmarked and their strengths and shortcomings are documented using a one-dimensional interacting tight-binding chain as a prototypical testbed. We study two "toy applications" from the world of Luttinger liquid physics: the survival of power laws in lowly excited states as well as the spectral function of high-energy "block" excitations, which feature several single-particle Fermi edges.

  20. Speckle reduction in laser projection displays through angle and wavelength diversity.

    PubMed

    Tran, Trinh-Thi-Kim; Svensen, Øyvind; Chen, Xuyuan; Akram, Muhammad Nadeem

    2016-02-20

    Speckle is the main obstacle for the use of laser light sources in projection technology. This paper focuses on speckle suppression by the reduction of temporal coherence which is provided by the broadband laser light. The investigation of the effect of laser spectrum width and multiple lasers on speckle contrast is discussed. A broader spectrum width of the laser light is attained by the use of multiple semiconductor laser diodes of the broad area type. Measurements of speckle contrast with and without angle diversity are performed for two and four laser diodes. The measurement of speckle contrast for a single laser diode is also presented for comparison. The experimental results show that multiple laser diodes provide lower speckle contrast as compared to a single laser diode. In addition, it is also shown in this paper that the wavelength distribution of independent laser diodes has an effect on speckle contrast. Two different types of blue laser diodes, Nichia NUB802T and Nichia NUB801E, which have slightly different central wavelengths, were used for the measurements. Four laser diodes with a combination of two types of laser diodes offer better speckle contrast reduction than four laser diodes of the same type due to an effective broader spectrum. Additional speckle contrast reduction is achieved through the angle diversity by using a dynamic deformable mirror.

Top